Newark City Council
November 14, 2024

REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL FOR TECHNOLOGY SOFTWARE, EQUIPMENT,

SERVICES AND RELATED SOLUTIONS
EDUCATION SERVICE CENTER, REGION 10
400 E Spring Valley Rd
Richardson, TX 75081
Telephone: (972) 348-1110
Publication date 01/31/2020
Product or service Technology Software, Equipment, Services and Related Solutions
RFP # EQ-013120-01
Proposal due date 03/12/2020
Proposal submittal location https://region10.bonfirehub.com/portal/?tab=login Principle contract officer Clint Pechacek
Purchasing Consultant
Public opening location Region 10 ESC
Rockwall Room
400 East Spring Valley Rd.

Richardson, TX 75081
Education Service Center, Region 10 (“Region 10 ESC”) is seeking proposals for the procurement of Technology Software, Equipment, Services and Related Solutions. Responses will be accepted by Education Service Center, Region 10 until 2:00 PM, March 12
th, 2020. All times are Central Time.

In general, Coop members will reference this RFP when purchasing from the vendor. Region 10 ESC will not charge a fee to public agencies for participation in the purchasing coop.

Faxed responses will not be considered. By submitting a response, responder certifies to the best of his/her knowledge that all information is true and correct. All proposals must be submitted electronically as directed in the Bonfire procurement application. Scanned submissions are acceptable where PDF files are requested.

Responses should be submitted on the forms provided. Only responses received by the date and time specified will be considered. PRICE, QUALITY, AND SUITABILITY: It is not the policy of Region 10 ESC to purchase services solely on the basis of low price alone; quality and suitability to purpose are taken into consideration. Term discount, if any, must be indicated on Deviation Statement & Signature Page and will be considered.

The Region 10 ESC Board of Directors may approve awarding of this proposal to one or more vendors. The Board of Directors also reserves the right to reject all proposals if it determines in its sole discretion that a reasonable basis exists for doing so. Consideration for an exclusive award to a single national supplier will

be given for vendors who respond with value that separates the vendor from other respondents within the competitive range.

LEAD AGENCY AGREEMENT
The purpose of Region 10 ESC soliciting this Request for Proposal is to create a Lead Agency Agreement for Technology Software, Equipment, Services and Related Solutions for use by public agencies supported under this contract. Region 10 ESC, as the Lead Agency, as defined in Attachment A, has come together with the Equalis Group to make the resultant contract (also known as the “Lead Agency Agreement”) from this Request for Proposal available to other public agencies not only locally, but also nationally, including county, city, state, special district, local government, school district, private K-12 school, higher education institution, other government agency or non-profit organization (“Public Agencies”), for the public benefit through the Equalis Group’s cooperative purchasing program. Region 10 ESC will serve as the contracting agency for any other Public Agency that elects to access the resulting Lead Agency Agreement.

Access to the Lead Agency Agreement by any Public Agency must be preceded by its registration with Equalis Group as a Participating Public Agency in Equalis Group’s cooperative purchasing program. Attachment A contains additional information on Equalis Group and the cooperative purchasing program. Equalis Group provides marketing and administrative support for the awarded vendor (“Supplier”) that promotes the successful vendors’ products and services to the Participating Public Agencies nationwide.

Participating Public Agencies benefit from pricing based on aggregate spending and the convenience of a contract that has already been advertised and competitively awarded. The Supplier benefits from a contract that allows Participating Public Agencies to directly purchase goods and services without the Supplier’s need to respond to multiple competitive solicitations.

As such, the Supplier must be able to accommodate a nationwide demand for services and to fulfill obligations as a nationwide Supplier and respond to the Equalis Group documents (Attachment A).

OPEN RECORDS POLICY ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND ACCEPTANCE
Be advised that all information and documents submitted will be subject to the Public Information Act requirements governed by Chapter 552 of the Texas Government Code.

Because contracts are awarded by a Texas governmental entity, all responses submitted are subject to release as public information after contracts are executed. If a Respondent believes that its response, or parts of its response, may be exempted from disclosure to the public, the Respondent must specify page-bypage and line-by-line the parts of the response, which it believes, are exempted from disclosure. In addition, the Respondent must specify which exception(s) are applicable and provide detailed reasons to substantiate the exception(s). Respondent must provide this information on the “Acknowledgement and Acceptance to Region 10 ESC’s Public Information Act Policy” form found on the next page of this solicitation. Any information that is unmarked will be considered public information and released, if requested under the Public Information Act.

The determination of whether information is confidential and not subject to disclosure is the duty of the Office of Attorney General (OAG). Region 10 ESC must provide the OAG with the information requested in order for the OAG to render an opinion. In such circumstances, Respondent will be notified in writing that the material has been requested and delivered to the OAG. Respondent will have an opportunity to make arguments to the OAG in writing regarding the exception(s) to the TPIA that permit the information to be withheld from public disclosure. Respondents are advised that such arguments to the OAG must be specific and well-reasoned--vague and general claims to confidentiality by the Respondent are generally not acceptable to the OAG. Once the OAG opinion is received by Region 10 ESC, Region 10 ESC must comply with the opinions of the OAG. Region 10 ESC assumes no responsibility for asserting legal arguments on behalf of any Respondent. Respondents are advised to consult with their legal counsel concerning disclosure issues resulting from this procurement process and to take precautions to safeguard trade secrets and other proprietary information.

After completion of award, these documents will be available for public inspection.

Signature below certifies complete acceptance of Region 10 ESC’s Open Records Policy, except as noted below (additional pages may be attached, if necessary).

Check one of the following responses to the Acknowledgment and Acceptance of Region 10 ESC’s Open Records Policy below:
 We acknowledge Region 10 ESC’s Public Information Act policy and declare that no information submitted with this proposal, or any part of our proposal, is exempt from disclosure under the Public Information Act.
(Note: All information believed to be a trade secret or proprietary must be listed below. It is further understood that failure to identify such information, in strict accordance with the instructions below, will result in that information being considered public information and released, if requested under the Public Information Act.)  We declare the following information to be a trade secret or proprietary and exempt from disclosure under the Public Information Act.

(Note: Respondent must specify page-by-page and line-by-line the parts of the response, which it believes, are exempt. In addition, Respondent must specify which exception(s) are applicable and provide detailed reasons to substantiate the exception(s).

Date Authorized Signature & Title

A. INTRODUCTION
I. Background on Region 10 Education Service Center
Region 10 Education Service Center (“Region 10 ESC” herein “Lead Agency”) on behalf of itself and, potentially, all state, local governments, school districts, and higher education institutions in the United States of America, and other government agencies and non-profit organizations (herein “Public Agencies”) solicits proposals from qualified Respondents to enter into a Vendor Contract (“contract”) for the goods or services solicited in this invitation.

Contracts are approved and awarded by a single governmental entity, Region 10 ESC, and are only available for use and benefit of all entities complying with their respective state procurement laws and regulations (public and private schools, colleges and universities, cities, counties, non-profits, and all governmental entities).

II. What is the role of Equalis Group
Equalis Group assists Region 10 ESC in helping other public agencies and non-profits reap the benefits of national leveraged pricing, with no cost to the participating member. Equalis Group leverages one of the largest pools of purchasing potential. This is accomplished by competitively soliciting proposals and awarding contracts for commonly purchased products and services.

III. Purpose of Region 10 ESC
The mission of Region 10 is to be a trusted, student-focused partner that serves the learning community through responsive, innovative educational solutions. It is Region 10’s intent to:
• Provide governmental and public entities opportunities for greater efficiency and economy in procuring goods and services.
• Take advantage of state-of-the-art purchasing procedures to ensure the most competitive contracts. • Provide competitive price and bulk purchasing for multiple government or public agencies that yields economic benefits unobtainable by the individual entity. • Provide quick and efficient delivery of goods and services. • Equalize purchasing power for smaller agencies that are unable to command the best contracts for themselves.
• Help in assisting customers with use of best business practices.

IV. Customer Service
• Region 10 ESC is dedicated to making its contracts successful for both its members and its awarded vendors.
• Region 10 ESC is committed to providing its members and awarded vendors with high quality service.
• Region 10 ESC has dedicated staff available to answer questions, offer guidance and help in any way possible.

B. SCOPE
It is the intention of Region 10 ESC to establish a contract with vendor(s) for Technology Software, Equipment, Services and Related Solutions. Awarded vendor(s) shall perform covered services under the terms of this agreement. See appendix B and C for more detailed scope and pricing requirements.

C. KEY DEFINITIONS
Days: means calendar days.

Lead agency: means Region 10 in its capacity as the government entity advertising, soliciting, evaluating and awarding the contract.

Procurement: means buying, purchasing, renting, leasing or otherwise acquiring any materials, services or construction. Procurement also includes all functions that pertain to the obtaining of any material, service, or construction, including description of requirements, selection and solicitation of sources, preparation and award of contract and all phases of contract administration.

Responsive Respondent: means a person, company, firm, corporation, partnership or other organization who submits a proposal which conforms in all material respects to the invitation for bids or request for proposals.

Solicitation: means an invitation for bids, a request for technical offers, a request for proposals, a request for quotations or any other solicitation or request by which we invite a person to participate in a procurement.

Specifications: means any description of physical or functional characteristics, or of the nature of a material, service or construction of item. Specifications may include a description or any requirement for inspecting, testing or preparing a material, service or construction item for delivery.

Vendor: means any provider or seller of goods and/or services that has a contractual relationship with Equalis Group or Region 10 ESC.

D. GENERAL TERMS AND INSTRUCTIONS TO RESPONDENTS

SUBMISSION FORMAT AND COMMUNICATION
It is the responsibility of the vendor to make certain that the company submitting a proposal, along with appropriate contact information, is on file with Region 10 ESC for the purpose of receiving addenda.

I. Response Submission: All proposals must be submitted electronically as directed in the Bonfire procurement application. Scanned submissions are acceptable where PDF files are requested.

Responses will remain sealed by the Bonfire procurement application until the bid opening time specified.

Responses received outside the Bonfire procurement application will not be accepted. Sealed responses may be submitted on any or all items, unless stated otherwise. Proposal may be rejected for failure to comply with the requirements set forth in this invitation.

Region 10 ESC reserves the right to cancel solicitation, reject any or all proposals, to accept any proposal deemed most advantageous to the participants in Region 10 ESC and to waive any informality in the proposal process. Participating agency or entity also reserves the right to cancel solicitation and reject any or all proposals if it is advantageous to the school district.

Deviations from any terms, conditions and/or specifications must be conspicuously noted in writing by the Respondent and shall be included with the response. (See Appendix D).

II. Proposal Format: The electronic narrative portion and the materials presented in response to this Request for Proposal should be submitted in the same order as requested. Responses should be consolidated into one PDF file for the RFP response, one PDF file for the Attachment A (Equalis Group Exhibits) response and one Excel file for the Attachment B (pricing) response.

III. Time for receiving proposals: Proposals received prior to the submittal deadline will be kept secure and unopened. No proposals received after the submittal time and deadline will be considered. Late proposals will be returned to sender unopened.

IV. Inquiries and/or discrepancies: Questions regarding this solicitation must be submitted in the Bonfire procurement application. All questions and answers will be posted to the Bonfire procurement application.

Respondents are responsible for viewing the Bonfire procurement application to review all questions and answers prior to submitting proposals. Please note that oral communications concerning this RFP shall not be binding and shall in no way excuse the responsive Respondent of the obligations set forth in this invitation.

V. Restricted and Prohibited Communications with Region 10 ESC and Equalis Group: During the period between the date Region 10 ESC issues this RFP and the selection of the vendor who is awarded a contract by Region 10 ESC, if any, Respondents shall restrict all contact with Region 10 ESC and Equalis Group, and direct all questions regarding this RFP, including questions regarding terms and conditions, only to the Bonfire procurement application in the specified manner. Do not contact members of the Board of Directors, other employees of Region 10 ESC, any of Region 10 ESC’s agents or administrators or Equalis Group employees. Contact with any of these prohibited individuals after issuance of this RFP and before selection is made, may result in disqualification of the Respondent.

The communications prohibition shall terminate when the contract is recommended by the administration, considered by the Board of Directors at a noticed public meeting, and a contract has been awarded. In the event the Board of Directors refers the recommendation back to staff for reconsideration, the communications prohibition shall be re-imposed. Additionally, during the time period between the award by the Board of Directors and the execution of the contract, Respondents shall not engage in any prohibited communications as described in this section.

Prohibited communications include direct contact, discussion, or promotion of any Respondent’s response with any member of Region 10 ESC’s Board of Directors or employees except for communications with Region 10 ESC’s designated representative as set forth in this RFP and only in the course of inquiries, briefings, interviews, or presentations. This prohibition is intended to create a level playing field for all potential Respondents, to assure that decisions are made in public, and to protect the integrity of the RFP process. Except as provided in the above stated exceptions, the following communications regarding a particular invitation for bids, requests for proposal, requests for qualifications, or other solicitation are prohibited:

• Communications between a potential vendor, service provider, Respondent, offeror, lobbyist or consultant and any member of Region 10 ESC’s Board of Directors; • Communications between any director and any member of a selection or evaluation committee; and • Communications between any director and administrator or employee. • The communications prohibition shall not apply to the following:
o Communications with Region 10 ESC’s purchasing agent specifically named and authorized to conduct and receive such communications under this RFP or upon the request of Region 10 ESC, with Region 10 ESC’s legal counsel; and
o Presentations made to the Board of Directors during any duly noticed public meeting at which the solicitation is under consideration and the Vendor has been invited to present to the Board.
• Nothing contained herein shall prohibit any person or entity from publicly addressing Region 10 ESC’s Board of Directors during any duly noticed public meeting, in accordance with applicable Board policies, on a matter other than this RFP, or in connection with a presentation requested by Region 10 ESC’s representatives.
• Communication with any employee of Equalis Group
VI. Addenda: if required, will be issued by Region 10 ESC to all those known to have received a complete set of Proposal documents. The vendor shall acknowledge on the Signature Form the number of addenda received.

VII. Calendar of events (subject to change):

Event Date:

Issue RFP 01/31/2020
Deadline for receipt of questions via email 03/05/2020
Issue Addendum/a (if required) 03/06/2020
Proposal Due Date 03/12/2020
Approval from Region 10 ESC 04/15/2020
Contract Effective Date 05/01/2020

CONDITIONS OF SUBMITTING PROPOSALS
VIII. Amendment of Proposal: A proposal may be amended up to the time of opening by amending the proposal submitted in the Bonfire procurement application.

IX. Withdrawal of proposals: Withdrawal of proposals prior to the opening date will be permitted. Withdrawal of proposal will not be allowed for a period of 120 days following the opening. Pricing will remain firm for 120 days from submittal. However, consideration may be given in cases where Respondent advises that it made a clerical error that is substantially lower than it intended. In such case, Respondent must provide written notice of their desire to withdraw, along with supporting documents, within three (3) business days of receiving the acceptance letter. Any contracts entered into prior to Region 10 ESC receiving notice must be honored.

No Respondent should assume that their withdrawal request has been accepted unless, and until, they receive written acknowledgment and acceptance of their proposal withdrawal.

X. Clarifications: Region 10 ESC may, by written request, ask a Respondent for additional information or clarification after review of the proposals received for the sole purpose of eliminating minor irregularities,

informalities, or apparent clerical mistakes in the proposal. Clarification does not give Respondent an opportunity to revise or modify its proposal, except to the extent that correction of apparent clerical mistakes results in a revision. Region 10 ESC will not assist Respondent in bringing its proposal up to the level of other proposals through discussions. Region 10 ESC will not indicate to Respondent a cost or price that it must meet to either obtain further consideration nor will it provide any information about other Respondents’ proposals or prices.

XI. Best and Final Offer: Region 10 ESC, in its sole discretion, may request all Offerors in the competitive range to submit a Best and Final Offer. Offerors must submit their Best and Final Offers in writing. If an Offeror does not respond to the request for a Best and Final Offer, that Offeror’s most recent prior offer will be considered to be its Best and Final Offer.

XII. Specifications: When a solicitation contains a specification that states no substitutions, no deviation from this requirement will be permitted. Respondent must comply with the true intent of the specifications and drawings and not take advantage of any unintentional error or omission. In cases where no type and kind of product is specified, Region 10 ESC specifications have been developed to indicate minimal standards as to the usage, materials, and contents based on the needs of the members.

References to manufacturer’s specifications (Design Guides), when used by Region 10 ESC, are to be considered informative to give the Respondent information as to the general style, type and kind requested.

Responses proposing goods, materials or equipment regularly produced by a reputable manufacturer shall be evaluated by Region 10 ESC which will, in its sole discretion, determine whether such proposed goods, materials or equipment are substantially equivalent to the Design Guides, considering quality, workmanship, economy of operation, and suitability for the purpose intended. Respondents should include all documentation required to evaluate whether or not their proposed goods, materials or equipment are substantially equivalent to the Design Guides.

XIII. Quality of Materials or Services: Respondent shall state the brand name and number of the materials being provided. If none is indicated then it is understood that the Respondent is quoting on the exact brand name and number specified or mentioned in the solicitation.

However, unless specifically stated otherwise and in accordance with purchasing laws and regulations, comparable substitutions will be permitted in cases where the material is equal to that specified, considering quality, workmanship, economy of operation and suitability for the purpose intended.

XIV. Samples: Upon request, samples shall be furnished to Region 10 ESC free of cost within seven (7) days after receiving notice of such request. By submitting the proposal Respondent certifies that all materials conform to all applicable requirements of this solicitation and of those required by law. Respondent agrees to bear the costs for laboratory testing, if results show that the sample does not comply with solicitation requirements. Submissions may be rejected for failing to submit samples as requested.

XV. Deviations and Exceptions: Deviations or exceptions stipulated in response may result in disqualification. It is the intent of Region 10 ESC to award a manufacturer’s complete line of products, when possible.

XVI. Change Orders: The awarded vendor shall follow the requirements of all specifications and drawings as closely as construction will permit. Should existing conditions or limitations require a major change or rearrangement, the change shall be allowed only upon issuance by Region 10 ESC of a written change order.

Participating agency and awarded vendor shall establish a procedure for identifying and approving changes to the work. Procedure shall include provisions for field change orders. Change orders shall be properly documented in writing.

XVII. Manufacturer’s Representative: Respondents submitting proposals as a manufacturer’s representative shall be able to supplement offer with a letter from the manufacturer certifying that Respondent is an actual dealer for that manufacturer and that the Respondent is authorized to submit a proposal for that product, and which guarantees that if the Respondent should fail to satisfactorily fulfill any obligations established as a result of the award of contract, the manufacturer will either assume the Respondent’s obligations or arrange for fulfillment through another competent dealer to complete the balance of the project.

XVIII. Formation of Contract: A response to this solicitation is an offer to contract with Region 10 ESC based upon the terms, conditions, scope of work, and specifications contained in this request. A solicitation does not become a contract until it is awarded by Region 10 ESC. A contract is formed when Region 10 ESC’s board or designee signs the Vendor Contract Signature Form. The prospective vendor must submit a signed Vendor Signature Form with the response, thus eliminating the need for a formal signing process.

XIX. Estimated Quantities: Region 10 ESC anticipates that a substantial number of participating members will enter into contracts resulting from this solicitation; however, Region 10 ESC makes no guarantee or commitment of any kind concerning quantities or usage of contracts resulting from this solicitation. The annual volume for this contract is estimated to be over $250 million annually by year three (3) of the contract. This information is provided solely as an aid to contract vendors in preparing proposals only, and performance will be determined by other factors such as awarded supplier’s competitiveness, and overall performance and support of the contract. The successful Vendor(s) discount and pricing schedule shall apply regardless of the volume of business under the contract.

XX. Multiple Awards: Membership includes a large number of potential entities which may utilize this contract throughout the nation. In order to assure that any ensuing contract(s) will allow Region 10 ESC to fulfill current and future needs, Region 10 ESC reserves the right to award contract(s) to multiple vendors. The decision to award multiple contracts, award only one contract, or to make no awards rests solely with Region 10 ESC.

XXI. Non-Exclusive: Any contract resulting from this solicitation shall be awarded with the understanding and agreement that it is for the sole convenience and benefit of participating members. Region 10 ESC and participating entities reserve the right to obtain like goods and services from other sources.

AWARD PROCESS
XXII. Award or rejection of proposals: In accordance with applicable laws, rules, and regulations for public purchasing, award(s) will be made to the responsive and responsible Respondent(s) whose proposal(s) is/are determined to be the lowest cost and most responsible to participating agencies, price and other factors considered. Region 10 ESC reserves the right to use a “Market Basket Survey” method, based on randomly selected criteria to determine the most responsible response. To qualify for evaluation, response must have been submitted on time, and satisfy all mandatory requirements identified in this document. Proposals that are materially non-responsive will be rejected and Region 10 ESC will provide notice of rejection to the Respondent.

XXIII. Evaluation Process: In evaluating the responses the following predetermined criteria is considered:

Products/Pricing (40 Points)

1. All products and services available

2. Pricing for all available products and services

3. Pricing for warranties on all products and services

4. Ability of Customers to verify that they received contract pricing

5. Payment methods

6. Other factors relevant to this section as submitted by the Respondent Performance Capability (30 Points)

1. Ability to deliver products and services nationally

2. Response to emergency orders

3. Average Fill Rate

4. Average on time delivery rate

5. Shipping charges

6. Return and restocking policy and applicable fees

7. History of meeting the shipping and delivery timelines

8. Ability to meet service and warranty needs of members

9. Customer service/problem resolution

10. Invoicing process

11. Contract implementation/Customer transition

12. Financial condition of vendor

13. Website ease of use, availability, and capabilities related to ordering, returns and reporting

14. Respondent’s safety record

15. Instructional materials

16. Other factors relevant to this section as submitted by the Respondent Qualification and Experience (20 Points)

1. Respondent reputation in the marketplace

2. Reputation of products and services in the marketplace

3. Past relationship with Region 10 ESC and/or Region 10 ESC members

4. Experience and qualification of key employees

5. Location and number of sales persons who will work on this contract

6. Past experience working with the government sector

7. Exhibited understanding of cooperative purchasing

8. Past litigation, bankruptcy, reorganization, state investigations of entity or current officers and directors

9. Minimum of 3 customer references relating to the products and services within this RFP

10. Certifications in the Industry

11. Company profile and capabilities

12. Other factors relevant to this section as submitted by the Respondent Value Add (10 Points)

1. Marketing plan and capability

2. Sales force training

3. Other factors relevant to this section as submitted by the Respondent XXIV. Competitive Range: It may be necessary to establish a competitive range. Factors from the predetermined criteria will be used to make this determination. Responses not in the competitive range are unacceptable and do not receive further award consideration.

XXV. Evaluation: A committee will review and evaluate all responses and make a recommendation for award of contract(s). The recommendation for contract awards will be based on the predetermined criteria factors outlined in this solicitation, where each factor is assigned a point value based on its importance.

Recommendation for award of a contract will be presented to the Region 10 ESC board of directors for final approval.

XXVI. Past Performance: A vendor’s performance and actions under previously awarded contracts regarding a vendor’s actions under previously awarded contracts to schools, local, state, or federal agencies are relevant in determining whether or not the vendor is likely to provide quality goods and services to our members; including the administrative aspects of performance; the vendor’s history of reasonable and cooperative behavior and commitment to customer satisfaction; and generally, the Respondent’s businesslike concern for the interests of the customer.

XXVII. Taxes (State of AZ Respondents only): All applicable taxes in the offer will be considered by the School District/public entity when determining the lowest proposal or evaluating proposals, except when a responsive Respondent which is otherwise reasonably susceptible for award is located outside of Arizona and is not subject to a transaction privilege or use tax of a political subdivision of this state. In that event, all applicable taxes which are the obligation of Respondents in state and out of state, shall be disregarded in the Contract Award. At all times, payment of taxes and the determination of applicable taxes and rates are the sole responsibility of the Contractor.

PROTEST OF NON-AWARD
XXVIII. Protest Procedure: Any protest of an award or proposed award must be filed in writing within ten (10) days from the date of the official award notification and must be received by 5:00 pm Central Time. No protest shall lie for a claim that the selected Vendor is not a responsible Respondent. Protests shall be filed with Ms. Sue Hayes at Region 10 ESC, 400 E Spring Valley Rd, Richardson, TX 75081. Protests shall follow Region 10 ESC complaint policy EF(LOCAL), a copy of which is available at https://pol.tasb.org/Policy/Code/374?filter=EF, and it must be on a form provided by Region 10 ESC, which will include the following:

1. Name, address and telephone number of protester

2. Original signature of protester or its representative

3. Identification of the solicitation by RFP number

4. Detailed statement of legal and factual grounds including copies of relevant documents; and the form of relief requested

5. Any protest review and action shall be considered final with no further formalities being considered.

NON-COLLUSION, EMPLOYMENT AND SERVICES
XXIX. By signing the Offer and Acceptance form or other official contract form, the Respondent certifies that:

1. It did not engage in collusion or other anti-competitive practices in connection with the preparation or submission of its offer; and

2. It does not discriminate against any employee, applicant for employment, or person to whom it provides services because of race, color, religion, sex, national origin, or disability and that it complies with all applicable federal, state, and local laws and executive orders regarding employment.

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
XXX. Waiver: BY SUBMITTING A PROPOSAL, OFFER EXPRESSLY AGREES TO WAIVE ANY CLAIM IT HAS OR MAY HAVE AGAINST BOTH EQUALIS GROUP AND REGION 10 EDUCATION SERVICE CENTER, ITS DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, OR AGENTS AND THE MEMBERS ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH (1) THE ADMINISTRATION, EVALUATION, RECOMMENDATION OF ANY PROPOSAL; (2) ANY REQUIREMENTS UNDER THE SOLICITATION, PROPOSAL PACKAGE, OR RELATED DOCUMENTS; (3) THE REJECTION OF ANY PROPOSAL OR ANY PART OF ANY PROPOSAL; AND/OR (4) THE AWARD OF A CONTRACT, IF ANY.

XXXI. NEITHER REGION 10 ESC NOR EQUALIS GROUP SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE OR LIABLE FOR ANY COSTS INCURRED

BY RESPONDENTS OR THE SELECTED VENDOR IN CONNECTION WITH RESPONDING TO THE RFP, PREPARING

FOR ORAL PRESENTATIONS, PREPARING AND SUBMITTING A PROPOSAL, ENTERING OR NEGOTIATING THE TERMS OF A CONTRACT, OR ANY OTHER EXPENSES INCURRED BY A RESPONDENT. THE RESPONDENT OR

SELECTED VENDOR IS WHOLLY RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY SUCH COSTS AND EXPENSES AND SHALL NOT BE REIMBURSED IN ANY MANNER BY REGION 10 ESC OR EQUALIS GROUP.

Appendix A: VENDOR CONTRACT AND SIGNATURE FORM
This Vendor Contract and Signature Form (“Contract”) is made as of __________, by and between (“Vendor”)and Region 10 Education Service
Center (“Region 10 ESC”) for the purchase of Technology Software, Equipment, Services and Related Solutions (“the products and services”).

RECITALS
WHEREAS, both parties agree and understand that the following pages will constitute the contract between the successful vendor(s) and Region 10 ESC, having its principal place of business at Education Service Center, Region 10, 400 E Spring Valley Rd, Richardson, TX 75081 WHEREAS, Vendor agrees to include, in writing, any required exceptions or deviations from these terms, conditions, and specifications; and it is further understood that if agreed to by Region 10 ESC, said exceptions or deviations will be incorporated into the final contract “Vendor Contract.” WHEREAS, this contract consists of the provisions set forth below, including provisions of all attachments referenced herein. In the event of a conflict between the provisions set forth below and those contained in any attachment, the provisions set forth below shall control.

WHEREAS, the Vendor Contract will provide that any state, county, special district, local government, school district, private K-12 school, technical or vocational school, higher education institution (including community colleges, colleges and universities, both public and private), other government agencies or nonprofit organization may purchase products and services at prices indicated in the Vendor Contract upon registering and becoming a member with Region 10 ESC; and it being further understood that Region 10 ESC shall act as the Lead Agency with respect to all such purchase agreements.

WHEREAS, Equalis Group has the administrative and legal capacity to administer purchases on behalf of Region 10 ESC under the Vendor Contract with participating public agencies and entities, as permitted by applicable law.

ARTICLE 1- GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

1.1 Equalis Group shall be afforded all of the rights, privileges and indemnifications afforded to Region 10 ESC under the Vendor Contract, and such rights, privileges and indemnifications shall accrue and apply with equal effect to Equalis Group, including, without limitation, Vendor’s obligation to provide insurance and other indemnifications to Lead Agency.

1.2 Awarded vendor shall perform all duties, responsibilities and obligations, set forth in this agreement, and required under the Vendor Contract.

1.3 Equalis Group shall perform its duties, responsibilities and obligations as administrator of purchases, set forth in this agreement, and required under the Vendor Contract.

1.4 Customer Support: The vendor shall provide timely and accurate technical advice and sales support to Region 10 ESC staff, Equalis Group staff and participating agencies. The vendor shall respond to such requests within one (1) working day after receipt of the request.

ARTICLE 2- ANTICIPATED TERM OF AGREEMENT

2.1 Term: The term of the Contract shall commence upon award and shall remain in effect for a period of three (3) years, unless terminated, canceled or extended as otherwise provided herein. The Contractor agrees that Region 10 ESC shall have the right, at its sole option, to renew the Contract for four (4) additional one-year periods or portions thereof. In the event that Region 10 ESC exercises such rights, all terms, conditions and provisions of the original Contract shall remain the same and apply during the renewal period with the possible exception of price and minor scope additions and/or deletions.

2.2 Automatic Renewal: Renewal will take place automatically for one (1) year unless Region 10 ESC gives written notice to the awarded supplier at least ninety (90) days prior to the expiration.

ARTICLE 3- REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS
Scope: This contract is based on the need to provide the economic benefits of volume purchasing and reduction in administrative costs through cooperative purchasing to schools and other members.

Compliance: Cooperative Purchasing Agreements between Equalis Group and its Members have been established under state procurement law.

Respondent’s promise: Respondent agrees all prices, terms, warranties, and benefits granted by Respondent to Members through this contract are comparable to or better than the equivalent terms offered by Respondent to any present customer meeting the same qualifications or requirements.

ARTICLE 4- FORMATION OF CONTRACT

4.1. Respondent contract documents: Region 10 ESC will review proposed Respondent contract documents. Vendor’s contract document shall not become part of Region 10 ESC’s contract with vendor unless and until an authorized representative of Region 10 ESC reviews and approves it.

4.2. Form of contract: The form of contract for this solicitation shall be the Request for Proposal, the awarded proposal(s) to the lowest responsible Respondent(s), and properly issued and reviewed purchase orders referencing the requirements of the Request for Proposal. If a firm submitting a proposal requires Region 10 ESC and/or Member to sign an additional agreement, a copy of the proposed agreement must be included with the proposal.

4.3. Entire Agreement (Parol evidence): The contract, as specified above, represents the final written expression of agreement. All agreements are contained herein and no other agreements or representations that materially alter it are acceptable.

4.4. Assignment of Contract: No assignment of contract may be made without the prior written approval of Region 10 ESC. Purchase orders and payment can only be made to awarded vendor unless otherwise approved by Region 10 ESC. Awarded vendor is required to notify Region 10 ESC when any material change in operations is made that may adversely affect members (i.e. awarded vendor bankruptcy, change of ownership, merger, etc.).

4.5. Contract Alterations: No alterations to the terms of this contract shall be valid or binding unless authorized and signed with a “wet signature” by a Region 10 ESC staff member.

4.6. Order of precedence: In the event of a conflict in the provisions of the contract as accepted by Region 10 ESC, the following order of precedence shall prevail:
• Special terms and conditions
• General terms and conditions
• Specifications and scope of work
• Attachments and exhibits
• Documents referenced or included in the solicitation

4.8 Supplemental Agreements: The entity participating in the Region 10 ESC contract and awarded vendor may enter into a separate supplemental agreement to further define the level of service requirements over and above the minimum defined in this contract i.e. invoice requirements, ordering requirements, specialized delivery, etc. Any supplemental agreement developed as a result of this contract is exclusively between the participating entity and awarded vendor. Neither Region 10 ESC, Equalis Group, its agents, members and employees shall be made party to any claim for breach of such agreement.

ARTICLE 5- TERMINATION OF CONTRACT

5.1. Cancellation for non-performance or contractor deficiency: Region 10 ESC may terminate any contract if Members have not used the contract, or if purchase volume is determined to be low volume in any 12-month period. Region 10 ESC reserves the right to cancel the whole or any part of this contract due to failure by contractor to carry out any obligation, term or condition of the contract. Region 10 ESC may issue a written deficiency notice to contractor for acting or failing to act in any of the following:
i. Providing material that does not meet the specifications of the contract; ii. Providing work and/or material that was not awarded under the contract; iii. Failing to adequately perform the services set forth in the scope of work and specifications; iv. Failing to complete required work or furnish required materials within a reasonable amount of time;
v. Failing to make progress in performance of the contract and/or giving Region 10 ESC reason to believe that contractor will not or cannot perform the requirements of the contract; and/or vi. Performing work or providing services under the contract prior to receiving a Region 10 ESC reviewed purchase order for such work.

Upon receipt of a written deficiency notice, contractor shall have ten (10) days to provide a satisfactory response to Region 10 ESC. Failure to adequately address all issues of concern may result in contract cancellation. Upon cancellation under this paragraph, all goods, materials, work, documents, data and reports prepared by contractor under the contract shall become the property of the Member on demand.

5.2 Termination for cause: If, for any reason, the Vendor fails to fulfill its obligation in a timely manner, or if the vendor violates any of the covenants, agreements, or stipulations of this contract, Region 10 ESC reserves the right to terminate the contract immediately and pursue all other applicable remedies afforded by law. Such termination shall be effective by delivery of notice, to the vendor, specifying the effective date of termination. In such event, all documents, data, studies, surveys, drawings, maps, models and reports prepared by vendor for this solicitation may become the property of the participating agency or entity. If such event does occur then vendor will be entitled to receive just and equitable compensation for the satisfactory work completed on such documents.

5.3 Delivery/Service failures: Failure to deliver goods or services within the time specified or within a reasonable time period as interpreted by the purchasing agent, or failure to make replacements or corrections of rejected articles/services when so requested shall constitute grounds for the contract to be terminated. In the event that the participating agency or entity must purchase in an open market, contractor agrees to reimburse the participating agency or entity, within a reasonable time period, for all expenses incurred.

5.4 Force Majeure: If by reason of Force Majeure, either party hereto shall be rendered unable wholly or in part to carry out its obligations under this Agreement then such party shall give notice and full particulars of Force Majeure in writing to the other party within a reasonable time after occurrence of the event or cause relied upon, and the obligation of the party giving such notice, so far as it is affected by such Force Majeure, shall be suspended during the continuance of the inability then claimed, except as hereinafter provided, but for no longer period, and such party shall endeavor to remove or overcome such inability with all reasonable dispatch.

The term Force Majeure as employed herein, shall mean acts of God, strikes, lockouts, or other industrial disturbances, act of public enemy, orders of any kind of government of the United States or the State of Texas or any civil or military authority; insurrections; riots; epidemics; landslides; lighting; earthquake; fires; hurricanes; storms; floods; washouts; droughts; arrests; restraint of government and people; civil disturbances; explosions, breakage or accidents to machinery, pipelines or canals, or other causes not reasonably within the control of the party claiming such inability. It is understood and agreed that the settlement of strikes and lockouts shall be entirely within the discretion of the party having the difficulty, and that the above requirement that any Force Majeure shall be remedied with all reasonable dispatch shall not require the settlement of strikes and lockouts by acceding to the demands of the opposing party or parties when such settlement is unfavorable in the judgment of the party having the difficulty

5.5 Standard Cancellation: Either party may cancel this contract in whole or in part by providing written notice. The cancellation will take effect 90 business days after the other party receives the notice of cancellation. After the 90th business day all work will cease following completion of final purchase order.

Region 10 ESC reserves the right to request additional items not already on contract at any time.

ARTICLE 6- LICENSES

6.1 Duty to keep current license: Vendor shall maintain in current status all federal, state and local licenses, bonds and permits required for the operation of the business conducted by vendor. Vendor shall remain fully informed of and in compliance with all ordinances and regulations pertaining to the lawful

provision of services under the contract. Region 10 ESC reserves the right to stop work and/or cancel the contract of any vendor whose license(s) expire, lapse, are suspended or terminated.

6.2 Suspension or Debarment: Respondent shall provide a letter in the proposal notifying Region 10 ESC of any debarment, suspension or other lawful action taken against them by any federal, state, or local government within the last five (5) years that precludes Respondent or its employees from participating in any public procurement activity. The letter shall state the duration of the suspension or action taken, the relevant circumstances and the name of the agency imposing the suspension. Failure to supply or disclose this information may be grounds for cancellation of contract.

6.3 Survival Clause: All applicable software license agreements, warranties or service agreements that were entered into between Vendor and Customer/participating member under the terms and conditions of the Contract shall survive the expiration or termination of the Contract. All Purchase Orders issued and accepted by Order Fulfiller shall survive expiration or termination of the Contract.

ARTICLE 7- DELIVERY PROVISIONS

7.1 Delivery: Vendor shall deliver said materials purchased on this contract to the participating member issuing a Purchase Order. Conforming product shall be shipped within 7 days of receipt of Purchase Order. If delivery is not or cannot be made within this time period the vendor must receive authorization from the purchasing agency for the delayed delivery. At this point the participating entity may cancel the order if estimated shipping time is not acceptable.

7.2 Inspection & Acceptance: If defective or incorrect material is delivered, purchasing agency may make the determination to return the material to the vendor at no cost to the purchasing agency. The vendor agrees to pay all shipping costs for the return shipment. Vendor shall be responsible for arranging the return of the defective or incorrect material.

7.3 Responsibility for supplies tendered: Vendor shall be responsible for the materials or supplies covered by this contract until they are delivered to the designated delivery point.

7.4 Shipping Instructions: Unless otherwise specified, each case, crate, barrel, package, etc, delivered under this contract must be plainly labeled, securely tagged, stating Vendor’s name, purchase order number, quantity contained therein, and delivery address as indicated in the order. Deliveries must be made within the hours of 8:00 am – 4:00 pm. Deliveries at any other time (including Saturdays, Sundays and holidays) will not be accepted unless arrangements have been made in advance with the receiver at the delivery point. Vendor understands that it is their responsibility to ensure compliance with the delivery instructions outlined in this agreement.

7.5 Additional charges: Unless bought on F.O.B. “shipping point” and Vendor prepays transportation, no delivery charges shall be added to invoices except when express delivery is authorized and substituted on orders for the method specified in the contract. In such cases, the difference between freight or mail and express charges may be added to the invoice.

7.6 Buyer’s delays: Region 10 ESC will not be responsible for any late fees due the prime contractor by the participating member. The prime contractor will negotiate with the participating agency for the recovery of damages related to expenses incurred by the vendor for a delay for which the Region 10 ESC

member is responsible, which is unreasonable, and which was not within the contemplation of the parties to the contract between the two parties.

ARTICLE 8- BILLING AND REPORTING

8.1 Payments: The participating entity using the contract will make payments directly to the awarded vendor.

Payment shall be made after satisfactory performance, in accordance with all provisions thereof, and upon receipt of a properly completed invoice.

8.2 Tax Exempt Status: Since this is a national contract, knowing the tax laws in each state is the sole responsibility of the Vendor.

8.3 Reporting: Vendor shall electronically provide Equalis Group with a detailed line item monthly report showing the dollar volume of all member product sales under the contract for the previous month.

Reports shall be sent via e-mail to Equalis Group offices at [email protected]. Reports are due on the fifteenth (15th) day after the close of the previous month. It is the responsibility of the awarded vendor to collect and compile all sales under the contract from participating members and submit one (1) report.

Fields below marked as *required indicate a required field. All other fields are preferred, but not required: Member Data Equalis Member ID
Vendor Customer Number *required (or Equalis Member ID) Customer Name *required
Customer Street Address *required
Customer City *required
Customer Zip Code *required
Customer State *required
Distributor Data
Distributor Name
Distributor ID
Distributor Street Address
Distributor City
Distributor Zip Code
Distributor State
Product Data
Product Category level 1
Product Category level 2 (Where available or applicable) Product Category level 3 (Where available or applicable) Distributor Product Number
Manufacturer Product Number
Product Description
Product Brand Name
Product packaging Unit of Measure level 1
Product packaging Unit of Measure level 2
Product packaging Unit of Measure level 3

Spend Data
Purchase Unit of Measure
Purchase Quantity
Distributor Landed Cost Total $ (without deviations)
Distributor Landed Cost Total $ (with mfr deviations)
Customer Purchase Total $ *required
Admin Fee % *required
Admin Fee $ *required
ARTICLE 9- PRICING

9.1 Market competitive guarantee: Vendor agrees to provide market competitive pricing, based on the value offered upon award, to Region 10 ESC and its participating public agencies throughout the duration of the contract.

9.2 Price increase: Should it become necessary or proper during the term of this contract to make any change in design or any alterations that will increase expense, Region 10 ESC must be notified immediately.

Price increases must be approved by Lead Agency and no payment for additional materials or services, beyond the amount stipulated in the contract, shall be paid without prior approval. All price increases must be supported by manufacture documentation, or a formal cost justification letter.

Vendor must honor previous prices for thirty (30) days after approval and written notification from Region 10 ESC if requested.

It is Vendor’s responsibility to keep all pricing up to date and on file with Region 10 ESC. All price changes must be provided to Region 10 ESC, using the same format as was accepted in the original contract.

9.3 Additional Charges: All deliveries shall be freight prepaid, F.O.B. destination and shall be included in all pricing offered unless otherwise clearly stated in writing.

9.4 Price reduction and adjustment: Price reduction may be offered at any time during contract and shall become effective upon notice of acceptance from Region 10 ESC. Special, time-limited reductions are permissible under the following conditions: 1) reduction is available to all Members equally; 2) reduction is for a specific time period, normally not less than thirty (30) days; 3) original price is not exceeded after the time-limit; and 4) Region 10 ESC has approved the new prices prior to any offer of the prices to a Member.

Vendor shall offer Region 10 ESC any published price reduction during the contract period.

9.5 Prevailing Wage: It shall be the responsibility of the Vendor to comply, when applicable, with the prevailing wage legislation in effect in the jurisdiction of the purchaser (Region 10 ESC or its Participating Members). It shall further be the responsibility of the Vendor to monitor the prevailing wage rates as established by the appropriate Department of Labor for any increase in rates during the term of this contract and adjust wage rates accordingly.

9.6 Administrative Fees: The Vendor agrees to pay administrative fees to Equalis Group based on the terms set in Attachment A. All pricing submitted to Region 10 ESC shall include the administrative fee to be remitted to Equalis Group by the awarded vendor.

9.7 Price Calculation: Cost plus a percentage as a primary mechanism to calculate pricing is not allowed. Pricing may either be in the form of line item pricing, defined as a specific individual price on a

product or service, or a percentage discount from a verifiable catalog or price list. Other discounts or incentives may be offered.

ARTICLE 10- PRICING AUDIT

10.1 Audit rights: Vendor shall, at Vendor’s sole expense, maintain appropriate due diligence of all purchases made by Region 10 ESC and any participating entity that accesses this Agreement. Equalis Group and Region 10 ESC each reserve the right to audit the accounting for a period of three (3) years from the time such purchases are made. This audit right shall survive termination of this Agreement for a period of one (1) year from the effective date of termination. In the State of New Jersey, this audit right shall survive termination of this Agreement for a period of five (5) years from the date of final payment. Such records shall be made available to the New Jersey Office of the State Comptroller upon request. Region 10 ESC shall have the authority to conduct random audits of Vendor’s pricing that is offered to eligible entities at Region 10 ESC's sole cost and expense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Region 10 ESC is made aware of any pricing being offered to eligible agencies that is materially inconsistent with the pricing under this agreement, Region 10 ESC shall have the ability to conduct an extensive audit of Vendor’s pricing at Vendor’s sole cost and expense. Region 10 ESC may conduct the audit internally or may engage a thirdparty auditing firm. In the event of an audit, the requested materials shall be provided in the format and at the location designated by Region 10 ESC or Equalis Group.

ARTICLE 11- PROPOSER PRODUCT LINE REQUIREMENTS

11.1 Current products: Proposals shall be for materials and equipment in current production and marketed to the general public and education/government agencies at the time the proposal is submitted.

11.2 Discontinued products: If a product or model is discontinued by the manufacturer, Vendor may substitute a new product or model if the replacement product meets or exceeds the specifications and performance of the discontinued model and if the discount is the same or greater than the discontinued model.

11.3 New products/Services: New products and/or services that meet the scope of work may be added to the contract. Pricing shall be equivalent to the percentage discount for other products. Vendor may replace or add product lines to an existing contract if the line is replacing or supplementing products on contract, is equal or superior to the original products offered, is discounted in a similar or to a greater degree, and if the products meet the requirements of the solicitation. No products and/or services may be added to avoid competitive procurement requirements. Region 10 ESC may require additions to be submitted with documentation from Participating Members demonstrating an interest in, or a potential requirement for, the new product or service. Region 10 ESC may reject any additions without cause.

11.4 Options: Optional equipment for products under contract may be added to the contract at the time they become available under the following conditions: 1) the option is priced at a discount similar to other options; 2) the option is an enhancement to the unit that improves performance or reliability.

11.5 Product line: Vendors with a published catalog may submit the entire catalog. Region 10 ESC reserves the right to select products within the catalog for award without having to award all contents.

Region 10 ESC may reject any addition of equipment options without cause.

11.6 Warranty conditions: All supplies, equipment and services shall include manufacturer's minimum standard warranty and one (1) year labor warranty unless otherwise agreed to in writing.

11.7 Buy American requirement: (for New Jersey and all other applicable States) Vendors may only use unmanufactured construction material mined or produced in the United States, as required by the Buy American Act. Where trade agreements apply, to the extent permitted by applicable law, then unmanufactured construction material mined or produced in a designated country may also be used.

Vendors are required to check state specific requirements to ensure compliance with this requirement.

ARTICLE 12- SITE REQUIREMENTS

12.1 Cleanup: Vendor shall clean up and remove all debris and rubbish resulting from their work as required or directed by Member. Upon completion of the work, the premises shall be left in good repair and an orderly, neat, clean and unobstructed condition conducive to the Member’s business purpose.

12.2 Site Preparation: Vendor shall not begin a project for which Participating Member has not prepared the site, unless Vendor does the preparation work at no cost, or until Participating Member includes the cost of site preparation in a purchase order to the contractor. Site preparation includes, but is not limited to moving furniture, moving equipment or obstructions to the work area, installation of wiring for networks or any other necessary pre-installation requirements.

12.3 Registered sex offender restrictions: For work to be performed at schools, Vendor agrees that no employee or employee of a subcontractor who has been adjudicated to be a registered sex offender will perform work at any time when students are or are reasonably expected to be present. Vendor agrees that a violation of this condition shall be considered a material breach and may result in the cancellation of the purchase order at the Participating Member’s discretion. Vendor must identify any additional costs associated with compliance of this term. If no costs are specified, compliance with this term will be provided at no additional charge. Vendor is also responsible for ensuring that their employees or contractors who have direct contact with students are properly fingerprinted and background checked in accordance with local state law, if applicable.

12.4 Safety measures: Vendor shall take all reasonable precautions for the safety of employees on the worksite, and shall erect and properly maintain all necessary safeguards for protection of workers and the public. Vendor shall post warning signs against all hazards created by its operation and work in progress.

Proper precautions shall be taken pursuant to state law and standard practices to protect workers, general public and existing structures from injury or damage.

12.5 Smoking/Tobacco: Persons working under the contract shall adhere to local tobacco and smoking (including e-cigarettes/vaping) policies. Smoking will only be permitted in posted areas or off premises.

12.6 Stored materials: Upon prior written agreement between the vendor and Member, payment may be made for materials not incorporated in the work but delivered and suitably stored at the site or some other location, for installation at a later date. An inventory of the stored materials must be provided to

Participating Member with the application for payment seeking compensation for stored materials. Such materials must be stored and protected in a secure location, and be insured for their full value by the vendor against loss and damage. Vendor agrees to provide proof of coverage and/or addition of Participating Member as an additional insured upon Participating Member’s request. Additionally, if stored offsite, the materials must also be clearly identified as property of buying Participating Member and be separated from other materials. Participating Member must be allowed reasonable opportunity to inspect and take inventory of stored materials, on or offsite, as necessary.

Until final acceptance by the Participating Member, it shall be the Vendor's responsibility to protect all materials and equipment. Vendor warrants and guarantees that title for all work, materials and equipment shall pass to the Member upon final acceptance.

12.7 Maintenance Facilities and Support: It is preferred that each contractor should have maintenance facilities and a support system available for servicing and repair of product and/or equipment. If a third party is to be used to provide maintenance and support to the participating member, Respondent must notify Region 10 ESC of that third party information. All technicians, applicators, installers shall be fully certified, trained and licensed to perform said duties.

ARTICLE 13- MISCELENOUS

13.1 Funding Out Clause: Any/all contracts exceeding one (1) year shall include a standard “funding out” clause. A contract for the acquisition, including lease, of real or personal property is a commitment of the entity’s current revenue only, provided the contract contains either or both of the following provisions:
“Retains to the entity the continuing right to terminate the contract at the expiration of each budget period during the term of the contract and is conditioned on a best efforts attempt by the entity to obtain appropriate funds for payment of the contract in the subsequent fiscal year.”

13.2 Disclosures: Vendor affirms that he/she has not given, offered to give, nor intends to give at any time hereafter any economic opportunity, future employment, gift, loan, gratuity, special discount, trip, favor or service to a public servant in connection with this contract.

Vendor has a continuing duty to disclose a complete description of any and all relationships that might be considered a conflict of interest in doing business with participants in Equalis Group.

Vendor affirms that, to the best of his/her knowledge, the offer was arrived at independently, and was submitted without collusion with anyone to obtain information or gain any favoritism that would in any way limit competition or give an unfair advantage over other vendors in the award of this contract.

13.3 Indemnity: Vendor shall protect, indemnify, and hold harmless both Region 10 ESC and Equalis Group and its participants, administrators, employees and agents against all claims, damages, losses and expenses arising out of or resulting from the actions of Vendor, Vendor employees or Vendor subcontractors in the preparation of the solicitation and the later execution of the contract, including any supplemental agreements with members. Any litigation involving either Region 10 ESC or Equalis Group, its administrators and employees and agents shall be in a court of competent jurisdiction in Dallas County, Texas. Texas law shall apply to any such suit, without giving effect to its choice of laws provisions. Any litigation involving Equalis Group participating members shall be in the jurisdiction of the participating agency.

13.4 Franchise Tax: Vendor hereby certifies that he/she is not currently delinquent in the payment of any required franchise taxes, and shall remain current on any such franchise taxes throughout the term of this contract.

13.5 Marketing: Vendor agrees to allow Region 10 ESC and Equalis Group to use their name and logo within website, marketing materials and advertisement. Any use of the Region 10 ESC or Equalis Group name and logo or any form of publicity, inclusive of press releases, regarding this contract by Vendor must have prior approval from Region 10 ESC.

13.6 Insurance: Unless otherwise modified elsewhere in this document, prior to commencing services under this contract for a participating member, contractor shall procure, provide and maintain during the life of this agreement comprehensive public liability insurance to include course of construction insurance and automobile liability, providing limits of not less than $1,000,000.00 per occurrence. The insurance form will be an “all risk” type of policy with standard exclusions. Coverage will include temporary structures, scaffolding, temporary office trailers, materials, and equipment. Contractor shall pay for the deductibles required by the insurance provided under this agreement.

Certificates of insurance shall be delivered to the participant prior to commencement of work. The insurance company shall be licensed to do business and write the appropriate lines of insurance in the applicable state in which work is being conducted. Vendor shall give the participating entity a minimum of ten (10) days notice prior to any modifications or cancellation of policies. Vendor shall require all subcontractors performing any work to maintain coverage as specified.

Prior to commencing any work under this contract, any subcontractor shall also procure, provide, and maintain, at its own expense until final acceptance of the work performed, insurance coverage in a form acceptable to the prime contractor. All subcontractors shall provide worker’s compensation insurance which waives all subrogation rights against the prime contractor and member.

13.7 Subcontracts/Sub Contractors: If Vendor serves as prime contractor, it shall not enter into any subcontract subject to this solicitation without prior approval from Region 10 ESC. Any/all subcontractors shall abide by the terms and conditions of this contract and the solicitation.

No subcontract relationships shall be entered into with a party not licensed to do business in the jurisdiction in which the work will be performed. Contractor must use subcontractors openly, include such arrangements in the proposal, and certify upon request that such use complies with the rules associated with the procurement codes and statutes in the state in which the contractor is conducting business.

Contractor agrees to pay subcontractors in a timely manner. Failure to pay subcontractors for work faithfully performed and properly invoiced may result in suspension or termination of this contract. Prior to participating member’s release of final retained amounts, Contractor shall produce verified statements from all subcontractors and material suppliers that those entities have been paid in full amounts due and owing to them.

13.8 Legal Obligations: It is the Respondent’s responsibility to be aware of and comply with all local, state, and federal laws governing the sale of products/services identified in this RFP and any awarded contract and shall comply with all while fulfilling the RFP. Applicable laws and regulation must be followed even if not specifically identified herein.

13.9 Boycott Certification: Respondents hereby certify that during the term of any Agreement, it does not boycott Israel and will not boycott Israel. “Boycott” means refusing to deal with, terminating business activities with, or otherwise taking any action that is intended to penalize, inflict economic harm on, or limit commercial relations specifically with Israel, or with a person or entity doing business in Israel or in an Israeli-controlled territory, but does not include an action made for ordinary business purposes.

13.10 Venue: All parties agree that venue for any litigation arising from this contract shall lie in Richardson, Dallas County, Texas, and that the laws of the State of Texas shall govern the rights of the parties and the validity and interpretation of any purchase order, contract, or service agreement that shall arise from and include this proposal request.
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank- Signatures follow on Signature Form]

CONTRACT SIGNATURE FORM
The undersigned hereby proposes and agrees to furnish goods and/or services in strict compliance with the terms, specifications and conditions at the prices proposed within response unless noted in writing. The undersigned further certifies that he/she is an officer of the company and has authority to negotiate and bind the company named below and has not prepared this proposal in collusion with any other Respondent and that the contents of this proposal as to prices, terms or conditions of said proposal have not been communicated by the undersigned nor by any employee or agent to any person engaged in this type of business prior to the official opening of this proposal.

Prices are guaranteed: 120 days
Company name
Address
City/State/Zip
Telephone No.

Fax No.

Email address
Printed name
Position with company
Authorized signature
Term of contract to
Unless otherwise stated, all contracts are for a period of three (3) years with an option to renew annually for an additional four (4) years if agreed to by Region 10 ESC. Vendor shall honor all administrative fees for any sales made based on the contract whether renewed or not.

Region 10 ESC Authorized Agent Date

Print Name
Equalis Group Contract Number __________

Appendix B: PRODUCT / SERVICES SPECIFICATIONS
Products and Services Covered:

It is the intention of Region 10 ESC to establish a contract with Respondent(s) for Technology Software, Equipment, Services and Related Solutions. Region 10 ESC may award a contract to qualifying vendors defined as a manufacturer, dealer/distributor, or value-added reseller and the following solutions will be considered.
• Complete Solution: A Complete Solution is a combination of equipment, products, software and services to install solutions to a properly operating status. This solution may also include continuous maintenance to sustain operating status throughout the life of the installation. • Equipment/Products/Software Only: This solution may be appropriate for situations where Equalis members possess the ability to properly install and bring to operation the equipment, products, and/or software being proposed. Respondent(s) must show a capability to provide products to Equalis members, either directly or through a dealer/reseller network.

Vendors are asked to describe what solutions they are offering and to address the areas outlined in this Appendix B. Region 10 may elect to award individual products or solutions; however, respondents are encouraged to propose their complete catalog, products and services.

The scope of this solicitation includes but is not limited to the following:

Personal, Standard and High-End Computer Systems: PCs, notebooks and laptops from Enterprise and Middle Tier Suppliers. These may be used for typical tasks, including word processing, spreadsheet analysis, statistical analysis, internet, and other office automation activities. Higher end systems may be used by application developers using GIS, CASE or other high-level language development tools, Computer Aided Design and Drafting professional, Internet Application developers or other sophisticated application work.

Network Equipment: This includes equipment primarily used for communications over an IP network. Class of equipment should include home office, small and medium business, and enterprise.

Monitors: These will include plug and play compatible monitors that are manufactured for the above systems which meet the most current UL and OSHA requirements.

Computer and Network Products and Peripherals: Complete availability of major manufacturers product lines on items such as, but not limited to RAM, graphic accelerator cards, network interface cards, cables, printers, scanners, keyboards, drives, memory cards, cables, batteries, etc.

Interactive whiteboards and professional display solutions: Interactive whiteboard panels, walls, tables, etc. Professional and commercial displays specially engineered for business applications. Additional peripherals, services and other solutions that support proper installation and operation of this equipment.

Services: Services such as cloud computing, consulting, technical support, trade-ins, repair, design, analysis, configuration, implementation, installation, training, maintenance, system configurations, testing, hardware/software installation, upgrades, imaging, etc.

Software and Related Services: Includes business software, database & business intelligence, networking, operating systems, security software communication software and other related software or services.

Related services include but are not limited to product installation, maintenance and support, managed services and product training.

Other Products and Related Services: Includes, cameras, telecommunications, projectors, data storage, battery backup systems, IOT devices, any other related product or service not already define herein.

Financing: Options available such as lease programs and conditional sales contracts.

Appendix C: PRICING
Attachment B
Region 10 ESC requests that potential Respondents offer a wide array of products and services at lower prices and with better value than what they would ordinarily offer to a single government agency, a school district, or a regional cooperative.

All pricing must be entered into the Attachment B template provided. Products/lines completed will be used to establish the extent of the Respondents product lines, services, warranties, etc. that are available. All services offered under this contract must be priced or listed as free and unlisted services will not be accepted. Please submit price lists and/or catalogs in excel or delimited format.

Pricing must be entered into each worksheet within the Attachment B as follows:

Core Price List
• Respondents are encouraged to include all high-volume products/services within the scope of this RFP they deem are necessary to show a complete Core Price List. • All relevant columns in this worksheet should be completed. Incomplete fields or columns may be deemed unresponsive at the sole discretion of Region 10 ESC.

Other Pricing
• In addition to prices offered in the Core Price List, respondents shall provide a calculation for pricing on all other products available under the scope of this RFP. The calculation should be based on a discount from a verifiable price list or catalog. Cost plus a percentage as a primary method is not allowed.
• Additional services such as installation, delivery, tech support, training, and other services not already included in the Core Price list should be provided in this worksheet.

Other Discounts or Enhanced Pricing
• List additional rebates, discounts off list, delivery size incentives or other price discounts not already provided in the other worksheets.
• Respondents are encouraged to offer additional discounts for one-time delivery of large single orders to participating public agencies. Participating public agencies should seek to negotiate additional price concessions based on quantity purchases of any products offered under the Contract.

Not to Exceed Pricing
Region 10 ESC requests pricing be submitted as not to exceed for any participating entity. ➢ Unlike fixed pricing the awarded vendor can adjust submitted pricing lower if needed but, cannot exceed original pricing submitted for solicitation.
➢ Vendor must allow for lower pricing to be available for similar product and service purchases.

Other Restrictions and Fees
Please provide any other relevant information, fees or restrictions for Purchasing Group Members to receive pricing or value under this contract, such as minimum order sizes, restocking fees, and/or any other relevant fee or restriction associated with this contract. Fees or restrictions not listed will not be allowed under this contract.

Appendix D: GENERAL TERMS & CONDITIONS ACCEPTANCE FORM
Signature on the Vendor Contract Signature form certifies complete acceptance of the General Terms and Conditions in this solicitation, except as noted below (additional pages may be attached, if necessary).

Check one of the following responses to the General Terms and Conditions:
 We take no exceptions/deviations to the general terms and conditions (Note: If none are listed below, it is understood that no exceptions/deviations are taken.)  We take the following exceptions/deviations to the general terms and conditions. All exceptions/deviations must be clearly explained. Reference the corresponding general terms and conditions that you are taking exceptions/deviations to. Clearly state if you are adding additions terms and conditions to the general terms and conditions. Provide details on your exceptions/deviations below:
(Note: Unacceptable exceptions shall remove your proposal from consideration for award. Region 10 ESC shall be the sole judge on the acceptance of exceptions/deviations and the decision shall be final.)

Appendix E: QUESTIONNAIRE
Please provide responses to the following questions that address your company’s operations, organization, structure and processes for providing products and services.

1. States Covered
Respondent must indicate any and all states where products and services can be offered.

Please indicate the price co-efficient for each state if it varies. 50 States & District of Columbia (Selecting this box is equal to checking all boxes below) All U.S. Territories & Outlying Areas (Selecting this box is equal to checking all boxes below) Alabama Montana
Alaska Nebraska
Arizona Nevada
Arkansas New Hampshire
California New Jersey
Colorado New Mexico
Connecticut New York
Delaware
District of Columbia
North Carolina
North Dakota
Florida Ohio
Georgia Oklahoma
Hawaii Oregon
Idaho Pennsylvania
Illinois Rhode Island
Indiana South Carolina
Iowa South Dakota
Kansas Tennessee
Kentucky Texas
Louisiana Utah
Maine Vermont
Maryland Virginia
Massachusetts Washington
Michigan West Virginia
Minnesota Wisconsin
Mississippi
Missouri
Wyoming
American Samoa Northern Marina Islands
Federated States of Micronesia Puerto Rico
Guam U.S. Virgin Islands
Midway Islands

2. Diversity Programs
• Do you currently have a diversity program or any diversity partners that you do business with? Yes No
• If the answer is yes, do you plan to offer your program or partnership through Equalis Group Yes No
(If the answer is yes, attach a statement detailing the structure of your program, along with a list of your diversity alliances and a copy of their certifications.) • Will the products accessible through your diversity program or partnership be offered to Equalis Group members at the same pricing offered by your company? Yes No
(If answer is no, attach a statement detailing how pricing for participants would be calculated.)

3. Diverse Vendor Certification Participation
It is the policy of some entities participating in Equalis Group to involve minority and women business enterprises (M/WBE), small and/or disadvantaged business enterprises, disable veterans business enterprises, historically utilized businesses (HUB) and other diversity recognized businesses in the purchase of goods and services. Respondents shall indicate below whether or not they hold certification in any of the classified areas and include proof of such certification with their response. a. Minority Women Business Enterprise
Respondent certifies that this firm is an MWBE Yes No
List certifying agency: _______________________________________________ b. Small Business Enterprise (SBE) or Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) Respondent certifies that this firm is a SBE or DBE Yes No List certifying agency: _______________________________________________ c. Disabled Veterans Business Enterprise (DVBE)
Respondent certifies that this firm is a DVBE Yes No
List certifying agency: _______________________________________________ d. Historically Underutilized Businesses (HUB)
Respondent certifies that this firm is a HUB Yes No
List certifying agency: _______________________________________________ e. Historically Underutilized Business Zone Enterprise (HUBZone) Respondent certifies that this firm is a HUBZone Yes No List certifying agency: _______________________________________________ f. Other
Respondent certifies that this firm is a recognized diversity Yes No certificate holder
List certifying agency: _______________________________________________

4. Residency
Responding Company’s principal place of business is in the city of ___________State of ___.

5. Felony Conviction Notice
Please check applicable box:

A publicly held corporation; therefore, this reporting requirement is not applicable.

Is not owned or operated by anyone who has been convicted of a felony.

Is owned or operated by the following individual(s) who has/have been convicted of a felony. *If the 3rd box is checked a detailed explanation of the names and convictions must be attached.

6. Processing Information
Company contact for:

Executive Contact
Contact Person: ______________________________________________________ Title: _______________________________________________________________ Company: ___________________________________________________________ Address: ____________________________________________________________ City: _______________________ State: ________________Zip: _______________ Phone: _____ Fax: _______________________________
Email: ______________________________________________________________ Account Manager / Sales Lead
Contact Person: ______________________________________________________ Title: _______________________________________________________________ Company: ___________________________________________________________ Address: ____________________________________________________________ City: _______________________ State: ________________Zip: _______________ Phone: _____ Fax: _______________________________
Email: ______________________________________________________________ Contract Management (if different than the Sales Lead)
Contact Person: ______________________________________________________

Title: _______________________________________________________________ Company: ___________________________________________________________ Address: ____________________________________________________________ City: _______________________ State: ________________Zip: _______________ Phone: _____ Fax: _______________________________
Email: ______________________________________________________________ Billing & Reporting/Accounts Payable
Contact Person: ______________________________________________________ Title: _______________________________________________________________ Company: ___________________________________________________________ Address: ____________________________________________________________ City: _______________________ State: ________________Zip: _______________ Phone: _____ Fax: _______________________________
Email: ______________________________________________________________ Marketing
Contact Person: ______________________________________________________ Title: _______________________________________________________________ Company: ___________________________________________________________ Address: ____________________________________________________________ City: _______________________ State: ________________Zip: _______________ Phone: _____ Fax: _______________________________
Email: ______________________________________________________________

7. Distribution Channel: Which best describes your company’s position in the distribution channel:

Manufacturer direct Certified education/government reseller Authorized distributor Manufacturer marketing through reseller Value-added reseller Other __________________________

8. Pricing Information
• In addition to the current typical unit pricing furnished herein, the Vendor agrees to offer all future product introductions at prices that are proportionate to Contract Pricing. Yes No

(If answer is no, attach a statement detailing how pricing for participants would be calculated.) • Pricing submitted includes the required administrative fee. Yes No (Fee calculated based on invoice price to customer)
• Additional discounts for purchase of a guaranteed quantity? Yes No

9. Cooperative/Group Purchasing Experience
List all cooperative and/or government group purchasing organizations of which your company is currently a member below.

Cooperative/GPO Name Contract Number Expiration Date
_______________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________ Appendix F: COMPANY PROFILE
Please provide the following:

General Profile

1. Company’s official registered name.

2. Brief history of your company, including the year it was established.

3. Company’s Dun & Bradstreet (D&B) number.

4. Corporate office location.

5. List the total number of salespersons employed by your organization within the United States, broken down by market.

6. List the number and location of offices, or service centers for all states being proposed in solicitation.

7. Define your standard terms of payment

8. Who is your competition in the marketplace?

9. Overall annual sales for last three (3) years;

10. Overall public sector sales, excluding Federal Government, for last three (3) years;

11. What is your strategy to increase market share in the public sector?

12. What differentiates your company from competitors in the public sector?

13. Provide relevant information regarding your ordering process including your firm’s on-line catalog/ordering website, and the ability for purchasing group members to verify they are receiving contract pricing.

14. Describe your company’s Customer Service Department (hours of operation, number of service centers, etc.).

15. Provide your safety record, safety rating, EMR and worker’s compensation rate where available

16. Describe areas where downtime may occur with products and services provided, historical averages of that downtime, and how you resolve downtime issues when they do occur (For purposes of providing further clarity, examples of downtime might be a website ordering platform that goes offline, installed equipment that requires service or other products and services that can fail or go offline)

17. Provide information regarding whether your firm, either presently or in the past, has been involved in any litigation, bankruptcy, or reorganization.

18. Provide fill rates and average delivery timeframes met by specific distribution center.

Marketing/Sales

19. Detail how your organization plans to market this contract within the first 90 days of the award date. This should include, but not be limited to:
a. A co-branded press release within first 30 days
b. Announcement of award through any applicable social media sites c. Direct mail campaigns
d. Co-branded collateral pieces
e. Advertisement of contract in regional or national publications f. Participation in trade shows
g. Dedicated Equalis Group and Region 10 ESC internet web-based homepage with:
i. Equalis Group and Region 10 ESC Logo
ii. Link to Equalis Group and Region 10 ESC website
iii. Summary of contract and services offered
iv. Due Diligence Documents including; copy of solicitation, copy of contract and any amendments, marketing materials

h. Announcement within your firm, including training of the agreement with your national sales force
i. Marketing the agreement to new and existing government customers

20. Acknowledge that your organization agrees to provide its company logo(s) to Region 10 ESC and agrees to provide permission for reproduction of such logo in marketing communications and promotions.

21. Provide the agency spend that your organization anticipates each year for the first three (3) years of this agreement.
$_________ in year one
$_________ in year two
$_________ in year three
Administration

22. Describe your company’s implementation and success with existing cooperative purchasing programs, if any, and provide the cooperative’s name(s), contact person(s) and contact information as reference(s).

23. Describe the capacity of your company to report monthly sales through this agreement.

24. Describe the capacity of your company to provide management reports, i.e. consolidated billing by location, time and attendance reports, etc. for each eligible agency.

25. Please provide any suggested improvements and alternatives for doing business with your company that will make this arrangement more cost effective for your company and Participating Public Agencies.

26. Please provide your company’s environmental policy and/or sustainability initiative.

Green Initiatives

27. Please provide your company’s environmental policy and/or sustainability initiative.

Vendor Certifications (if applicable)

28. Provide a copy of all current licenses, registrations and certifications issued by federal, state and local agencies, and any other licenses, registrations or certifications from any other governmental entity with jurisdiction, allowing Respondent to perform the covered services including, but not limited to licenses, registrations or certifications. M/WBE, HUB, DVBE, small and disadvantaged business certifications and other diverse business certifications, as well as manufacturer certifications for sales and service must be included if applicable.

References

29. Provide a minimum of three (3) customer references for product and/or services of similar scope dating within the past 3 years. Please try to provide an equal number of references for K12, Higher Education and City/County entities. Provide the following information for each reference:

Entity Name
Contact Name and Title
City and State
Phone Number
Years Serviced
Description of Services
Annual Volume

Appendix G: VALUE ADD
Please include any additional products and/or services not included in the scope of the solicitation that you think will enhance and/or add value to this contract participating agencies.

Appendix H: ADDITIONAL REQUIRED DOCUMENTS
• DOC #1 Clean Air and Water Act
• DOC #2 Debarment Notice
• DOC #3 Lobbying Certification
• DOC #4 Contractors Requirements
• DOC #5 Antitrust Certification Statement
• DOC #6 Implementation of House Bill 1295
• DOC #7 Boycott Certification
• DOC #8 Terrorist State Certification
• DOC #9 Resident Certification
• DOC #10 Federal Funds Certification Form
FOR VENDORS INTENDING TO DO BUSINESS IN ARIZONA:
• DOC #11 Arizona Contractor Requirements
FOR VENDORS INTENDING TO DO BUSINESS IN NEW JERSEY:
• DOC #12 Ownership Disclosure Form
• DOC #13 Non-Collusion Affidavit
• DOC #14 Affirmative Action Affidavit
• DOC #15 Political Contribution Disclosure Form
• DOC #16 Stockholder Disclosure Form
New Jersey vendors are also required to comply with the following New Jersey statutes when applicable:
• All anti-discrimination laws, including those contained in N.J.S.A. 10:2-1 through N.J.S.A. 10:2-14, N.J.S.A. 10:5-1, and N.J.S.A. 10:5-31 through 10:5-38.
• Compliance with Prevailing Wage Act, N.J.S.A. 34:11-56.26, for all contracts within the contemplation of the Act.
• Compliance with Public Works Contractor Registration Act, N.J.S.A. 34:11-56.26 • Bid and Performance Security, as required by the applicable municipal or state statutes.

DOC #1 CLEAN AIR AND WATER ACT
I, the Vendor, am in compliance with all applicable standards, orders or regulations issued pursuant to the Clean Air Act of 1970, as Amended (42 U.S. C. 1857 (h), Section 508 of the Clean Water Act, as amended (33 U.S.C. 1368), Executive Order 117389 and Environmental Protection Agency Regulation, 40 CFR Part 15 as required under OMB Circular A-102, Attachment O, Paragraph 14 (1) regarding reporting violations to the grantor agency and to the United States Environment Protection Agency Assistant Administrator for the Enforcement.

Potential Vendor: ___________________________________________________________ Title of Authorized Representative: _____________________________________________ Mailing Address: ____________________________________________________________ Signature: _________________________________________________________________

DOC #2 DEBARMENT NOTICE
I, the Vendor, certify that my company has not been debarred, suspended or otherwise ineligible for participation in Federal Assistance programs under Executive Order 12549, “Debarment and Suspension”, as described in the Federal Register and Rules and Regulations.

Potential Vendor: ___________________________________________________________ Title of Authorized Representative: _____________________________________________ Mailing Address: ____________________________________________________________ Signature: _________________________________________________________________

DOC #3 LOBBYING CERTIFICATION
Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction and is imposed by Section 1352, Title 31, U.S. Code. This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such failure.

The undersigned certifies, to the best of his/her knowledge and belief, that:

1. No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid on behalf of the undersigned, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding of a Federal contract, the making of a Federal grant, the making of a Federal loan, the entering into a cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of a Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement.

2. If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this Federal contract or cooperative agreement, the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form LLL, “Disclosure of Lobbying Activities,” in accordance with its instructions.

3. The undersigned shall require that the language of this certification be included in the award documents for all covered sub-awards exceeding $100,000 in Federal funds at all appropriate tiers and that all subrecipients shall certify and disclose accordingly. _______________________________
Signature of Respondent
_______________________________
Date

DOC #4 CONTRACTOR CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS
Contractor’s Employment Eligibility
By entering the contract, Contractor warrants compliance with the Federal Immigration and Nationality Act (FINA), and all other federal and state immigration laws and regulations. The Contractor further warrants that it is in compliance with the various state statutes of the states it will operate this contract in.

Participating Government Entities including School Districts may request verification of compliance from any Contractor or subcontractor performing work under this Contract. These Entities reserve the right to confirm compliance in accordance with applicable laws.

Should the Participating Entities suspect or find that the Contractor or any of its subcontractors are not in compliance, they may pursue any and all remedies allowed by law, including, but not limited to: suspension of work, termination of the Contract for default, and suspension and/or debarment of the Contractor. All costs necessary to verify compliance are the responsibility of the Contractor.

The Respondent complies and maintains compliance with the appropriate statutes which requires compliance with federal immigration laws by State employers, State contractors and State subcontractors in accordance with the E-Verify Employee Eligibility Verification Program.

Contractor shall comply with governing board policy of the Region 10 ESC Participating entities in which work is being performed.
__________________________________________________________________________ Fingerprint & Criminal Background Checks
If required to provide services on school district property at least five (5) times during a month, contractor shall submit a full set of fingerprints to the school district if requested of each person or employee who may provide such service. Alternately, the school district may fingerprint those persons or employees. An exception to this requirement may be made as authorized in Governing Board policy. The district shall conduct a fingerprint check in accordance with the appropriate state and federal laws of all contractors, subcontractors or vendors and their employees for which fingerprints are submitted to the district.

Contractor, subcontractors, vendors and their employees shall not provide services on school district properties until authorized by the District.

The Respondent shall comply with fingerprinting requirements in accordance with appropriate statutes in the state in which the work is being performed unless otherwise exempted.

Contractor shall comply with governing board policy in the school district or Participating Entity in which work is being performed.
__________________________________________________________________________ Business Operations in Sudan, Iran
In accordance with A.R.S. 35-391 and A.R.S. 35-393, the Contractor hereby certifies that the contractor does not have scrutinized business operations in Sudan and/or Iran. _________________________________________
Signature of Respondent
_________________________________________
Date

DOC #5 ANTITRUST CERTIFICATION STATEMENTS
(Tex. Government Code § 2155.005)
I affirm under penalty of perjury of the laws of the State of Texas that:
(1) I am duly authorized to execute this contract on my own behalf or on behalf of the company, corporation, firm, partnership or individual (Company) listed below; (2) In connection with this proposal, neither I nor any representative of the Company has violated any provision of the Texas Free Enterprise and Antitrust Act, Tex. Bus. & Comm. Code Chapter 15; (3) In connection with this proposal, neither I nor any representative of the Company has violated any federal antitrust law; and
(4) Neither I nor any representative of the Company has directly or indirectly communicated any of the contents of this proposal to a competitor of the Company or any other company, corporation, firm, partnership or individual engaged in the same line of business as the Company.

VENDOR _________________________________
ADDRESS ________________________________
PHONE __________________________________
FAX __________________________________

RESPONDANT
Signature
Printed Name
Position with Company

AUTHORIZING OFFICIAL
Signature
Printed Name
Position with Company

DOC #6 IMPLEMENTATION OF HOUSE BILL 1295
Certificate of Interested Parties (Form 1295):

In 2015, the Texas Legislature adopted House Bill 1295, which added section 2252.908 of the Government Code. The law states that a governmental entity or state agency may not enter into certain contracts with a business entity unless the business entity submits a disclosure of interested parties to the governmental entity or state agency at the time the business entity submits the signed contract to the governmental entity or state agency. The law applies only to a contract of a governmental entity or state agency that either (1) requires an action or vote by the governing body of the entity or agency before the contract may be signed or (2) has a value of at least $1 million. The disclosure requirement applies to a contract entered into on or after January 1, 2016.

The Texas Ethics Commission was required to adopt rules necessary to implement that law, prescribe the disclosure of interested parties form, and post a copy of the form on the commission’s website. The commission adopted the Certificate of Interested Parties form (Form 1295) on October 5, 2015. The commission also adopted new rules (Chapter 46) on November 30, 2015, to implement the law. The commission does not have any additional authority to enforce or interpret House Bill 1295.

Filing Process:

Staring on January 1, 2016, the commission will make available on its website a new filing application that must be used to file Form 1295. A business entity must use the application to enter the required information on Form 1295 and print a copy of the completed form, which will include a certification of filing that will contain a unique certification number. An authorized agent of the business entity must sign the printed copy of the form and have the form notarized. The completed Form 1295 with the certification of filing must be filed with the governmental body or state agency with which the business entity is entering into the contract.

The governmental entity or state agency must notify the commission, using the commission’s filing application, of the receipt of the filed Form 1295 with the certification of filing not later than the 30th day after the date the contract binds all parties to the contract. The commission will post the completed Form 1295 to its website within seven business days after receiving notice from the governmental entity or state agency.

Information regarding how to use the filing application will be available on this site starting on January 1, 2016.
https://www.ethics.state.tx.us/whatsnew/elf_info_form1295.htm

DOC #7 BOYCOTT CERTIFICATION
Respondents must certify that during the term of any Agreement, it does not boycott Israel and will not boycott Israel. “Boycott” means refusing to deal with, terminating business activities with, or otherwise taking any action that is intended to penalize, inflict economic harm on, or limit commercial relations specifically with Israel, or with a person or entity doing business in Israel or in an Israeli-controlled territory, but does not include an action made for ordinary business purposes.

DOC #8 TERRORIST STATE CERTIFICATION
In accordance with Texas Government Code, Chapter 2252, Subchapter F, REGION 10 ESC is prohibited from entering into a contract with a company that is identified on a list prepared and maintained by the Texas Comptroller or the State Pension Review Board under Texas Government Code Sections 806.051, 807.051, or 2252.153. By execution of any agreement, the respondent certifies to REGION 10 ESC that it is not a listed company under any of those Texas Government Code provisions. Responders must voluntarily and knowingly acknowledge and agree that any agreement shall be null and void should facts arise leading the REGION 10 ESC to believe that the respondent was a listed company at the time of this procurement.

DOC #9 RESIDENT CERTIFICATION:

This Certification Section must be completed and submitted before a proposal can be awarded to your company. This information may be placed in an envelope labeled "Proprietary" and is not subject to public view. In order for a proposal to be considered, the following information must be provided. Failure to complete may result in rejection of the proposal:

As defined by Texas House Bill 602, a "nonresident Bidder" means a Bidder whose principal place of business is not in Texas, but excludes a contractor whose ultimate parent company or majority owner has its principal place of business in Texas.

Texas or Non-Texas Resident
 I certify that my company is a "resident Bidder"
 I certify that my company qualifies as a "nonresident Bidder" If you qualify as a "nonresident Bidder," you must furnish the following information:

What is your resident state? (The state your principal place of business is located.) ________________________________________________________________________________________ Company Name Address
________________________________________________________________________________________ City State Zip

DOC #10 FEDERAL FUNDS CERTIFICATION FORM
When a participating agency seeks to procure goods and services using funds under a federal grant or contract, specific federal laws, regulations, and requirements may apply in addition to those under state law. This includes, but is not limited to, the procurement standards of the Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles and Audit Requirements for Federal Awards, 2 CFR 200 (sometimes referred to as the “Uniform Guidance” or “EDGAR” requirements). All Vendors submitting proposals must complete this Federal Funds Certification Form regarding Vendor’s willingness and ability to comply with certain requirements which may be applicable to specific participating agency purchases using federal grant funds. This completed form will be made available to participating agencies for their use while considering their purchasing options when using federal grant funds. Participating agencies may also require Vendors to enter into ancillary agreements, in addition to the contract’s general terms and conditions, to address the member’s specific contractual needs, including contract requirements for a procurement using federal grants or contracts.

For each of the items below, Vendor should certify Vendor’s agreement and ability to comply, where applicable, by having Vendor’s authorized representative complete and initial the applicable lines after each section and sign the acknowledgment at the end of this form. If a vendor fails to complete any item in this form, Region 10 ESC will consider the Vendor’s response to be that they are unable or unwilling to comply. A negative response to any of the items may, if applicable, impact the ability of a participating agency to purchase from the Vendor using federal funds.

1. Vendor Violation or Breach of Contract Terms:

Contracts for more than the simplified acquisition threshold currently set at $150,000, which is the inflation adjusted amount determined by the Civilian Agency Acquisition Council and the Defense Acquisition Regulations Council (Councils) as authorized by 41 USC 1908, must address administrative, contractual, or legal remedies in instances where contractors violate or breach contract terms, and provide for such sanctions and penalties as appropriate.

Any Contract award will be subject to Region 10 ESC General Terms and Conditions, as well as any additional terms and conditions in any Purchase Order, participating agency ancillary contract, or Member Construction Contract agreed upon by Vendor and the participating agency which must be consistent with and protect the participating agency at least to the same extent as the Region 10 ESC Terms and Conditions.

The remedies under the Contract are in addition to any other remedies that may be available under law or in equity. By submitting a Proposal, you agree to these Vendor violation and breach of contract terms.

Does vendor agree? ____________________________________ (Initials of Authorized Representative)

2. Termination for Cause or Convenience:

When a participating agency expends federal funds, the participating agency reserves the right to immediately terminate any agreement in excess of $10,000 resulting from this procurement process in the event of a breach or default of the agreement by Offeror in the event Offeror fails to: (1) meet schedules, deadlines, and/or delivery dates within the time specified in the procurement solicitation, contract, and/or a purchase order; (2) make any payments owed; or (3) otherwise perform in accordance with the contract and/or the procurement solicitation. participating agency also reserves the right to terminate the contract immediately, with written notice to offeror, for convenience, if participating agency believes, in its sole discretion that it is in the best interest of participating agency to do so. Offeror will be compensated for work performed and accepted and goods accepted by participating agency as of the termination date if the contract is terminated for convenience of participating agency. Any award under this procurement process is not exclusive and participating agency reserves the right to purchase goods and services from other offerors when it is in participating agency’s best interest.

Does vendor agree? ____________________________________ (Initials of Authorized Representative)

3. Equal Employment Opportunity:

Except as otherwise provided under 41 CFR Part 60, all participating agency purchases or contracts that meet the definition of “federally assisted construction contract” in 41 CFR Part 60-1.3 shall be deemed to include the equal opportunity clause provided under 41 CFR 60-1.4(b), in accordance with Executive Order 11246, “Equal Employment Opportunity” (30 FR 12319, 12935, 3 CFR Part, 1964-1965 Comp., p. 339), as amended by Executive Order 11375, “Amending Executive Order 11246 Relating to Equal Employment Opportunity,” and implementing regulations at 41 CFR Part 60, “Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Equal Employment Opportunity, Department of Labor.” The equal opportunity clause provided under 41 CFR 60-1.4(b) is hereby incorporated by reference. Vendor agrees that such provision applies to any participating agency purchase or contract that meets the definition of “federally assisted construction contract” in 41 CFR Part 60-1.3 and Vendor agrees that it shall comply with such provision.

Does vendor agree? ____________________________________ (Initials of Authorized Representative)

4. Davis-Bacon Act:

When required by Federal program legislation, Vendor agrees that, for all participating agency prime construction contracts/purchases in excess of $2,000, Vendor shall comply with the Davis-Bacon Act (40 USC 3141-3144, and 3146- 3148) as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 5, “Labor Standards Provisions Applicable to Contracts Covering Federally Financed and Assisted Construction”). In accordance with the statute, Vendor is required to pay wages to laborers and mechanics at a rate not less than the prevailing wages specified in a wage determinate made by the Secretary of Labor. In addition, Vendor shall pay wages not less than once a week.

Current prevailing wage determinations issued by the Department of Labor are available at www.wdol.gov. Vendor agrees that, for any purchase to which this requirement applies, the award of the purchase to the Vendor is conditioned upon Vendor’s acceptance of the wage determination.

Vendor further agrees that it shall also comply with the Copeland “Anti-Kickback” Act (40 USC 3145), as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 3, “Contractors and Subcontractors on Public Building or Public Work Financed in Whole or in Part by Loans or Grants from the United States”). The Act provides that each contractor or subrecipient must be prohibited from inducing, by any means, any person employed in the construction, completion, or repair of public work, to give up any part of the compensation to which he or she is otherwise entitled.

Does vendor agree? ____________________________________ (Initials of Authorized Representative)

5. Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act:

Where applicable, for all participating agency contracts or purchases in excess of $100,000 that involve the employment of mechanics or laborers, Vendor agrees to comply with 40 USC 3702 and 3704, as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 5). Under 40 USC 3702 of the Act, Vendor is required to compute the wages of every mechanic and laborer on the basis of a standard work week of 40 hours. Work in excess of the standard work week is permissible provided that the worker is compensated at a rate of not less than one and a half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of 40 hours in the work week. The requirements of 40 USC 3704 are applicable to construction work and provide that no laborer or mechanic must be required to work in surroundings or under working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous. These requirements do not apply to the purchases of supplies or materials or articles ordinarily available on the open market, or contracts for transportation or transmission of intelligence.

Does vendor agree? ____________________________________ (Initials of Authorized Representative)

6. Right to Inventions Made Under a Contract or Agreement:

If the participating agency’s Federal award meets the definition of “funding agreement” under 37 CFR 401.2(a) and the recipient or subrecipient wishes to enter into a contract with a small business firm or nonprofit organization regarding the substitution of parties, assignment or performance or experimental, developmental, or research work under that “funding agreement,” the recipient or subrecipient must comply with the requirements of 37 CFR Part 401, “Rights to

Inventions Made by Nonprofit Organizations and Small Business Firms Under Government Grants, Contracts and Cooperative Agreements,” and any implementing regulations issued by the awarding agency.

Vendor agrees to comply with the above requirements when applicable.

Does vendor agree? ____________________________________ (Initials of Authorized Representative)

7. Clean Air Act and Federal Water Pollution Control Act:

Clean Air Act (42 USC 7401-7671q.) and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 USC 1251-1387), as amended – Contracts and subgrants of amounts in excess of $150,000 must contain a provision that requires the non-Federal award to agree to comply with all applicable standards, orders, or regulations issued pursuant to the Clean Air Act (42 USC 7401- 7671q.) and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended (33 USC 1251-1387). Violations must be reported to the Federal awarding agency and the Regional Office of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).

When required, Vendor agrees to comply with all applicable standards, orders, or regulations issued pursuant to the Clean Air Act and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act.

Does vendor agree? ____________________________________ (Initials of Authorized Representative)

8. Debarment and Suspension:

Debarment and Suspension (Executive Orders 12549 and 12689) – A contract award (see 2 CFR 180.220) must not be made to parties listed on the government-wide exclusions in the System for Award Management (SAM), in accordance with the OMB guidelines at 2 CFR 180 that implement Executive Orders 12549 (3 CFR Part 1966 Comp. p. 189) and 12689 (3CFR Part 1989 Comp. p. 235), “Debarment and Suspension.” SAM Exclusions contains the names of parties debarred, suspended, or otherwise excluded by agencies, as well as parties declared ineligible under statutory or regulatory authority other than Executive Order 12549.

Vendor certifies that Vendor is not currently listed on the government-wide exclusions in SAM, is not debarred, suspended, or otherwise excluded by agencies or declared ineligible under statutory or regulatory authority other than Executive Order 12549. Vendor further agrees to immediately notify the Cooperative and all participating agencies with pending purchases or seeking to purchase from Vendor if Vendor is later listed on the government-wide exclusions in SAM, or is debarred, suspended, or otherwise excluded by agencies or declared ineligible under statutory or regulatory authority other than Executive Order 12549.

Does vendor agree? ____________________________________ (Initials of Authorized Representative)

9. Byrd Anti-Lobbying Amendment:

Byrd Anti-Lobbying Amendment (31 USC 1352) -- Vendors that apply or bid for an award exceeding $100,000 must file the required certification. Each tier certifies to the tier above that it will not and has not used Federal appropriated funds to pay any person or organization for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a member of Congress, officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a member of Congress in connection with obtaining any Federal contract, grant or any other award covered by 31 USC 1352. Each tier must also disclose any lobbying with non-Federal funds that takes place in connection with obtaining any Federal award. Such disclosures are forwarded from tier to tier up to the non-Federal award. As applicable, Vendor agrees to file all certifications and disclosures required by, and otherwise comply with, the Byrd Anti-Lobbying Amendment (31 USC 1352).

Does vendor agree? ____________________________________ (Initials of Authorized Representative)

10. Procurement of Recovered Materials:

For participating agency purchases utilizing Federal funds, Vendor agrees to comply with Section 6002 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act where applicable and provide such information and certifications as a participating agency may require to confirm estimates and otherwise comply. The requirements

of Section 6002 include procuring only items designated in guidelines of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) at 40 CFR Part 247 that contain the highest percentage of recovered materials practicable, consistent with maintaining a satisfactory level of competition, where the purchase price of the item exceeds $10,000 or the value of the quantity acquired during the preceding fiscal year exceeded $10,000; procuring solid waste management services in a manner that maximizes energy and resource recovery, and establishing an affirmative procurement program for procurement of recovered materials identified in the EPA guidelines.

Does vendor agree? ____________________________________ (Initials of Authorized Representative)

11. Profit as a Separate Element of Price:

For purchases using federal funds in excess of $150,000, a participating agency may be required to negotiate profit as a separate element of the price. See, 2 CFR 200.323(b). When required by a participating agency, Vendor agrees to provide information and negotiate with the participating agency regarding profit as a separate element of the price for a particular purchase. However, Vendor agrees that the total price, including profit, charged by Vendor to the participating agency shall not exceed the awarded pricing, including any applicable discount, under Vendor’s Cooperative Contract.

Does vendor agree? ____________________________________ (Initials of Authorized Representative)

12. General Compliance and Cooperation with Participating Agencies:

In addition to the foregoing specific requirements, Vendor agrees, in accepting any Purchase Order from a participating agency, it shall make a good faith effort to work with participating agencies to provide such information and to satisfy such requirements as may apply to a particular participating agency purchase or purchases including, but not limited to, applicable recordkeeping and record retention requirements.

Does vendor agree? ____________________________________ (Initials of Authorized Representative)

13. Applicability to Subcontractors
Offeror agrees that all contracts it awards pursuant to the Contract shall be bound by the foregoing terms and conditions.

Does vendor agree? ____________________________________ (Initials of Authorized Representative)
By signature below, I certify that the information in this form is true, complete, and accurate and that I am authorized by my company to make this certification and all consents and agreements contained herein. ____________________________________________
Company Name
____________________________________________
Signature of Authorized Company Official
____________________________________________
Printed Name
____________________________________________
Title
____________________________________________
Date

DOC #11 ADDITIONAL ARIZONA CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS
AZ Compliance with Federal and state requirements: Contractor agrees when working on any federally assisted projects with more than $2,000.00 in labor costs, to comply with all federal and state requirements, as well as Equal Opportunity Employment requirements and all other federal and state laws, statutes, etc.

Contractor agrees to post wage rates at the work site and submit a copy of their payroll to the member for their files. Contractor must retain records for three years to allow the federal grantor agency access to these records, upon demand. Contractor also agrees to comply with the Arizona Executive Order 75-5, as amended by Executive Order 99-4.

When working on contracts funded with Federal Grant monies, contractor additionally agrees to comply with the administrative requirements for grants, and cooperative agreements to state, local and federally recognized Indian Tribal Governments.

AZ Compliance with workforce requirements: Pursuant to ARS 41-4401, Contractor and subcontractor(s) warrant their compliance with all federal and state immigration laws and regulations that relate to their employees, and compliance with ARS 23-214 subsection A, which states, …”every employer, after hiring an employee, shall verify the employment eligibility of the employee through the E-Verify program” Region 10 ESC reserves the right to cancel or suspend the use of any contract for violations of immigration laws and regulations. Region 10 ESC and its members reserve the right to inspect the papers of any contractor or subcontract employee who works under this contract to ensure compliance with the warranty above.

AZ Contractor Employee Work Eligibility: By entering into this contract, contractor agrees and warrants compliance with A.R.S. 41-4401, A.R.S. 23-214, the Federal Immigration and Nationality Act (FINA), and all other Federal immigration laws and regulations. Region 10 ESC and/or Region 10 ESC members may request verification of compliance from any contractor or sub contractor performing work under this contract.

Region 10 ESC and Region 10 ESC members reserve the right to confirm compliance. In the event that Region 10 ESC or Region 10 ESC members suspect or find that any contractor or subcontractor is not in compliance, Region 10 ESC may pursue any and all remedies allowed by law, including but not limited to suspension of work, termination of contract, suspension and/or debarment of the contractor. All cost associated with any legal action will be the responsibility of the contractor.

AZ Non-Compliance: All federally assisted contracts to members that exceed $10,000.00 may be terminated by the federal grantee for noncompliance by contractor. In projects that are not federally funded, Respondent must agree to meet any federal, state or local requirements as necessary. In addition, if compliance with the federal regulations increases the contract costs beyond the agreed on costs in this solicitation, the additional costs may only apply to the portion of the work paid by the federal grantee.

Registered Sex Offender Restrictions (Arizona): For work to be performed at an Arizona school, contractor agrees that no employee or employee of a subcontractor who has been adjudicated to be a registered sex offender will perform work at any time when students are present, or reasonably expected to be present.

Contractor agrees that a violation of this condition shall be considered a material breach and may result in the cancellation of the purchase order at the Region 10 ESC member’s discretion. Contractor must identify

any additional costs associated with compliance to this term. If no costs are specified, compliance with this term will be provided at no additional charge.

Offshore Performance of Work Prohibited: Due to security and identity protection concerns, direct services under this contract shall be performed within the borders of the United States.

Terrorism Country Divestments: In accordance with A.R.S. 35-392, Region 10 ESC and Region 10 ESC members are prohibited from purchasing from a company that is in violation of the Export Administration Act. By entering into the contract, contractor warrants compliance with the Export Administration Act.

The undersigned hereby accepts and agrees to comply with all statutory compliance and notice requirements listed in this document.

Signature of Respondent Date

DOC #12 OWNERSHIP DISCLOSURE FORM (N.J.S. 52:25-24.2)
Pursuant to the requirements of P.L. 1999, Chapter 440 effective April 17, 2000 (Local Public Contracts Law), the Respondent shall complete the form attached to these specifications listing the persons owning 10 percent (10%) or more of the firm presenting the proposal.

Company Name:

Street:

City, State, Zip Code:

Complete as appropriate:

I _______________________________________ , certify that I am the sole owner of ____________________________________ , that there are no partners and the business is not incorporated, and the provisions of N.J.S. 52:25-24.2 do not apply.

OR:

I _______________________________________ , a partner in ______________________________ , do hereby certify that the following is a list of all individual partners who own a 10% or greater interest therein.

I further certify that if one (1) or more of the partners is itself a corporation or partnership, there is also set forth the names and addresses of the stockholders holding 10% or more of that corporation’s stock or the individual partners owning 10% or greater interest in that partnership.

OR:

I _______________________________________ , an authorized representative of ______________________________ , a corporation, do hereby certify that the following is a list of the names and addresses of all stockholders in the corporation who own 10% or more of its stock of any class. I further certify that if one (1) or more of such stockholders is itself a corporation or partnership, that there is also set forth the names and addresses of the stockholders holding 10% or more of the corporation’s stock or the individual partners owning a 10% or greater interest in that partnership. (Note: If there are no partners or stockholders owning 10% or more interest, indicate none.) Name Address Interest
I further certify that the statements and information contained herein, are complete and correct to the best of my knowledge and belief.
_________________________________________ _____________________ Authorized Signature and Title Date

DOC #13 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT
Company Name:

Street:

City, State, Zip Code:

State of New Jersey
County of ________________________
I, ____________________________ of the ___________________________ Name City
in the County of ____________________________, State of ___________________________________ of full age, being duly sworn according to law on my oath depose and say that:

I am the _____________________________ of the firm of _____________________________________ Title Company Name
the Respondent making the Proposal for the goods, services or public work specified under the Harrison Township Board of Education attached proposal, and that I executed the said proposal with full authority to do so; that said Respondent has not directly or indirectly entered into any agreement, participated in any collusion, or otherwise taken any action in restraint of free, competitive bidding in connection with the above proposal, and that all statements contained in said bid proposal and in this affidavit are true and correct, and made with full knowledge that the Harrison Township Board of Education relies upon the truth of the statements contained in said bid proposal and in the statements contained in this affidavit in awarding the contract for the said goods, services or public work.

I further warrant that no person or selling agency has been employed or retained to solicit or secure such contract upon an agreement or understanding for a commission, percentage, brokerage or contingent fee, except bona fide employees or bona fide established commercial or selling agencies maintained by ______________________________________ _________________________________________ Company Name Authorized Signature & Title
Subscribed and sworn before me
this ______ day of ______________, 20____
__________________________________________
Notary Public of New Jersey
My commission expires , 20____
SEAL

DOC #14 AFFIRMATIVE ACTION AFFIDAVIT (P.L. 1975, C.127) Company Name: __________________________________________________________ Street: __________________________________________________________________ City, State, Zip Code: ______________________________________________________ Bid Proposal Certification:

Indicate below your compliance with New Jersey Affirmative Action regulations. Your proposal will be accepted even if you are not in compliance at this time. No contract and/or purchase order may be issued, however, until all Affirmative Action requirements are met.

Required Affirmative Action Evidence:

Procurement, Professional & Service Contracts (Exhibit A) Vendors must submit with proposal:

1. A photo copy of their Federal Letter of Affirmative Action Plan Approval _________ OR

2. A photo copy of their Certificate of Employee Information Report _________ OR

3. A complete Affirmative Action Employee Information Report (AA302) _________ Public Work – Over $50,000 Total Project Cost:

A. No approved Federal or New Jersey Affirmative Action Plan. We will complete Report Form _________ AA201-A upon receipt from the Harrison Township Board of Education B. Approved Federal or New Jersey Plan – certificate enclosed _________ I further certify that the statements and information contained herein, are complete and correct to the best of my knowledge and belief.
_______________________________________________________ _______________ Authorized Signature and Title Date
P.L. 1995, c. 127 (N.J.A.C. 17:27)

MANDATORY AFFIRMATIVE ACTION LANGUAGE

PROCUREMENT, PROFESSIONAL AND SERVICE CONTRACTS
During the performance of this contract, the contractor agrees as follows:

The contractor or subcontractor, where applicable, will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of age, race, creed, color, national origin, ancestry, marital status, sex, affectional or sexual orientation. The contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that such applicants are recruited

and employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their age, race, creed, color, national origin, ancestry, marital status, sex, affectional or sexual orientation. Such action shall include, but not be limited to the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the Public Agency Compliance Officer setting forth provisions of this non-discrimination clause.

The contractor or subcontractor, where applicable will, in all solicitations or advertisement for employees placed by or on behalf of the contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to age, race, creed, color, national origin, ancestry, marital status, sex, affectional or sexual orientation.

The contractor or subcontractor, where applicable, will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which it has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice, to be provided by the agency contracting officer advising the labor union or workers' representative of the contractor's commitments under this act and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment.

The contractor or subcontractor, where applicable, agrees to comply with any regulations promulgated by the Treasurer pursuant to P.L. 1975, c. 127, as amended and supplemented from time to time and the Americans with Disabilities Act.

The contractor or subcontractor agrees to attempt in good faith to employ minority and female workers trade consistent with the applicable county employment goal prescribed by N.J.A.C. 17:27-5.2 promulgated by the Treasurer pursuant to P.L. 1975, C.127, as amended and supplemented from time to time or in accordance with a binding determination of the applicable county employment goals determined by the Affirmative
Action Office pursuant to N.J.A.C. 17:27-5.2 promulgated by the Treasurer pursuant to P.L. 1975, C.127, as amended and supplemented from time to time.

The contractor or subcontractor agrees to inform in writing appropriate recruitment agencies in the area, including employment agencies, placement bureaus, colleges, universities, labor unions, that it does not discriminate on the basis of age, creed, color, national origin, ancestry, marital status, sex, affectional or sexual orientation, and that it will discontinue the use of any recruitment agency which engages in direct or indirect discriminatory practices.

The contractor or subcontractor agrees to revise any of it testing procedures, if necessary, to assure that all personnel testing conforms with the principles of job-related testing, as established by the statutes and court decisions of the state of New Jersey and as established by applicable Federal law and applicable Federal court decisions.

The contractor or subcontractor agrees to review all procedures relating to transfer, upgrading, downgrading and lay-off to ensure that all such actions are taken without regard to age, creed, color, national origin, ancestry, marital status, sex, affectional or sexual orientation, and conform with the applicable employment goals, consistent with the statutes and court decisions of the State of New Jersey, and applicable Federal law and applicable Federal court decisions.

The contractor and its subcontractors shall furnish such reports or other documents to the Affirmative Action Office as may be requested by the office from time to time in order to carry out the purposes of these regulations, and public agencies shall furnish such information as may be requested by the Affirmative Action Office for conducting a compliance investigation pursuant to Subchapter 10 of the Administrative Code (NJAC 17:27).
________________________________________________
Signature of Procurement Agent

DOC #15 C. 271 POLITICAL CONTRIBUTION DISCLOSURE FORM
Public Agency Instructions
This page provides guidance to public agencies entering into contracts with business entities that are required to file Political Contribution Disclosure forms with the agency. It is not intended to be provided to contractors. What follows are instructions on the use of form local units can provide to contractors that are required to disclose political contributions pursuant to N.J.S.A. 19:44A-20.26 (P.L. 2005, c. 271, s.2).

Additional information on the process is available in Local Finance Notice 2006-1 (www.nj.gov/dca/lgs/lfns/lfnmenu.shtml).

30. The disclosure is required for all contracts in excess of $17,500 that are not awarded pursuant to a “fair and open” process (N.J.S.A. 19:44A-20.7).

31. Due to the potential length of some contractor submissions, the public agency should consider allowing data to be submitted in electronic form (i.e., spreadsheet, pdf file, etc.). Submissions must be kept with the contract documents or in an appropriate computer file and be available for public access. The form is worded to accept this alternate submission. The text should be amended if electronic submission will not be allowed.

32. The submission must be received from the contractor and on file at least 10 days prior to award of the contract. Resolutions of award should reflect that the disclosure has been received and is on file.

33. The contractor must disclose contributions made to candidate and party committees covering a wide range of public agencies, including all public agencies that have elected officials in the county of the public agency, state legislative positions, and various state entities. The Division of Local Government Services recommends that contractors be provided a list of the affected agencies. This will assist contractors in determining the campaign and political committees of the officials and candidates affected by the disclosure.
a) The Division has prepared model disclosure forms for each county. They can be downloaded from the “County PCD Forms” link on the Pay-to-Play web site at www.nj.gov/dca/lgs/p2p. They will be updated from time-to-time as necessary.
b) A public agency using these forms should edit them to properly reflect the correct legislative district(s). As the forms are county-based, they list all legislative districts in each county. Districts that do not represent the public agency should be removed from the lists. c) Some contractors may find it easier to provide a single list that covers all contributions, regardless of the county. These submissions are appropriate and should be accepted. d) The form may be used “as-is”, subject to edits as described herein. e) The “Contractor Instructions” sheet is intended to be provided with the form. It is recommended that the Instructions and the form be printed on the same piece of paper. The form notes that the Instructions are printed on the back of the form; where that is not the case, the text should be edited accordingly.
f) The form is a Word document and can be edited to meet local needs, and posted for download on web sites, used as an e-mail attachment, or provided as a printed document.

34. It is recommended that the contractor also complete a “Stockholder Disclosure Certification.” This will assist the local unit in its obligation to ensure that contractor did not make any prohibited contributions to the committees listed on the Business Entity Disclosure Certification in the 12 months prior to the contract. (See Local Finance Notice 2006-7 for additional information on this obligation) A sample Certification form is part of this package and the instruction to complete it is included in the Contractor Instructions. NOTE: This section is not applicable to Boards of Education.

C. 271 POLITICAL CONTRIBUTION DISCLOSURE FORM
Contractor Instructions
Business entities (contractors) receiving contracts from a public agency that are NOT awarded pursuant to a “fair and open” process (defined at N.J.S.A. 19:44A-20.7) are subject to the provisions of P.L. 2005, c. 271, s.2 (N.J.S.A. 19:44A-20.26). This law provides that 10 days prior to the award of such a contract, the contractor shall disclose contributions to:
• any State, county, or municipal committee of a political party • any legislative leadership committee*
• any continuing political committee (a.k.a., political action committee) • any candidate committee of a candidate for, or holder of, an elective office:
o of the public entity awarding the contract
o of that county in which that public entity is located o of another public entity within that county
o or of a legislative district in which that public entity is located or, when the public entity is a county, of any legislative district which includes all or part of the county. The disclosure must list reportable contributions to any of the committees that exceed $300 per election cycle that were made during the 12 months prior to award of the contract. See N.J.S.A. 19:44A-8 and 19:44A-16 for more details on reportable contributions.

N.J.S.A. 19:44A-20.26 itemizes the parties from whom contributions must be disclosed when a business entity is not a natural person. This includes the following:
• individuals with an “interest” ownership or control of more than 10% of the profits or assets of a business entity or 10% of the stock in the case of a business entity that is a corporation for profit • all principals, partners, officers, or directors of the business entity or their spouses • any subsidiaries directly or indirectly controlled by the business entity • IRS Code Section 527 New Jersey based organizations, directly or indirectly controlled by the business entity and filing as continuing political committees, (PACs). When the business entity is a natural person, “a contribution by that person’s spouse or child, residing therewith, shall be deemed to be a contribution by the business entity.” [N.J.S.A. 19:44A-20.26(b)] The contributor must be listed on the disclosure. Any business entity that fails to comply with the disclosure provisions shall be subject to a fine imposed by ELEC in an amount to be determined by the Commission which may be based upon the amount that the business entity failed to report. The enclosed list of agencies is provided to assist the contractor in identifying those public agencies whose elected official and/or candidate campaign committees are affected by the disclosure requirement. It is the contractor’s responsibility to identify the specific committees to which contributions may have been made and need to be disclosed. The disclosed information may exceed the minimum requirement. The enclosed form, a content-consistent facsimile, or an electronic data file containing the required details (along with a signed cover sheet) may be used as the contractor’s submission and is disclosable to the public under the Open Public Records Act. The contractor must also complete the attached Stockholder Disclosure Certification. This will assist the agency in meeting its obligations under the law.

NOTE: This section does not apply to Board of Education contracts. * N.J.S.A. 19:44A-3(s): “The term "legislative leadership committee" means a committee established, authorized to be established, or designated by the President of the Senate, the Minority Leader of the

Senate, the Speaker of the General Assembly or the Minority Leader of the General Assembly pursuant to section 16 of P.L.1993, c.65 (C.19:44A-10.1) for the purpose of receiving contributions and making expenditures.”
C. 271 POLITICAL CONTRIBUTION DISCLOSURE FORM
Required Pursuant To N.J.S.A. 19:44A-20.26
This form or its permitted facsimile must be submitted to the local unit no later than 10 days prior to the award of the contract.

Part I – Vendor Information
Vendor Name:

Address:

City: State: Zip:

The undersigned being authorized to certify, hereby certifies that the submission provided herein represents compliance with the provisions of N.J.S.A. 19:44A-20.26 and as represented by the Instructions accompanying this form.
_________________________ ____________________ ____________________ Signature Printed Name Title
Part II – Contribution Disclosure
Disclosure requirement: Pursuant to N.J.S.A. 19:44A-20.26 this disclosure must include all reportable political contributions (more than $300 per election cycle) over the 12 months prior to submission to the committees of the government entities listed on the form provided by the local unit.  Check here if disclosure is provided in electronic form.

Contributor Name Recipient Name Date Dollar Amount
$
 Check here if the information is continued on subsequent page(s)

Continuation Page
C. 271 POLITICAL CONTRIBUTION DISCLOSURE FORM
Required Pursuant To N.J.S.A. 19:44A-20.26
Page ___ of ______
Vendor Name:

Contributor Name Recipient Name Date Dollar Amount
$
 Check here if the information is continued on subsequent page(s)

List of Agencies with Elected Officials Required for Political Contribution Disclosure N.J.S.A. 19:44A-20.26
County Name:

State: Governor, and Legislative Leadership Committees
Legislative District #s:

State Senator and two members of the General Assembly per district.

County:

Freeholders County Clerk Sheriff
{County Executive} Surrogate
Municipalities (Mayor and members of governing body, regardless of title):

USERS SHOULD CREATE THEIR OWN FORM, OR DOWNLOAD FROM WWW.NJ.GOV/DCA/LGS/P2P A COUNTY-BASED, CUSTOMIZABLE FORM.

DOC #16 STOCKHOLDER DISCLOSURE CERTIFICATION
Name of Business:
 I certify that the list below contains the names and home addresses of all stockholders holding 10% or more of the issued and outstanding stock of the undersigned.

OR
 I certify that no one stockholder owns 10% or more of the issued and outstanding stock of the undersigned.

Check the box that represents the type of business organization:
 Partnership
 Corporation
 Sole Proprietorship
 Limited Partnership
 Limited Liability
Corporation
 Limited Liability
Partnership
 Subchapter S
Corporation
Sign and notarize the form below, and, if necessary, complete the stockholder list below.

Stockholders:

Name: Name:

Home Address: Home Address:

Name: Name:

Home Address: Home Address:

Name: Name:

Home Address: Home Address:

Subscribed and sworn before me this ___ day of
___________, 2 __.
(Notary Public)
My Commission expires:
_________________________________
(Affiant)
________________________________
(Print name & title of affiant)
(Corporate Seal)

Appendix I: CERTIFICATES
Provide a copy of all current licenses, registrations and certifications issued by federal, state and local agencies, and any other licenses, registrations or certifications from any other governmental entity with jurisdiction, allowing Respondent to perform the covered services including, but not limited to licenses, registrations or certifications. M/WBE, HUB, DVBE, small and disadvantaged business certifications and other diverse business certifications, as well as manufacturer certifications for sales and service must be included if applicable
Please also list and include copies of any certificates you hold that would show value for your response not already included above.

Appendix J: SUPPLEMENTARY CATALOGS AND CONSUMER INFORMATION

Appendix K: STATE NOTICE
Pursuant to certain state notice provisions, including but not limited to Oregon Revised Statutes Chapter 279A.220, the following public agencies and political subdivisions of the referenced public agencies are eligible to register with Equalis Group and access the Vendor Contract award made pursuant to this solicitation, and hereby given notice of the foregoing Request for Proposal for purposes of complying with the procedural requirements of said statutes:

Nationwide:

State of Alabama State of Hawaii State of Massachusetts State of New Mexico
State of South
Dakota
State of Alaska State of Idaho State of Michigan State of New York
State of
Tennessee
State of Arizona State of Illinois State of Minnesota State of North Carolina
State of Texas
State of Arkansas State of Indiana State of Mississippi State of North Dakota
State of Utah
State of California State of Iowa State of Missouri State of Ohio State of Vermont State of Colorado State of Kansas State of Montana State of Oklahoma
State of Virginia
State of
Connecticut
State of
Kentucky
State of Nebraska State of Oregon State of
Washington
State of Delaware State of
Louisiana
State of Nevada State of
Pennsylvania
State of West
Virginia
State of Florida State of Maine State of New
Hampshire
State of Rhode
Island
State of Wisconsin
State of Georgia State of
Maryland
State of New Jersey State of South
Carolina
State of Wyoming
District of
Columbia
Lists of political subdivisions and local governments in the above referenced states/districts may be found at http://www.usa.gov/Agencies/State_and_Territories.shtml and https://www.usa.gov/local-governments.

Certain Public Agencies and Political Subdivisions:

CITIES, TOWNS, VILLAGES AND BOROUGHS INCLUDING BUT
NOT LIMITED TO:

BAKER CITY GOLF COURSE, OR

CITY OF ADAIR VILLAGE, OR

CITY OF ASHLAND, OR

CITY OF AUMSVILLE, OR

CITY OF AURORA, OR

CITY OF BAKER, OR

CITY OF BATON ROUGE, LA

CITY OF BEAVERTON, OR

CITY OF BEND, OR

CITY OF BOARDMAN, OR

CITY OF BONANAZA, OR

CITY OF BOSSIER CITY, LA

CITY OF BROOKINGS, OR

CITY OF BURNS, OR

CITY OF CANBY, OR

CITY OF CANYONVILLE, OR

CITY OF CLATSKANIE, OR

CITY OF COBURG, OR

CITY OF CONDON, OR

CITY OF COQUILLE, OR

CITY OF CORVALLI, OR

CITY OF CORVALLIS PARKS AND RECREATION DEPARTMENT,
OR

CITY OF COTTAGE GROVE, OR

CITY OF DONALD, OR

CITY OF EUGENE, OR

CITY OF FOREST GROVE, OR

CITY OF GOLD HILL, OR

CITY OF GRANTS PASS, OR

CITY OF GRESHAM, OR

CITY OF HILLSBORO, OR

CITY OF INDEPENDENCE, OR

CITY AND COUNTY OF HONOLULU, HI

CITY OF KENNER, LA

CITY OF LA GRANDE, OR

CITY OF LAFAYETTE, LA

CITY OF LAKE CHARLES, OR

CITY OF LEBANON, OR

CITY OF MCMINNVILLE, OR

CITY OF MEDFORD, OR

CITY OF METAIRIE, LA

CITY OF MILL CITY, OR

CITY OF MILWAUKIE, OR

CITY OF MONROE, LA

CITY OF MOSIER, OR

CITY OF NEW ORLEANS, LA

CITY OF NORTH PLAINS, OR

CITY OF OREGON CITY, OR

CITY OF PILOT ROCK, OR

CITY OF PORTLAND, OR

CITY OF POWERS, OR

CITY OF PRINEVILLE, OR

CITY OF REDMOND, OR

CITY OF REEDSPORT, OR

CITY OF RIDDLE, OR

CITY OF ROGUE RIVER, OR

CITY OF ROSEBURG, OR

CITY OF SALEM, OR

CITY OF SANDY, OR

CITY OF SCAPPOOSE, OR

CITY OF SHADY COVE, OR

CITY OF SHERWOOD, OR

CITY OF SHREVEPORT, LA

CITY OF SILVERTON, OR

CITY OF SPRINGFIELD, OR
CITY OF ST. HELENS, OR
CITY OF ST. PAUL, OR

CITY OF SULPHUR, LA

CITY OF TIGARD, OR

CITY OF TROUTDALE, OR

CITY OF TUALATIN, OR

CITY OF WALKER, LA

CITY OF WARRENTON, OR

CITY OF WEST LINN, OR

CITY OF WILSONVILLE, OR

CITY OF WINSTON, OR

CITY OF WOODBURN, OR

LEAGUE OF OREGON CITES

THE CITY OF HAPPY VALLEY OREGON

ALPINE, UT

ALTA, UT

ALTAMONT, UT

ALTON, UT

AMALGA, UT

AMERICAN FORK CITY, UT

ANNABELLA, UT

ANTIMONY, UT

APPLE VALLEY, UT

AURORA, UT

BALLARD, UT

BEAR RIVER CITY, UT

BEAVER, UT

BICKNELL, UT

BIG WATER, UT

BLANDING, UT

BLUFFDALE, UT

BOULDER, UT

CITY OF BOUNTIFUL, UT

BRIAN HEAD, UT

BRIGHAM CITY CORPORATION, UT

BRYCE CANYON CITY, UT

CANNONVILLE, UT

CASTLE DALE, UT

CASTLE VALLEY, UT

CITY OF CEDAR CITY, UT

CEDAR FORT, UT

CITY OF CEDAR HILLS, UT

CENTERFIELD, UT

CENTERVILLE CITY CORPORATION, UT

CENTRAL VALLEY, UT

CHARLESTON, UT

CIRCLEVILLE, UT

CLARKSTON, UT

CLAWSON, UT

CLEARFIELD, UT

CLEVELAND, UT

CLINTON CITY CORPORATION, UT

COALVILLE, UT

CORINNE, UT

CORNISH, UT

COTTONWOOD HEIGHTS, UT

DANIEL, UT

DELTA, UT

DEWEYVILLE, UT

DRAPER CITY, UT

DUCHESNE, UT

EAGLE MOUNTAIN, UT

EAST CARBON, UT

ELK RIDGE, UT

ELMO, UT

ELSINORE, UT

ELWOOD, UT

EMERY, UT

ENOCH, UT

ENTERPRISE, UT

EPHRAIM, UT

ESCALANTE, UT

EUREKA, UT

FAIRFIELD, UT

FAIRVIEW, UT

FARMINGTON, UT

FARR WEST, UT

FAYETTE, UT

FERRON, UT

FIELDING, UT

FILLMORE, UT

FOUNTAIN GREEN, UT

FRANCIS, UT

FRUIT HEIGHTS, UT

GARDEN CITY, UT

GARLAND, UT

GENOLA, UT

GLENDALE, UT

GLENWOOD, UT

GOSHEN, UT

GRANTSVILLE, UT

GREEN RIVER, UT

GUNNISON, UT

HANKSVILLE, UT

HARRISVILLE, UT

HATCH, UT

HEBER CITY CORPORATION, UT

HELPER, UT

HENEFER, UT

HENRIEVILLE, UT

HERRIMAN, UT

HIDEOUT, UT

HIGHLAND, UT

HILDALE, UT

HINCKLEY, UT

HOLDEN, UT

HOLLADAY, UT

HONEYVILLE, UT

HOOPER, UT

HOWELL, UT

HUNTINGTON, UT

HUNTSVILLE, UT

CITY OF HURRICANE, UT

HYDE PARK, UT

HYRUM, UT

INDEPENDENCE, UT

IVINS, UT

JOSEPH, UT

JUNCTION, UT

KAMAS, UT

KANAB, UT

KANARRAVILLE, UT

KANOSH, UT

KAYSVILLE, UT

KINGSTON, UT

KOOSHAREM, UT

LAKETOWN, UT

LA VERKIN, UT

LAYTON, UT

LEAMINGTON, UT

LEEDS, UT

LEHI CITY CORPORATION, UT

LEVAN, UT

LEWISTON, UT

LINDON, UT

LOA, UT

LOGAN CITY, UT

LYMAN, UT

LYNNDYL, UT

MANILA, UT

MANTI, UT

MANTUA, UT

MAPLETON, UT

MARRIOTT-SLATERVILLE, UT

MARYSVALE, UT

MAYFIELD, UT

MEADOW, UT

MENDON, UT
MIDVALE CITY INC., UT

MIDWAY, UT

MILFORD, UT

MILLVILLE, UT

MINERSVILLE, UT

MOAB, UT

MONA, UT

MONROE, UT

CITY OF MONTICELLO, UT

MORGAN, UT

MORONI, UT

MOUNT PLEASANT, UT

MURRAY CITY CORPORATION, UT

MYTON, UT

NAPLES, UT

NEPHI, UT

NEW HARMONY, UT

NEWTON, UT

NIBLEY, UT

NORTH LOGAN, UT

NORTH OGDEN, UT

NORTH SALT LAKE CITY, UT

OAK CITY, UT

OAKLEY, UT

OGDEN CITY CORPORATION, UT

OPHIR, UT

ORANGEVILLE, UT

ORDERVILLE, UT

OREM, UT

PANGUITCH, UT

PARADISE, UT

PARAGONAH, UT

PARK CITY, UT

PAROWAN, UT

PAYSON, UT

PERRY, UT

PLAIN CITY, UT

PLEASANT GROVE CITY, UT

PLEASANT VIEW, UT

PLYMOUTH, UT

PORTAGE, UT

PRICE, UT

PROVIDENCE, UT

PROVO, UT

RANDOLPH, UT

REDMOND, UT

RICHFIELD, UT

RICHMOND, UT

RIVERDALE, UT

RIVER HEIGHTS, UT

RIVERTON CITY, UT

ROCKVILLE, UT

ROCKY RIDGE, UT

ROOSEVELT CITY CORPORATION, UT

ROY, UT

RUSH VALLEY, UT
CITY OF ST. GEORGE, UT

SALEM, UT

SALINA, UT

SALT LAKE CITY CORPORATION, UT

SANDY, UT

SANTA CLARA, UT

SANTAQUIN, UT

SARATOGA SPRINGS, UT

SCIPIO, UT

SCOFIELD, UT

SIGURD, UT

SMITHFIELD, UT

SNOWVILLE, UT

CITY OF SOUTH JORDAN, UT

SOUTH OGDEN, UT

CITY OF SOUTH SALT LAKE, UT

SOUTH WEBER, UT

SPANISH FORK, UT

SPRING CITY, UT

SPRINGDALE, UT

SPRINGVILLE, UT

STERLING, UT

STOCKTON, UT

SUNNYSIDE, UT

SUNSET CITY CORP, UT

SYRACUSE, UT

TABIONA, UT

CITY OF TAYLORSVILLE, UT

TOOELE CITY CORPORATION, UT

TOQUERVILLE, UT

TORREY, UT

TREMONTON CITY, UT

TRENTON, UT

TROPIC, UT

UINTAH, UT

VERNAL CITY, UT

VERNON, UT

VINEYARD, UT

VIRGIN, UT

WALES, UT

WALLSBURG, UT

WASHINGTON CITY, UT

WASHINGTON TERRACE, UT

WELLINGTON, UT

WELLSVILLE, UT

WENDOVER, UT

WEST BOUNTIFUL, UT

WEST HAVEN, UT

WEST JORDAN, UT

WEST POINT, UT

WEST VALLEY CITY, UT

WILLARD, UT

WOODLAND HILLS, UT

WOODRUFF, UT

WOODS CROSS, UT
COUNTIES AND PARISHES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO:

ASCENSION PARISH, LA

ASCENSION PARISH, LA, CLEAR OF COURT

CADDO PARISH, LA

CALCASIEU PARISH, LA
CALCASIEU PARISH SHERIFF’S OFFICE, LA

CITY AND COUNTY OF HONOLULU, HI

CLACKAMAS COUNTY, OR

CLACKAMAS COUNTY DEPT OF TRANSPORTATION, OR

CLATSOP COUNTY, OR

COLUMBIA COUNTY, OR

COOS COUNTY, OR

COOS COUNTY HIGHWAY DEPARTMENT, OR

COUNTY OF HAWAII, OR

CROOK COUNTY, OR

CROOK COUNTY ROAD DEPARTMENT, OR

CURRY COUNTY, OR

DESCHUTES COUNTY, OR

DOUGLAS COUNTY, OR

EAST BATON ROUGE PARISH, LA

GILLIAM COUNTY, OR

GRANT COUNTY, OR

HARNEY COUNTY, OR

HARNEY COUNTY SHERIFFS OFFICE, OR

HAWAII COUNTY, HI

HOOD RIVER COUNTY, OR

JACKSON COUNTY, OR

JEFFERSON COUNTY, OR

JEFFERSON PARISH, LA

JOSEPHINE COUNTY GOVERNMENT, OR

LAFAYETTE CONSOLIDATED GOVERNMENT, LA

LAFAYETTE PARISH, LA

LAFAYETTE PARISH CONVENTION & VISITORS COMMISSION

LAFOURCHE PARISH, LA

KAUAI COUNTY, HI

KLAMATH COUNTY, OR

LAKE COUNTY, OR

LANE COUNTY, OR

LINCOLN COUNTY, OR

LINN COUNTY, OR

LIVINGSTON PARISH, LA

MALHEUR COUNTY, OR

MAUI COUNTY, HI

MARION COUNTY, SALEM, OR

MORROW COUNTY, OR

MULTNOMAH COUNTY, OR

MULTNOMAH COUNTY BUSINESS AND COMMUNITY

SERVICES, OR

MULTNOMAH COUNTY SHERIFFS OFFICE, OR

MULTNOMAH LAW LIBRARY, OR

ORLEANS PARISH, LA

PLAQUEMINES PARISH, LA

POLK COUNTY, OR

RAPIDES PARISH, LA

SAINT CHARLES PARISH, LA

SAINT CHARLES PARISH PUBLIC SCHOOLS, LA

SAINT LANDRY PARISH, LA

SAINT TAMMANY PARISH, LA

SHERMAN COUNTY, OR

TERREBONNE PARISH, LA

TILLAMOOK COUNTY, OR

TILLAMOOK COUNTY SHERIFF'S OFFICE, OR

TILLAMOOK COUNTY GENERAL HOSPITAL, OR

UMATILLA COUNTY, OR

UNION COUNTY, OR

WALLOWA COUNTY, OR

WASCO COUNTY, OR

WASHINGTON COUNTY, OR

WEST BATON ROUGE PARISH, LA

WHEELER COUNTY, OR

YAMHILL COUNTY, OR

COUNTY OF BOX ELDER, UT

COUNTY OF CACHE, UT

COUNTY OF RICH, UT

COUNTY OF WEBER, UT

COUNTY OF MORGAN, UT

COUNTY OF DAVIS, UT

COUNTY OF SUMMIT, UT

COUNTY OF DAGGETT, UT

COUNTY OF SALT LAKE, UT

COUNTY OF TOOELE, UT

COUNTY OF UTAH, UT

COUNTY OF WASATCH, UT

COUNTY OF DUCHESNE, UT

COUNTY OF UINTAH, UT

COUNTY OF CARBON, UT

COUNTY OF SANPETE, UT

COUNTY OF JUAB, UT

COUNTY OF MILLARD, UT

COUNTY OF SEVIER, UT

COUNTY OF EMERY, UT

COUNTY OF GRAND, UT

COUNTY OF BEVER, UT

COUNTY OF PIUTE, UT

COUNTY OF WAYNE, UT

COUNTY OF SAN JUAN, UT

COUNTY OF GARFIELD, UT

COUNTY OF KANE, UT

COUNTY OF IRON, UT

COUNTY OF WASHINGTON, UT

OTHER AGENCIES INCLUDING ASSOCIATIONS, BOARDS,

DISTRICTS, COMMISSIONS, COUNCILS, PUBLIC

CORPORATIONS, PUBLIC DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITIES,

RESERVATIONS AND UTILITIES INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO:

BANKS FIRE DISTRICT, OR

BATON ROUGE WATER COMPANY

BEND METRO PARK AND RECREATION DISTRICT
BIENVILLE PARISH FIRE PROTECTION DISTRICT 6, LA

BOARDMAN PARK AND RECREATION DISTRICT

CENTRAL CITY ECONOMIC OPPORTUNITY CORP, LA

CENTRAL OREGON INTERGOVERNMENTAL COUNCIL

CITY OF BOGALUSA SCHOOL BOARD, LA

CLACKAMAS RIVER WATER

CLATSKANIE PEOPLE'S UTILITY DISTRICT

CLEAN WATER SERVICES

CONFEDERATED TRIBES OF THE UMATILLA INDIAN

RESERVATION

COOS FOREST PROTECTIVE ASSOCIATION

CHEHALEM PARK AND RECREATION DISTRICT
DAVID CROCKETT STEAM FIRE COMPANY #1, LA

EUGENE WATER AND ELECTRIC BOARD

HONOLULU INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT
HOODLAND FIRE DISTRICT #74

HOUSING AUTHORITY OF PORTLAND

ILLINOIS VALLEY FIRE DISTRICT

LAFAYETTE AIRPORT COMMISSION, LA
LAFOURCHE PARISH HEALTH UNIT – DHH-OPH REGION 3

LOUISIANA PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION, LA

LOUISIANA WATER WORKS

MEDFORD WATER COMMISSION

MELHEUR COUNTY JAIL, OR

METRO REGIONAL GOVERNMENT

METRO REGIONAL PARKS

METROPOLITAN EXPOSITION RECREATION COMMISSION

METROPOLITAN SERVICE DISTRICT (METRO)

MULTNOMAH EDUCATION SERVICE DISTRICT

NEW ORLEANS REDEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY, LA

NORTHEAST OREGON HOUSING AUTHORITY, OR

PORT OF BRANDON, OR

PORT OF MORGAN CITY, LA

PORTLAND DEVELOPMENT COMMISSION, OR

PORTLAND FIRE AND RESCUE

PORTLAND HOUSING CENTER, OR

OREGON COAST COMMUNITY ACTION

OREGON HOUSING AND COMMUNITY SERVICES

OREGON LEGISLATIVE ADMINISTRATION

ROGUE VALLEY SEWER, OR

SAINT LANDRY PARISH TOURIST COMMISSION
SAINT MARY PARISH REC DISTRICT 2
SAINT MARY PARISH REC DISTRICT 3
SAINT TAMMANY FIRE DISTRICT 4, LA

SALEM MASS TRANSIT DISTRICT

SEWERAGE AND WATER BOARD OF NEW ORLEANS, LA

SOUTH LAFOURCHE LEVEE DISTRICT, LA

TRI-COUNTY METROPOLITAN TRANSPORTATION DISTRICT OF
OREGON

TUALATIN HILLS PARK & RECREATION DISTRICT

TUALATIN VALLEY FIRE & RESCUE

TUALATIN VALLEY WATER DISTRICT

WILLAMALANE PARK AND RECREATION DISTRICT

WILLAMETTE HUMANE SOCIETY
K-12 INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO:

ACADIA PARISH SCHOOL BOARD

BEAVERTON SCHOOL DISTRICT

BEND-LA PINE SCHOOL DISTRICT

BOGALUSA HIGH SCHOOL, LA

BOSSIER PARISH SCHOOL BOARD

BROOKING HARBOR SCHOOL DISTRICT

CADDO PARISH SCHOOL DISTRICT

CALCASIEU PARISH SCHOOL DISTRICT

CANBY SCHOOL DISTRICT

CANYONVILLE CHRISTIAN ACADEMY

CASCADE SCHOOL DISTRICT

CASCADES ACADEMY OF CENTRAL OREGON

CENTENNIAL SCHOOL DISTRICT

CENTRAL CATHOLIC HIGH SCHOOL
CENTRAL POINT SCHOOL DISTRICT NO.6
CENTRAL SCHOOL DISTRICT 13J
COOS BAY SCHOOL DISTRICT NO.9
CORVALLIS SCHOOL DISTRICT 509J
COUNTY OF YAMHILL SCHOOL DISTRICT 29

CULVER SCHOOL DISTRICT
DALLAS SCHOOL DISTRICT NO.2

DAVID DOUGLAS SCHOOL DISTRICT
DAYTON SCHOOL DISTRICT NO.8

DE LA SALLE N CATHOLIC HS
DESCHUTES COUNTY SCHOOL DISTRICT NO.6

DOUGLAS EDUCATIONAL DISTRICT SERVICE
DUFUR SCHOOL DISTRICT NO.29

EAST BATON ROUGE PARISH SCHOOL DISTRICT
ESTACADA SCHOOL DISTRICT NO.10B

FOREST GROVE SCHOOL DISTRICT

GEORGE MIDDLE SCHOOL

GLADSTONE SCHOOL DISTRICT
GRANTS PASS SCHOOL DISTRICT 7

GREATER ALBANY PUBLIC SCHOOL DISTRICT

GRESHAM BARLOW JOINT SCHOOL DISTRICT

HEAD START OF LANE COUNTY

HIGH DESERT EDUCATION SERVICE DISTRICT

HILLSBORO SCHOOL DISTRICT

HOOD RIVER COUNTY SCHOOL DISTRICT
JACKSON CO SCHOOL DIST NO.9
JEFFERSON COUNTY SCHOOL DISTRICT 509-J

JEFFERSON PARISH SCHOOL DISTRICT

JEFFERSON SCHOOL DISTRICT

JUNCTION CITY SCHOOLS, OR

KLAMATH COUNTY SCHOOL DISTRICT

KLAMATH FALLS CITY SCHOOLS

LAFAYETTE PARISH SCHOOL DISTRICT
LAKE OSWEGO SCHOOL DISTRICT 7J
LANE COUNTY SCHOOL DISTRICT 4J

LINCOLN COUNTY SCHOOL DISTRICT
LINN CO. SCHOOL DIST. 95C

LIVINGSTON PARISH SCHOOL DISTRICT

LOST RIVER JR/SR HIGH SCHOOL
LOWELL SCHOOL DISTRICT NO.71

MARION COUNTY SCHOOL DISTRICT
MARION COUNTY SCHOOL DISTRICT 103

MARIST HIGH SCHOOL, OR

MCMINNVILLE SCHOOL DISTRICT NOAO
MEDFORD SCHOOL DISTRICT 549C

MITCH CHARTER SCHOOL
MONROE SCHOOL DISTRICT NO.1J

MORROW COUNTY SCHOOL DIST, OR

MULTNOMAH EDUCATION SERVICE DISTRICT

MULTISENSORY LEARNING ACADEMY
MYRTLE PINT SCHOOL DISTRICT 41
NEAH-KAH-NIE DISTRICT NO.56

NEWBERG PUBLIC SCHOOLS
NESTUCCA VALLEY SCHOOL DISTRICT NO.101

NOBEL LEARNING COMMUNITIES
NORTH BEND SCHOOL DISTRICT 13

NORTH CLACKAMAS SCHOOL DISTRICT

NORTH DOUGLAS SCHOOL DISTRICT
NORTH WASCO CITY SCHOOL DISTRICT 21

NORTHWEST REGIONAL EDUCATION SERVICE DISTRICT

ONTARIO MIDDLE SCHOOL
OREGON TRAIL SCHOOL DISTRICT NOA6

ORLEANS PARISH SCHOOL DISTRICT

PHOENIX-TALENT SCHOOL DISTRICT NOA

PLEASANT HILL SCHOOL DISTRICT

PORTLAND JEWISH ACADEMY

PORTLAND PUBLIC SCHOOLS

RAPIDES PARISH SCHOOL DISTRICT

REDMOND SCHOOL DISTRICT

REYNOLDS SCHOOL DISTRICT

ROGUE RIVER SCHOOL DISTRICT

ROSEBURG PUBLIC SCHOOLS
SCAPPOOSE SCHOOL DISTRICT 1J

SAINT TAMMANY PARISH SCHOOL BOARD, LA
SEASIDE SCHOOL DISTRICT 10
SHERWOOD SCHOOL DISTRICT 88J
SILVER FALLS SCHOOL DISTRICT 4J
SOUTH LANE SCHOOL DISTRICT 45J3

SOUTHERN OREGON EDUCATION SERVICE DISTRICT

SPRINGFIELD PUBLIC SCHOOLS

SUTHERLIN SCHOOL DISTRICT
SWEET HOME SCHOOL DISTRICT NO.55

TERREBONNE PARISH SCHOOL DISTRICT

THE CATLIN GABEL SCHOOL

TIGARD-TUALATIN SCHOOL DISTRICT

UMATILLA MORROW ESD

WEST LINN WILSONVILLE SCHOOL DISTRICT

WILLAMETTE EDUCATION SERVICE DISTRICT

WOODBURN SCHOOL DISTRICT

YONCALLA SCHOOL DISTRICT

ACADEMY FOR MATH ENGINEERING & SCIENCE (AMES), UT

ALIANZA ACADEMY, UT

ALPINE DISTRICT, UT

AMERICAN LEADERSHIP ACADEMY, UT

AMERICAN PREPARATORY ACADEMY, UT

BAER CANYON HIGH SCHOOL FOR SPORTS & MEDICAL

SCIENCES, UT

BEAR RIVER CHARTER SCHOOL, UT

BEAVER SCHOOL DISTRICT, UT

BEEHIVE SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY ACADEMY (BSTA), UT

BOX ELDER SCHOOL DISTRICT, UT

CBA CENTER, UT

CACHE SCHOOL DISTRICT, UT

CANYON RIM ACADEMY, UT

CANYONS DISTRICT, UT

CARBON SCHOOL DISTRICT, UT

CHANNING HALL, UT

CHARTER SCHOOL LEWIS ACADEMY, UT

CITY ACADEMY, UT

DAGGETT SCHOOL DISTRICT, UT

DAVINCI ACADEMY, UT

DAVIS DISTRICT, UT

DUAL IMMERSION ACADEMY, UT

DUCHESNE SCHOOL DISTRICT, UT

EARLY LIGHT ACADEMY AT DAYBREAK, UT

EAST HOLLYWOOD HIGH, UT

EDITH BOWEN LABORATORY SCHOOL, UT

EMERSON ALCOTT ACADEMY, UT

EMERY SCHOOL DISTRICT, UT

ENTHEOS ACADEMY, UT

EXCELSIOR ACADEMY, UT

FAST FORWARD HIGH, UT

FREEDOM ACADEMY, UT

GARFIELD SCHOOL DISTRICT, UT

GATEWAY PREPARATORY ACADEMY, UT

GEORGE WASHINGTON ACADEMY, UT

GOOD FOUNDATION ACADEMY, UT

GRAND SCHOOL DISTRICT, UT

GRANITE DISTRICT, UT

GUADALUPE SCHOOL, UT

HAWTHORN ACADEMY, UT

INTECH COLLEGIATE HIGH SCHOOL, UT

IRON SCHOOL DISTRICT, UT

ITINERIS EARLY COLLEGE HIGH, UT

JOHN HANCOCK CHARTER SCHOOL, UT

JORDAN DISTRICT, UT

JUAB SCHOOL DISTRICT, UT

KANE SCHOOL DISTRICT, UT

KARL G MAESER PREPARATORY ACADEMY, UT

LAKEVIEW ACADEMY, UT

LEGACY PREPARATORY ACADEMY, UT

LIBERTY ACADEMY, UT

LINCOLN ACADEMY, UT

LOGAN SCHOOL DISTRICT, UT

MARIA MONTESSORI ACADEMY, UT

MERIT COLLEGE PREPARATORY ACADEMY, UT

MILLARD SCHOOL DISTRICT, UT

MOAB CHARTER SCHOOL, UT

MONTICELLO ACADEMY, UT

MORGAN SCHOOL DISTRICT, UT

MOUNTAINVILLE ACADEMY, UT

MURRAY SCHOOL DISTRICT, UT

NAVIGATOR POINTE ACADEMY, UT

NEBO SCHOOL DISTRICT, UT

NO UT ACAD FOR MATH ENGINEERING & SCIENCE
(NUAMES), UT

NOAH WEBSTER ACADEMY, UT

NORTH DAVIS PREPARATORY ACADEMY, UT

NORTH SANPETE SCHOOL DISTRICT, UT

NORTH STAR ACADEMY, UT

NORTH SUMMIT SCHOOL DISTRICT, UT

ODYSSEY CHARTER SCHOOL, UT

OGDEN PREPARATORY ACADEMY, UT

OGDEN SCHOOL DISTRICT, UT

OPEN CLASSROOM, UT

OPEN HIGH SCHOOL OF UTAH, UT

OQUIRRH MOUNTAIN CHARTER SCHOOL, UT

PARADIGM HIGH SCHOOL, UT

PARK CITY SCHOOL DISTRICT, UT

PINNACLE CANYON ACADEMY, UT

PIUTE SCHOOL DISTRICT, UT

PROVIDENCE HALL, UT

PROVO SCHOOL DISTRICT, UT

QUAIL RUN PRIMARY SCHOOL, UT

QUEST ACADEMY, UT

RANCHES ACADEMY, UT

REAGAN ACADEMY, UT

RENAISSANCE ACADEMY, UT

RICH SCHOOL DISTRICT, UT

ROCKWELL CHARTER HIGH SCHOOL, UT

SALT LAKE ARTS ACADEMY, UT

SALT LAKE CENTER FOR SCIENCE EDUCATION, UT

SALT LAKE SCHOOL DISTRICT, UT

SALT LAKE SCHOOL FOR THE PERFORMING ARTS, UT

SAN JUAN SCHOOL DISTRICT, UT

SEVIER SCHOOL DISTRICT, UT

SOLDIER HOLLOW CHARTER SCHOOL, UT

SOUTH SANPETE SCHOOL DISTRICT, UT

SOUTH SUMMIT SCHOOL DISTRICT, UT

SPECTRUM ACADEMY, UT

SUCCESS ACADEMY, UT

SUCCESS SCHOOL, UT

SUMMIT ACADEMY, UT

SUMMIT ACADEMY HIGH SCHOOL, UT

SYRACUSE ARTS ACADEMY, UT

THOMAS EDISON - NORTH, UT

TIMPANOGOS ACADEMY, UT

TINTIC SCHOOL DISTRICT, UT

TOOELE SCHOOL DISTRICT, UT

TUACAHN HIGH SCHOOL FOR THE PERFORMING ARTS, UT

UINTAH RIVER HIGH, UT

UINTAH SCHOOL DISTRICT, UT

UTAH CONNECTIONS ACADEMY, UT

UTAH COUNTY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE, UT

UTAH ELECTRONIC HIGH SCHOOL, UT

UTAH SCHOOLS FOR DEAF & BLIND, UT

UTAH STATE OFFICE OF EDUCATION, UT

UTAH VIRTUAL ACADEMY, UT

VENTURE ACADEMY, UT

VISTA AT ENTRADA SCHOOL OF PERFORMING ARTS AND

TECHNOLOGY, UT

WALDEN SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS, UT

WASATCH PEAK ACADEMY, UT

WASATCH SCHOOL DISTRICT, UT

WASHINGTON SCHOOL DISTRICT, UT

WAYNE SCHOOL DISTRICT, UT

WEBER SCHOOL DISTRICT, UT

WEILENMANN SCHOOL OF DISCOVERY, UT

HIGHER EDUCATION

ARGOSY UNIVERSITY

BATON ROUGE COMMUNITY COLLEGE, LA

BIRTHINGWAY COLLEGE OF MIDWIFERY

BLUE MOUNTAIN COMMUNITY COLLEGE

BRIGHAM YOUNG UNIVERSITY - HAWAII

CENTRAL OREGON COMMUNITY COLLEGE

CENTENARY COLLEGE OF LOUISIANA

CHEMEKETA COMMUNITY COLLEGE

CLACKAMAS COMMUNITY COLLEGE

COLLEGE OF THE MARSHALL ISLANDS

COLUMBIA GORGE COMMUNITY COLLEGE

CONCORDIA UNIVERSITY

GEORGE FOX UNIVERSITY

KLAMATH COMMUNITY COLLEGE DISTRICT

LANE COMMUNITY COLLEGE

LEWIS AND CLARK COLLEGE

LINFIELD COLLEGE

LINN-BENTON COMMUNITY COLLEGE

LOUISIANA COLLEGE, LA

LOUISIANA STATE UNIVERSITY

LOUISIANA STATE UNIVERSITY HEALTH SERVICES

MARYLHURST UNIVERSITY
MT. HOOD COMMUNITY COLLEGE

MULTNOMAH BIBLE COLLEGE

NATIONAL COLLEGE OF NATURAL MEDICINE

NORTHWEST CHRISTIAN COLLEGE

OREGON HEALTH AND SCIENCE UNIVERSITY

OREGON INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY

OREGON STATE UNIVERSITY

OREGON UNIVERSITY SYSTEM

PACIFIC UNIVERSITY

PIONEER PACIFIC COLLEGE

PORTLAND COMMUNITY COLLEGE

PORTLAND STATE UNIVERSITY

REED COLLEGE

RESEARCH CORPORATION OF THE UNIVERSITY OF HAWAII

ROGUE COMMUNITY COLLEGE

SOUTHEASTERN LOUISIANA UNIVERSITY

SOUTHERN OREGON UNIVERSITY (OREGON UNIVERSITY

SYSTEM)

SOUTHWESTERN OREGON COMMUNITY COLLEGE

TULANE UNIVERSITY

TILLAMOOK BAY COMMUNITY COLLEGE

UMPQUA COMMUNITY COLLEGE

UNIVERSITY OF HAWAII BOARD OF REGENTS

UNIVERSITY OF HAWAII-HONOLULU COMMUNITY COLLEGE

UNIVERSITY OF OREGON-GRADUATE SCHOOL

UNIVERSITY OF PORTLAND

UNIVERSITY OF NEW ORLEANS

WESTERN OREGON UNIVERSITY

WESTERN STATES CHIROPRACTIC COLLEGE

WILLAMETTE UNIVERSITY

XAVIER UNIVERSITY

UTAH SYSTEM OF HIGHER EDUCATION, UT

UNIVERSITY OF UTAH, UT

UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, UT

WEBER STATE UNIVERSITY, UT

SOUTHERN UTAH UNIVERSITY, UT

SNOW COLLEGE, UT

DIXIE STATE COLLEGE, UT

COLLEGE OF EASTERN UTAH, UT

UTAH VALLEY UNIVERSITY, UT

SALT LAKE COMMUNITY COLLEGE, UT

UTAH COLLEGE OF APPLIED TECHNOLOGY, UT

STATE AGENCIES
ADMIN. SERVICES OFFICE

BOARD OF MEDICAL EXAMINERS

HAWAII CHILD SUPPORT ENFORCEMENT AGENCY

HAWAII DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

HAWAII HEALTH SYSTEMS CORPORATION

OFFICE OF MEDICAL ASSISTANCE PROGRAMS

OFFICE OF THE STATE TREASURER

OREGON BOARD OF ARCHITECTS

OREGON CHILD DEVELOPMENT COALITION

OREGON DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION

OREGON DEPARTMENT OF FORESTRY

OREGON DEPT OF TRANSPORTATION
OREGON DEPT. OF EDUCATION

OREGON LOTTERY

OREGON OFFICE OF ENERGY

OREGON STATE BOARD OF NURSING

OREGON STATE DEPT OF CORRECTIONS

OREGON STATE POLICE

OREGON TOURISM COMMISSION

OREGON TRAVEL INFORMATION COUNCIL

SANTIAM CANYON COMMUNICATION CENTER
SEIU LOCAL 503, OPEU

SOH- JUDICIARY CONTRACTS AND PURCH

STATE DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE, STATE OF HAWAII

STATE OF HAWAII
STATE OF HAWAII, DEPT. OF EDUCATION

STATE OF LOUISIANA
STATE OF LOUISIANA DEPT. OF EDUCATION
STATE OF LOUISIANA, 26TH JUDICIAL DISTRICT ATTORNEY

STATE OF UTAH

ATTACHMENTS
ATTACHMENT A: Equalis Group Exhibits
ATTACHMENT B: Pricing

SALES QUOTE
GovConnection, Inc. Account Executive: Di De Stefano # 25669484.09 732 Milford Road Phone: PLEASE REFER TO THE ABOVE
Merrimack, NH 03054 Fax: QUOTE # WHEN ORDERING
Email: [email protected] Date: 10/30/2024
Valid Through: 11/29/2024
Account #:

Customer Contact: Angela Montez Phone: (510) 578-4421
Email: [email protected] Fax:

QUOTE PROVIDED TO: SHIP TO:

AB#: 22034734 AB#: 22034736
City of Newark City of Newark

ANGELA MONTEZ ANGELA MONTEZ
37101 Newark Blvd 37101 Newark Blvd Fl 1
Fl 1 Newark, CA 94560-3796
Newark, CA 94560-3796 US
US
(510) 578-4421 (510) 578-4421
DELIVERY FOB SHIP VIA SHIP WEIGHT TERMS CONTRACT ID#
5-30 Days A/R/O Destination Small Pkg Ground Service Level 308.00 lbs Net 30 Important Notice: --- THIS QUOTATION IS SUBJECT TO THE FOLLOWING Terms of Sale: All purchases from GovConnection, Inc. are subject to the Company's Standard Terms of Sale, which describe important legal rights and obligations. You may review the Company's Standard Terms of Sale on the Company's website: www.govconnection.com, or you may request a copy via fax, email, or mail by calling your account representative. The only exception to this policy is if your order is being placed under any one of our many national, state, educational or cooperative Agreements, in which case the Terms and Conditions of your Purchase Order are already pre-negotiated and stated in that Agreement. No other Terms and Conditions shall apply and any other terms and conditions referenced or appearing in your Purchase Order are considered null and void. Due to the industry-wide constraints and fluctuations, we reserve the right to change pricing at any time.

Please refer to our Quote Number in your order.
* Line # Qty Item # Mfg. Part # Description Mfg. Price Ext 1 45 41811885 8R634AV
CTO HP EliteBook 845 14 inch G11
(Ryzen 7 PRO 8840HS, UMA, TI PD IC)
Win 11Pro 64, 14.0 WUXGA
Touchscreen, 1TB SSD, HP 5000 5G
WWAN,
-
HPI CTO $ 2,180.00 $ 98,100.00
1 45 Fee: 15 State Environmental Fee $ 5.00 $ 225.00
2 45 41799769 U85C0E
CTO HP 3y Premium Onsite w / ADP /
DMR Notebook
-
HPI CTO $ 295.00 $ 13,275.00
Subtotal $ 111,600.00
Fee $ 0.00
Shipping and
Handling $ 0.00
Tax $ 10,545.75
Total $ 122,145.75

SALES QUOTE
GovConnection, Inc. Account Executive: Di De Stefano # 25673951.05 732 Milford Road Phone: PLEASE REFER TO THE ABOVE
Merrimack, NH 03054 Fax: QUOTE # WHEN ORDERING
Email: [email protected] Date: 10/30/2024
Valid Through: 11/29/2024
Account #:

Customer Contact: Angela Montez Phone: (510) 578-4421
Email: [email protected] Fax:

QUOTE PROVIDED TO: SHIP TO:

AB#: 22034734 AB#: 22034736
City of Newark City of Newark

ANGELA MONTEZ ANGELA MONTEZ
37101 Newark Blvd 37101 Newark Blvd Fl 1
Fl 1 Newark, CA 94560-3796
Newark, CA 94560-3796 US
US
(510) 578-4421 (510) 578-4421
DELIVERY FOB SHIP VIA SHIP WEIGHT TERMS CONTRACT ID#
5-30 Days A/R/O Destination Small Pkg Ground Service Level 108.00 lbs Net 30 Important Notice: --- THIS QUOTATION IS SUBJECT TO THE FOLLOWING Terms of Sale: All purchases from GovConnection, Inc. are subject to the Company's Standard Terms of Sale, which describe important legal rights and obligations. You may review the Company's Standard Terms of Sale on the Company's website: www.govconnection.com, or you may request a copy via fax, email, or mail by calling your account representative. The only exception to this policy is if your order is being placed under any one of our many national, state, educational or cooperative Agreements, in which case the Terms and Conditions of your Purchase Order are already pre-negotiated and stated in that Agreement. No other Terms and Conditions shall apply and any other terms and conditions referenced or appearing in your Purchase Order are considered null and void. Due to the industry-wide constraints and fluctuations, we reserve the right to change pricing at any time.

Please refer to our Quote Number in your order.
* Line # Qty Item # Mfg. Part # Description Mfg. Price Ext 1 15 Fee: 15 State Environmental Fee $ 5.00 $ 75.00
1 15 41831724 8T645AV
CTO HP EliteBook 865 16 inch G11
(Ryzen 7 PRO 8840HS, UMA, TI PD IC)
IDS Base NB PC
-
HPI CTO $ 2,150.00 $ 32,250.00
2 HP EliteBook 865 16 inch G11 Ryzen 7
PRO 8840HS, UMA, TI PD IC NB PC
• Windows 11 Pro 64
• 16.0 inch AG WUXGA (1920x1200)
LED UWVA 300 for WWAN f5MP IR
Touchscreen bnt LCD Panel
• 64GB (2x32GB) DDR5 5600 SODIMM
Memory
• 1TB PCIe NVMe Solid Sate Driv
$ -
3 15 41806022 U85C0E 3 YEAR PREMIUM ONSITE ADP DMR N HPI PSG-Services $ 295.00 $ 4,425.00 Subtotal $ 36,750.00
Fee $ 0.00
Shipping and
Handling $ 0.00
Tax $ 3,466.88
Total $ 40,216.88

SALES QUOTE
GovConnection, Inc. Account Executive: Di De Stefano # 25688517.02 732 Milford Road Phone: PLEASE REFER TO THE ABOVE
Merrimack, NH 03054 Fax: QUOTE # WHEN ORDERING
Email: [email protected] Date: 10/23/2024
Valid Through: 11/22/2024
Account #:

Customer Contact: Angela Montez Phone: (510) 578-4421
Email: [email protected] Fax:

QUOTE PROVIDED TO: SHIP TO:

AB#: 22034734 AB#: 22034736
City of Newark City of Newark

ANGELA MONTEZ ANGELA MONTEZ
37101 Newark Blvd 37101 Newark Blvd Fl 1
Fl 1 Newark, CA 94560-3796
Newark, CA 94560-3796 US
US
(510) 578-4421 (510) 578-4421
DELIVERY FOB SHIP VIA SHIP WEIGHT TERMS CONTRACT ID#
5-30 Days A/R/O Destination Heavy Weight Ground 73.00 lbs Net 30 Important Notice: --- THIS QUOTATION IS SUBJECT TO THE FOLLOWING Terms of Sale: All purchases from GovConnection, Inc. are subject to the Company's Standard Terms of Sale, which describe important legal rights and obligations. You may review the Company's Standard Terms of Sale on the Company's website: www.govconnection.com, or you may request a copy via fax, email, or mail by calling your account representative. The only exception to this policy is if your order is being placed under any one of our many national, state, educational or cooperative Agreements, in which case the Terms and Conditions of your Purchase Order are already pre-negotiated and stated in that Agreement. No other Terms and Conditions shall apply and any other terms and conditions referenced or appearing in your Purchase Order are considered null and void. Due to the industry-wide constraints and fluctuations, we reserve the right to change pricing at any time.

Please refer to our Quote Number in your order.
* Line # Qty Item # Mfg. Part # Description Mfg. Price Ext 1 16 41845652 A28NSAV
HP EliteDesk 805 G8 Mini
HP Elite Mini 805 G8 -Base Unit 35W
RCTO AMS Electronic TCO Certified
labeling
Windows 11 Pro 64
AMD Ryzen7-5700GE 3.20G 16MB 8
cores
RAM 32GB (1x32GB) DDR4 3200
SSD 1TB 2280 PCIe-3x4 NVMe TLC
HP 125 BLK Wired Keyboard
-
HPI CTO $ 1,414.00 $ 22,624.00
2 16 41180926 13L73AA 32GB DDR4-3200 SODIMM HPI Workstation Accessories $ 230.00 $ 3,680.00
3 16 8894176 UF360E 3 Year Next Business Day Service & Disk Retention for Desktops Only HPI PSG-Services $ 65.00 $ 1,040.00 Subtotal $ 27,344.00
Fee $ 0.00
Shipping and
Handling $ 0.00
Tax $ 2,827.68
Total $ 30,171.68

Account Executive: Di De Stefano
Phone:

Fax:

Email: [email protected] Date: 10/25/2024
Valid Through: 11/24/2024
Account #:

Customer Contact: Angela Montez Phone: (510) 578-4421
Email: [email protected] Fax:

DELIVERY FOB SHIP VIA SHIP WEIGHT TERMS CONTRACT ID#
Destination Small Pkg Ground Service Level 317.00 lbs Net 30 EQ-013120-01A * Line # Qty Item # Mfg. Part # Description Mfg. Price Ext 1 6 Fee: 16 State Environmental Fee $ 6.00 $ 36.00
1 6 41698274 6N4C1AA#ABA

44.5" E45c G5 DQHD LED-LCD Curved
Monitor
-
HPI Accessories $ 1,000.00 $ 6,000.00
Subtotal $ 6,036.00
Fee $ 0.00
Shipping and
Handling $ 0.00
Tax $ 645.00
Total $ 6,681.00
US
US
(510) 578-4421 (510) 578-4421
5-30 Days A/R/O
Important Notice: --- THIS QUOTATION IS SUBJECT TO THE FOLLOWING Terms of Sale: All purchases from GovConnection, Inc. are subject to the Terms and Conditions of our Equalis Region 10 agreement # EQ-03120-01A. Any Order accepted by GovConnection for the items included in this Quotation is expressly limited to those Terms and Conditions; any other terms and conditions referenced or appearing in your Purchase Order are considered null and void. No other terms and conditions shall apply without the written consent of GovConnection, Inc. Please refer to our Quote Number in your order.

SALES QUOTE
GovConnection, Inc. # 25695431.01
732 Milford Road PLEASE REFER TO THE ABOVE
Merrimack, NH 03054 QUOTE # WHEN ORDERING
City of Newark
Newark, CA 94560-3796
37101 Newark Blvd Fl 1
QUOTE PROVIDED TO: SHIP TO:

AB#: 22034734 AB#: 22034736
City of Newark

ANGELA MONTEZ ANGELA MONTEZ
37101 Newark Blvd
Fl 1 Newark, CA 94560-3796

ORDERING INFORMATION
GovConnection, Inc. DBA Connection
Equalis Region 10
EQ-013120-01A
Contract Expiration: 30 April 2025
Please contact your account manager with questions.

Ordering Address
GovConnection, Inc.
732 Milford Road
Merrimack, NH 03054
Remittance Address
GovConnection, Inc.

PO Box 536477
Pittsburgh, PA 15253-5906
Please reference the Contract # on all purchase orders.

TERMS & CONDITIONS
Payment Terms: NET 30 (subject to approved credit)
FOB Point: DESTINATION (within Continental US)
Maximum Order Limitation: NONE
FEIN: 52-1837891
DUNS Number: 80-967-8782
Cage Code: OGTJ3
Business Size: LARGE
WARRANTY: Manufacturer’s Standard Commercial Warranty
NOTE: It is the end user's responsibility to review, understand and agree to the terms of any End User License Agreement (EULA).

Important Notice: --- THIS QUOTATION IS SUBJECT TO THE FOLLOWING Terms of Sale: All purchases from GovConnection, Inc. are subject to the Terms and Conditions of our Equalis Region 10 agreement # EQ-013120-01A. Any Order accepted by GovConnection for the items included in this Quotation is expressly limited to those Terms and Conditions; any other terms and conditions referenced or appearing in your Purchase Order are considered null and void. No other terms and conditions shall apply without the written consent of GovConnection, Inc. Please refer to our Quote Number in your order.

If you require a hard copy invoice for your credit card order, please visit the link below and click on the Proof of Purchase/Invoice link on the left side of the page to print one:https://www.govconnection.com/web/Shopping/ProofOfPurchase.htm Please forward your Contract to: [email protected] QUESTIONS: Call 800-800-0019
FAX: 603.683.0374
Item  D. 6.

DATE 11/14/2024
TO Honorable Mayor and City Council Members
FROM Ed Miranda, Information Technology Director/CIO
SUBJECT    Adopt a resolution approving the First Amendment to the Contractual Services Agreement (CSA) with Government
Technology Group, LLC (GTG) to continue assistance with broadband initiatives
SUMMARY AND RECOMMENDATION
An existing Contractual Services Agreement (CSA) with Government Technology Group, LLC (GTG) includes broadband project initiatives that are grant funded. An amendment to the CSA with GTG is needed to increase the CSA not-to-exceed amount to continue their services. Staff recommends that the City Council, by resolution, approve the First Amendment to the CSA with GTG, in an amount not-to-exceed $170,000.  Staff also recommends that the City Council approve a budget amendment to the 2024-2026 Biennial Budget and Capital Improvement Plan for Capital Improvement Project No. 1418, Broadband Master Plan. This increase will be funded through AB179 funds (Fund 492) provided by Assembly Member Alex Lee.

BACKGROUND
The City relies on professional consultants to provide expertise that city staff are unable to provide, such as broadband expertise. The City identified the need to establish a comprehensive Plan to guide the development of necessary policies, standards and broadband improvements.

In March 2023, the City entered into a Contractual Services Agreement (CSA) with Government Technology Group, LLC (GTG) in the amount of $200,000 to develop a Broadband Master Plan and SmartCities Report (Plan) and other related services. City Council adopted the Plan on July 25, 2024, which included recommendations of priority projects such as a Public Private Partnership (PPP) and policies and procedures relative to broadband development and digital inclusion. Assistance with these and other recommended priorities were included in the original CSA scope with GTG, but not fully funded prior to Council adoption of the Plan. GTG has provided above satisfactory service to the City throughout the creation of the Plan and additional services rendered, and is an experienced consulting firm in broadband policy development and PPP facilitation, the City's priority projects.

DISCUSSION/ANALYSIS
With City Council's approval of the Plan and broadband priorities, GTG is prepared to continue its scope of services to assist with the following specific projects:

Public Private Partnership (PPP) Request for Proposal (RFP) Development and Oversight: identify a viable partner that can assist with the implementation of the High Level Design presented in the Plan to enhance broadband deployment. This includes the development and issuance of a RFP to solicit qualified vendors for broadband services. Furthermore, GTG will provide oversight throughout the RFP process, ensuring compliance with City regulations and facilitating communication between stakeholders.

Dig Once Policy and development standards: establish a Dig Once Policy that will facilitate the concurrent installation of broadband infrastructure during street excavation projects, thereby reducing costs and maximizing the utility of public works. This policy will also set development standards for future infrastructure projects, ensuring that the City’s broadband goals are seamlessly integrated into urban planning.

Micro Trenching Standards: Microtrenching is a method for installing fiber optic cables and conduits by digging narrow trenches in the ground. The State requires local governments to allow micro trenching. To protect the community's interest and minimize the impact on the City's streets and other City utility infrastructure, standards should be in place to meet state law.

The proposed services will advance the City’s objectives for a broadband framework and infrastructure, align public and private interests, and ultimately improve community connectivity.

FISCAL IMPACT
The cost of services under the First Amendment to the Contractual Services Agreement (CSA) with Government Technology Group, LLC (GTG) shall not exceed $170,000.

These broadband improvement initiatives are fully funded by AB179 grant funds, accepted by the City Council via Resolution No. 11,554 on July 27, 2023. Staff recommends a budget amendment to the 2024-2026 Biennial Budget and Capital Improvement Plan to allocate these AB179 funds (Fund 492) to Capital Improvement Project No. 1418, Broadband Master Plan, to ensure continued project support.

REVIEW AND APPROVAL
Prepared by - Edwin J. Miranda, CIO / IT Director
Reviewed by - Lenka Hovorka, Assistant City Manager
Reviewed by - Krysten Lee, Finance Director
Reviewed by - Kristopher J. Kokotaylo, City Attorney
Approved by - David J. Benoun, City Manager
Attachments
Resolution_GTG_CSA First Amendment
GTG CSA First Amendment
GTG Agreement

RESOLUTION NO.

RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF

NEWARK APPROVING THE FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE

CONTRACTUAL SERVICES AGREEMENT WITH

GOVERNMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, LLC TO PROVIDE

BROADBAND MASTER PLANNING INFORMATION

TECHNOLOGY PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AND AMEND
THE 2024-2026 BIENNIAL BUDGET AND CAPITAL

IMPROVEMENT PLAN
WHEREAS, on March 28, 2023 the City of Newark entered into a Contractual Services Agreement (the “Agreement”) with Government Technology Group, LLC (the “Consultant”) for development of a Citywide Broadband Master Plan and Smart Cities Roadmap; and WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 18 of the Agreement entitled, “Term/Termination” the City elects to extend the Agreement until the completion of performance of services hereunder by the Consultant; and
WHEREAS, the City is in need for continued technical assistance and expertise for a variety of projects related to the Broadband Master Plan and desires to amend the Agreement to increase the not-to-exceed amount from Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) to Three Hundred Seventy Thousand Dollars ($370,000).

WHEREAS, the First Amendment to the CSA with GTG is necessary to increase the notto-exceed amount by $170,000 to continue these broadband initiatives, fully funded by AB179 grant funds accepted by the City Council via Resolution No. 11,554 on July 27, 2023; and WHEREAS, a budget amendment is required to allocate these AB179 funds (Fund 492) to Capital Improvement Project No. 1418, Broadband Master Plan, to ensure continued project support;
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED that the City Council of the City of Newark authorizes the City Manager to execute the First Amendment to the Contractual Services Agreement with Government Technology Group, LLC (GTG), in a form approved by the City Attorney, to continue Information Technology services and broadband support, increasing the notto-exceed amount by $170,000 for a new total of $370,000.

BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED that the City Manager is authorized to take all actions consistent with this Resolution, including any necessary adjustments to the scope of work within the total not-to-exceed amount of $370,000, subject to approval by the City Attorney.

BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED that the City Council authorizes an amendment to the 2024- 2026 Biennial Budget and Capital Improvement Plan, appropriating $170,000 from AB179 funds (Fund 492) to Capital Improvement Project No. 1418, Broadband Master Plan, to ensure continued project support, as follows:

TO: 610.90.094.940.6221.CIP1418 Broadband Initiatives $170,000 FROM: 492.90.094.940.9999 State Grants AB179 - Broadband $170,000 Contractual Services Agreement, First Amendment between City of Newark and Government Technology Group, LLC
1 of 6

FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE

CONTRACTUAL SERVICES AGREEMENT

BETWEEN THE CITY OF NEWARK AND

GOVERNMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, LLC

FOR CITYWIDE BROADBAND MASTER PLAN AND SMARTCITIES ROADMAP This First Amendment to the Contractual Services Agreement between the City of Newark, a municipal corporation, ("City") and Government Technology Group, LLC ("Consultant"), (together referred to as the “Parties”) as of March 28, 2023.

RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Parties executed Contractual Services Agreement Consultants (the "Agreement") to perform the services generally including: Development of a Citywide Broadband Master Plan and SmartCities Roadmap; and
WHEREAS, Section 27, Modification, of the Agreement allows the Parties to amend the Agreement provided that the amendment is in writing signed by the Parties; and WHEREAS, the Parties desire to extend and amend the Agreement effective November 14, 2024; and
WHEREAS, the Parties desire to amend Exhibit A to detail other services scope for Consultant broadband expertise; and
WHEREAS, the Agreement provides a not-to-exceed compensation of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000); and
WHEREAS, the total cost of the other services are not to exceed One Hundred Seventy Thousand Dollars ($170,000).

NOW, THEREFORE, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Section 3. "Not to Exceed" Compensation, of the Agreement is amended to increase the combined total of compensation and costs payable under the Agreement by One Hundred Seventy Thousand Dollars ($170,000) from Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) to Three Hundred Seventy Thousand Dollars ($370,000).

2. Exhibit A, Scope of Services is amended to detail other services as described

3. Exhibit B, Compensation Schedule is amended to detail the compensation for services identified in the amended Exhibit “A”, Scope of Services

4. With the exception of the foregoing, all other terms and conditions in the Agreement, as amended, remain in force and effect.

SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE
Contractual Services Agreement, First Amendment between City of Newark and Government Technology Group, LLC
2 of 6
CITY OF NEWARK Government Technology Group, LLC
DAVID BENOUN Jeff Lewis

CITY MANAGER
ATTEST:

SHEILA HARRINGTON, CITY CLERK
APPROVED AS TO FORM:

KRISTOPHER J. KOKOTAYLO

CITY ATTORNEY
Contractual Services Agreement, First Amendment between City of Newark and Government Technology Group, LLC
3 of 6

EXHIBIT A

SCOPE OF SERVICES
Scope of Services for Broadband Master Plan Initiatives Adopted: July 25, 2024

1. Dig Once Policy and Development Standards
Objective: To establish a comprehensive Dig Once Policy and associated Development Standards that facilitate efficient deployment of broadband infrastructure, minimize disruption, and optimize public investment.

Research and Analysis:

Conduct a review of best practices and existing Dig Once policies from various jurisdictions.

Analyze current infrastructure challenges and opportunities within the community.

Stakeholder Engagement:

Facilitate workshops and meetings with key stakeholders, including local government, utility companies, and telecommunications providers.

Gather input on proposed standards and policy frameworks.

Policy Development:

Draft a comprehensive Dig Once Policy that outlines requirements for infrastructure installation during public works projects.

Develop accompanying Development Standards that detail technical specifications.

Implementation Process:

Include in the Dig Once policy, timelines, responsible parties, and necessary resources for policy adoption and enforcement.

Evaluation and Reporting:

Prepare a final report summarizing findings, recommendations, and next steps.

2. Public-Private Partnership (PPP) Request for Proposal and Oversight Objective: To develop a transparent and competitive RFP process for engaging private sector partners in broadband deployment and management, ensuring effective oversight throughout the partnership.

RFP Development:

Design a comprehensive RFP template that clearly outlines project goals, partnership expectations, evaluation criteria, and compliance requirements.

Market Assessment:

Contractual Services Agreement, First Amendment between City of Newark and Government Technology Group, LLC
4 of 6
Conduct a market assessment to identify potential private partners and assess their capabilities.

Analyze financial models and funding opportunities to support broadband initiatives.

Outreach and Marketing:

Develop a marketing strategy to promote the RFP to potential private sector partners.

Host informational sessions to engage potential bidders and clarify RFP requirements.

Proposal Evaluation:

Establish an evaluation committee to review and score proposals based on predetermined criteria.

Develop a scoring rubric that considers technical expertise, financial stability, community impact, and alignment with the Broadband Master Plan.

Contract Negotiation:

Assist in negotiating contract terms with selected partners, ensuring clarity in roles, responsibilities, and deliverables.

Oversight and Reporting:

Establish a governance framework for overseeing the partnership, including regular progress reports and performance reviews and onsite inspections of private sector buildout.

Timeline
Phase 1: Research and Stakeholder Engagement (Completed with Broadband Plan)) Phase 2: PPP RFP Development and Selection (Months 1-2) Phase 3: Proposal Evaluation and Contract Negotiation (Month3-4) Phase 4: Policy Development (Month 3-4)
Phase 4: Implementation and Oversight (Month 5-12)

3. Micro Trenching Standards
Objective: The states require local government to allow micro trenching within their community. To protect the community’s interest, standards should be in place to meet state law while protecting the City’s and residents’ interest to establish a comprehensive Micro Trench Policy and associated for the efficient deployment of broadband infrastructure, minimize impact to the City’s streets and other City utility infrastructure while optimizing public investment.

Research and Analysis:

Conduct a review of best practices and existing Micro Trench policies from various jurisdictions.

Analyze current infrastructure challenges and opportunities within the community.

Stakeholder Engagement:

Contractual Services Agreement, First Amendment between City of Newark and Government Technology Group, LLC
5 of 6
Facilitate workshops and meetings with key stakeholders, including local government, private sector partners and telecommunications providers to gather input on proposed standards.

Policy Development:

Draft a comprehensive Micro Trench Policy that outlines requirements for infrastructure installation and repair for approved Micro Trench projects.

Implementation Process:

Work with staff to complete a draft for Council review and adoption based off feedback.

Evaluation and Reporting:

Prepare a final report summarizing findings, recommendations, and next steps.

4. Project Management
Provide regular meetings and status updates for all broadband related projects including adherence to project schedules created for each task.

Deliverables
RFP Document for Public-Private Partnerships
Project Schedules
Draft Micro trench Standards
Final Micro trench Standards
Draft Dig Once Policy and Development Standards
Final Dig Once Policy and Implementation Plan
Evaluation and Oversight Framework
Contractual Services Agreement, First Amendment between City of Newark and Government Technology Group, LLC
6 of 6

EXHIBIT B

COMPENSATION SCHEDULE
For all services identified in Exhibit “A”, Scope of Services, the City agrees to pay, and Consultant agrees to accept as total compensation the following:

The total not-to-exceed cost to the City of Newark for is $170,000.00 and includes all work to be completed by GTG.

Description Cost
Project Management $11,000
Dig Once Policy $22,500
Development Standards – City Policy and PPP RFP subset $48,000 Micro Trench Policy $14,500
Public-Private Partnership (PPP) Request for Proposal and Oversight PPP RFP to Selection
Oversight to include bill of materials review and onsite inspections of high-level design build. $14,500
$59,500
Total Not-To-Exceed $170,000

Item  D. 7.

DATE 11/14/2024
TO Honorable Mayor and City Council Members
FROM Ed Miranda, Information Technology Director/CIO
SUBJECT    Adopt a resolution to approve the Third Amendment to the Contractual Services Agreement with ClientFirst Technology Consulting Group, LLC for technology consulting services and authorize a budget amendment to the 2024-2026 Biennial Budget and Capital Improvement Plan
SUMMARY AND RECOMMENDATION
ClientFirst Technology Consulting, LLC (CTC) provides information technology services and advisory expertise to the City. The existing Contractual Services Agreement (CSA) is almost fulfilled, and additional funds are needed to extend their services. Staff recommends that the City Council, by resolution, approve the Third Amendment to the CSA with CTC, in an amount not-to-exceed $58,100, to complete in-progress projects. A budget adjustment is also required to accommodate this amendment.

BACKGROUND
The City has consistently engaged professional consultants to fulfill specialized needs that exceed the capabilities of City staff, particularly in the realm of technical information technology (IT) services. In April 2022, the City entered into a Contractual Services Agreement (CSA) with CTC to provide temporary IT services to address the City's ongoing needs.

Due to CTC's exemplary performance, and recognizing the City’s continued demand for these services, a First Amendment was executed in October 2022. This amendment increased the not-to-exceed compensation and expanded the scope of services provided.

As the City progressed through IT strategic planning, critical projects emerged that necessitated further professional technical consulting. Consequently, in December 2023, a Second Amendment was made to again increase the not-to-exceed compensation, broadening the scope of services, including assistance with the bidding process for a security enhancement project and ongoing IT strategic support. There is a pressing need for continued consulting advisory services related to Capital Improvement Plan Project No. 1367, Security Cameras and Building Access Management.

DISCUSSION/ANALYSIS
Following the completion and awarding of the bid for Capital Improvement Plan Project No. 1367, Security Cameras and Building Access Management, continued expert advisory services are essential to ensure its execution meets the City’s standards. Given CTC’s proven track record of above-satisfactory performance and their familiarity with the project’s design requirements, they represent the most cost-effective choice for providing the necessary technical consulting services for the remaining phases of this project. The scope of services provided by CTC includes extensive design work, specialized knowledge, and guidance that exceed the current capacity of City staff.

FISCAL IMPACT
The amount required to complete the scope of services included in the third amendment is $58,100. This would increase the CSA total not-to-exceed amount to $349,635. A budget adjustment to Capital Improvement Plan Project No. 1367, Security Cameras and Building Access Management, is necessary to accommodate this increase. Staff recommends approving the carryforward of any unused appropriations until the contracted services under the CSA are fully performed.

REVIEW AND APPROVAL
Prepared by - Edwin J. Miranda, CIO / IT Director
Reviewed by - Lenka Hovorka, Assistant City Manager
Reviewed by - Krysten Lee, Finance Director
Reviewed by - Kristopher J. Kokotaylo, City Attorney
Approved by - David J. Benoun, City Manager
Attachments
Resolution - CSA 22012 ClientFirst Third Amendment
CSA 22012 ClientFirst Third Amendment
CSA 22012 ClientFirst Third Amendment Exhibit A
Agreement with 1st and 2nd Amendments
RESOLUTION NO.

RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF

NEWARK APPROVING THE THIRD AMENDMENT TO THE

CONTRACTUAL SERVICES AGREEMENT WITH

CLIENTFIRST CONSULTING GROUP, LLC TO PROVIDE

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY PROFESSIONAL SERVICES
WHEREAS, on April 22, 2022 the City executed Contractual Services Agreement No.

C22012 (the “Agreement”) with ClientFirst Consulting Group, LLC (the “Consultant”) to provide professional information technology services in an amount not-to-exceed Forty-nine Thousand Four Hundred Seventy Dollars ($49,470.00); and WHEREAS, on October 7, 2022 the Parties first amended the Agreement to increase the not-to-exceed compensation to One Hundred Twenty-Nine Thousand One Hundred Fifty Dollars ($129,150.00) for additional services; and
WHEREAS, on December 14, 2023 the Parties amended the Agreement to increase the not-to-exceed compensation to Two Hundred Ninety-One Thousand Five Hundred Thirty-Five Dollars ($291,535.00) for additional services (Second Amendment); and WHEREAS, Section 27, Modification, of the Agreement allows the Parties to amend the Agreement provided that the amendment is in writing signed by the Parties; and WHEREAS, the Parties desire to extend and amend the Agreement effective November 15, 2024; and
WHEREAS, the Parties desire to amend Exhibit A to include additional technology consulting services; and
WHEREAS, the total not-to-exceed amount for the CSA with CTC will increase by $58,100 through this Third Amendment, adjusting the total contract amount to $349,635, with a budget adjustment necessary to accommodate this amendment; and NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED that the City Council of the City of Newark authorizes the City Manager to execute the Third Amendment to the Contractual Services Agreement with ClientFirst Consulting Group, LLC, in a form approved by the City Attorney, increasing the not-to-exceed amount by $58,100 to a total of $349,635, for continued IT services until project completion.

BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED that the City Manager is hereby authorized to take all other actions consistent with this Resolution, including any necessary revisions to the scope of work for the Agreement, in a form approved by the City Attorney, that are within the total not-toexceed amount of $349,635.

BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED that the City Council approves an amendment to the 2024-2026 Biennial Budget and Capital Improvement Plan, allocating $58,100 from the Capital Improvement Fund (Fund 610) Unappropriated Fund Balance to Project No. 1367, Security Cameras and Building Access Management. Any unused funds will carry forward to future fiscal years until services under the amended agreement are completed.

TO: 610.90.094.940.6221.CIP1367 Capital Outlay $58,100
FR: 610.3000 Unappropriated Fund Balance $58,100

THIRD AMENDMENT TO THE

CONTRACTUAL SERVICES AGREEMENT

BETWEEN THE CITY OF NEWARK AND

CLIENTFIRST CONSULTING GROUP, LLC

FOR CONSULTING SERVICES
This Third Amendment to the Contractual Services Agreement between the City of Newark, a municipal corporation, ("City") and ClientFirst Consulting Group, LLC, dba ClientFirst Technology Consulting, ("Consultant"), (together referred to as the “Parties”) as of April 22, 2022.

RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Parties executed Contractual Services Agreement No. C22012 (the "Agreement") to perform the services generally including: information technology management, and advisory expertise to the City and the IT Department; and WHEREAS, Section 27, Modification, of the Agreement allows the Parties to amend the Agreement provided that the amendment is in writing signed by the Parties; and WHEREAS, the Parties desire to extend and amend the Agreement effective November 14, 2024; and
WHEREAS, the Parties desire to amend Exhibit A to add additional consulting advisory services for the Security Cameras and Building Access Management project; and WHEREAS, the Agreement, including the original agreement as well as amendments one and two provides a not-to-exceed compensation of Two Hundred Ninety-One Thousand Five Hundred ThirtyFive Dollars ($291,535); and WHEREAS, the total cost of the additional services are not-to-exceed Fifty-eight Thousand One Hundred Dollars ($58,100);
NOW, THEREFORE, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Section 3. "Not-to-Exceed" Compensation, of the Agreement is amended to increase the compensation and costs payable under the Agreement by Fifty-eight Thousand One Hundred Dollars ($58,100) from Two Hundred Ninety-One Thousand Five Hundred Thirty-Five Dollars ($291,535) to Three Hundred Forty-Nine Thousand Six Hundred Thirty-Five Dollars ($349,635) until the completion of performance of services by the Consultant.

2. Exhibit A, Services is amended to add Additional Technology Advisory Consulting Services as described in the Proposal for Security Cameras and Building Access Management – Consulting Advisory Services attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference.

CITY OF NEWARK ClientFirst Technology Consulting

DAVID BENOUN DAVID KROUT

CITY MANAGER
ATTEST:

SHEILA HARRINGTON, CITY CLERK
APPROVED AS TO FORM:

KRISTOPHER J. KOKOTAYLO

CITY ATTORNEY

3. With the exception of the foregoing, all other terms and conditions in the Agreement, as amended, remain in force and effect.

OPTIMAL TECHNOLOGY GUIDANCE

Illinois • California • North Carolina • Texas • 800.806.3080 • Fax 888.478.0495 1 | 4
October 25, 2024
Mr. Edwin Miranda
Information Officer/Information Technology Director
City of Newark
37101 Newark Blvd.

Newark, CA 94560
Re: Proposal for Security Cameras and Building Access Management – Consulting Advisory Services
Dear Mr. Miranda:

The City of Newark is implementing public safety video cameras at most city locations.

ClientFirst developed bid documents for camera installation services, including structured cabling improvements. Subject-matter expert advisory services will be required to ensure that the project is completed to the City’s satisfaction.

The following is ClientFirst's proposal for consulting services to provide subject-matter expert project advisory services to the City systems mentioned above.

Scope of Work
ClientFirst proposes the following project advisory services:

Security Cameras and Building Access Management
 Attendance and assistance with the implementation project kick-off meeting and scope review
 Work with the City and Contractor to obtain the necessary project permits  Submittal review and recommendations for approval/denial of substitutions  Assistance with the review of vendor submittals, including final bill of materials based on walk-through and review of any vendor-requested product substitutions  Attendance at project coordination meetings to advise the City on technical decisions  Review of any change orders for additional video cameras, as requested  Attendance at site visits to review the contractors implementation progress  Rough-in/underground
 Cabling installation
 Camera installation
 Contractor Request for Information (RFI) response assistance  Attendance at punch list walk-throughs and recommendations for punch list items  Technical assistance on any punch list items requiring negotiation  Review contractor closeout documents and system warranties, provide the City with a report of any anomalies.

EXHIBIT A
Construction Observation Assistance

CLIENTFIRST TECHNOLOGY CONSULTING

OPTIMAL TECHNOLOGY GUIDANCE
2 | 4
Project Staffing and Timing
The project will be staffed by Craig Williams, with assistance from Tom Jakobsen. Craig will serve as the overall Team Lead. The ClientFirst team has infrastructure design experience of similar scope and size for this project. The team is ready to begin work on the project immediately, pending City approval.

Detailed Work Plan
The following work plan outlines the project steps and the hours to be devoted by project team members. StepsSecurity Cameras and Building Access
Consulting Advisory Services
Total
Hours Craig Tom J. Comments
1 Project Assistance 28 24 4 Public Works to review Contractor Pay Requests
2 Attened Project Kick-Off and Scope Review 6 4 2
3 Permitting Assistance 38 36 2
4 Review Submittals 24 24
5 Attend semi-weekly during five months of construction 26 24 2 Advise owner as needed 6 Site Visits - Visits during three phases

1. Rough-in/underground

2. Cabling installation

3. Camera installation
36 36 Walk through with owner, observe and
recommend.
7 Contractor Requests for Information (RFIs) - Advisory 38 36 2 8 Punch Walk-Throughs - Review punch list items with owner 26 24 2 Sixteen hours of walk-throughs, eight hours of documentation/coordination
9 Close Project - Review cable testing, as-built documentation, warranties, operations, and maintenance manuals 13 12 1 Review as-built drawings, warranty,
cabling test results, and any other
documentation
Total Hours 235 220 15

EXHIBIT A
Construction Observation Assistance

CLIENTFIRST TECHNOLOGY CONSULTING

OPTIMAL TECHNOLOGY GUIDANCE
3 | 4
Fees
Our professional fees are based on the scope and approach outlined in this proposal, including expenses. Our standard billing rates for these types of services are dependent on the levels and skill sets of the consultant(s) assigned to specific aspects of the project. This proposal is a notto-exceed, fixed-fee proposal. We will bill monthly by work step.

Security Cameras and Building
Access Management
Construction Observation Assistance
Total
Hours Craig Tom J.

Total Hours 235 220 15
Rates $225 $240
Fees $53,100
Expenses $5,000
Total Cost $58,100
Scope Changes and Management
Alternative scope changes and fee adjustments are possible and are dependent on specific project needs, staff resources, and capabilities.

If, during the project, the nature or scope of our work should change, we would discuss such matters and their effect on our fees and obtain prior written approval before proceeding.

Payment Terms
We invoice monthly as progress proceeds. ClientFirst will provide detailed accounting of all consulting time and expenses as a part of the invoice. Payments are due within 30 days of receipt via check or ACH.

Additional Expenses
Expenses are expected to be primarily for printing and travel. These expenses will be billed at cost.

Additional Services/Purchases by Other Seeking Public Agencies ClientFirst acknowledges that other public agencies may seek to "piggyback" under the same terms and conditions of a resulting similar services contract and/or purchases being offered in this contract or proposal. ClientFirst has the option to agree or disagree to allow contract piggybacks on a case-by-case basis. ClientFirst agrees to extend the same pricing, terms, and conditions as stated in this contract or proposal to each and every political entity, special district, and related non-profit. It is understood that other entities shall make purchases in their name, make payments, and be liable directly to ClientFirst. The agency shall in no way be involved or responsible to ClientFirst for other entities' purchases.

EXHIBIT A
Construction Observation Assistance

CLIENTFIRST TECHNOLOGY CONSULTING

OPTIMAL TECHNOLOGY GUIDANCE
4 | 4
We believe ClientFirst is uniquely qualified to provide the resources and expertise necessary to assist the City of Newark with this project. If you have any questions regarding this proposal, don't hesitate to get in touch with Craig at 630.656.7366 or via email at [email protected] or Tom at 815.222.3441 or via email at [email protected]. We appreciate the continued opportunity to serve the City of Newark.

Sincerely,
Tom Jakobsen Craig Williams, RCDD, NTS
Partner Director
IT Infrastructure and Support Practice Leader Infrastructure Consulting Services

EXHIBIT A

Item  D. 8.

DATE 11/14/2024
TO Honorable Mayor and City Council Members
FROM James Scanlin, Environmental Services Manager
SUBJECT    Adopt a resolution authorizing an increase to the solid waste collection, recycling, and organics services maximum rates for Calendar Year 2025
SUMMARY AND RECOMMENDATION
Republic Services, Inc. provides the City of Newark's solid waste collection, recycling, and organics collection services and BLT Enterprises of Fremont, LLC provides the City's waste transfer services.  The City's agreements with Republic Services and BLT Enterprises include an annual rate adjustment provision based on a prescribed index-based methodology.  Maximum rate limits are set annually by the City using this methodology, with final rates determined by Republic Services.  The total proposed maximum rate increase is 4.9% and would be effective January 1, 2025.

Staff recommends that the City Council, by resolution, authorize a 4.9% increase to the maximum limit for rates for solid waste collection, recycling, and organics services for Calendar Year 2025.

BACKGROUND
The City of Newark has a contract with Republic Services, Inc. to provide the City's solid waste collection, recycling, and organics collection services.  This is a 10-year agreement that was executed in 2023.  The City also has a contract with BLT Enterprises of Fremont, LLC to provide the City's waste transfer services.  This is a 30-year contract that was executed in 2007.  The City's agreements with Republic Services and BLT Enterprises include an annual rate adjustment provision. This annual adjustment is called the index-based adjustment and involves applying prescribed formulas to calculate rate adjustments due to changes in specific indices. These indices include (1) A Consumer Price Index (CPI) for Water and Sewer and Trash Collection, which was 5.06% for the period between August 2023 and August 2024; (2) A Compressed Natural Gas Service Index which was -3.26% for the same period; and (3) An increase of the disposal costs at the Fremont Transfer Station (BLT), which is estimated at 4.23% for this rate period. There is a 5% cap on annual index-based rate increases. If the index-based rate adjustment is over 5%, the amount over 5% is carried forward to the following year. For 2024, the index-based rate adjustment was

5.2%. Therefore, 0.2% was applied to the rate for 2025.

DISCUSSION/ANALYSIS
Maximum rate limits are set annually by the City using the index-based adjustment methodology specified in the agreement.  The total proposed rate increase, after applying the current rate indices listed above, is 4.9%.  The proposed rate will be effective on January 1, 2025.

The attachment, "New Exhibit L," shows proposed rates for 2025.  The majority of residential households (approximately 75%) subscribe to the 32-gallon cart size and will see an increase of $2.11 per month.  Approximately 33% of commercial customers use a 3-yard bin.  For once-a-week pick-up service, the proposed increase is $22.62 per month.  Below is a sample of the difference between the 2024 and 2025 rates:

Service 2024 Rates 2025 Rates Proposed Increase
Residential 32-Gallon
Cart $43.05 $45.16 $2.11
Residential 64-Gallon
Cart $76.25 $79.99 $3.74
Commercial 3 Yd/ 1
per week $461.58 $484.20 $22.62
Commercial 2 Yd/ 2
per week $666.00 $698.63 $32.63
The maximum rate limit for solid waste collection, recycling, and organics services for Calendar Year 2025 is based on the proposed rate increase of 4.9% over Calendar Year 2024.

For comparison purposes, Fremont's current rates are $46.84 per month for 32-gallon residential service and $283.62 per month for 3-yard commercial service.  Union City's current rates are $45.06 per month for 35-gallon residential services and $490.56 per month for 3-yard commercial service.  Union City's next rate adjustment will occur in July 2025.

FISCAL IMPACT
The maximum rate adjustment for Calendar Year 2025 has no direct fiscal impact on the City of Newark's budget.

REVIEW AND APPROVAL
Prepared by - James Scanlin, Environmental Services Manager Reviewed by - Howard Young, Public Works Director
Reviewed by - Kristopher J. Kokotaylo, City Attorney
Approved by - David J. Benoun, City Manager
Attachments
Solid Waste Rate Resolution
2025 Waste Collection Rates
RESOLUTION NO.

RESOLUTIONOFTHECITY COUNCIL OFTHECITY OF
NEWARK AUTHORIZING A 4.9% INCREASE TO THE

MAXIMUM LIMIT FOR RATES FOR SOLID WASTE

COLLECTION, RECYCLING, AND ORGANICS
SERVICES FOR CALENDAR YEAR 2025
WHEREAS, the Amended and Restated Franchise Agreement (Franchise Agreement) between the City of Newark and Allied Waste Services of North America (Republic Services) for the collection of solid waste, recycling, and organics services dated June 1, 2023, provides for an annual rate adjustment effective January 1 of each year; and WHEREAS, the Franchise Agreement with Republic Services includes an annual index-based adjustment that involves applying prescribed formulas to calculate rate adjustments due to changes in specific indices including the Consumer Price Index for garbage and trash collection, a compressed natural gas service index, and the disposal costs at the Fremont Transfer Station; and
WHEREAS, City staff, using the index-based adjustment methodology identified above, determined that the index-based rate increase for calendar year 2025 is 4.9%.

NOW, THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED by the City Council of the City of Newark that, in accordance with the Franchise Agreement between the City of Newark and Republic Services for solid waste collection, recycling, and organics services, and pursuant to the Newark Municipal Code, fees and rates for solid waste collection, recycling and organics services shall not exceed that established in New Exhibit L attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference, which is made a part hereof as though set forth at length.

BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED that any portion of Resolution No. 11,586 setting maximum for fees and rates for solid waste collection, recycling, and organics services is hereby rescinded and that if any provisions contained herein are found to be in conflict with provisions of Resolution No. 11,586 or any other previous resolution, the provisions herein shall prevail.

Maximum Rates Approved by City for Rate Period Three
(Effective January 1, 2025)
A.
20 GAL 32 GAL 64 GAL 96 GAL
$40.65 $45.16 $79.99 $114.80
$34.54 $38.40 $67.99 $97.56
n/a $27.11 $47.97 $68.81
n/a n/a $11.29 n/a
n/a n/a $6.79 n/a
20 GAL 32 GAL 64 GAL 96 GAL
$60.96 $67.74 $120.00 $172.19
$51.80 $57.56 $101.99 $146.35
n/a $40.66 $71.96 $103.25
n/a n/a $40.66 n/a
n/a n/a $40.66 n/a

NEW EXHIBIT L
All references to Contractor and the Maximum Rates established herein are as a result of City’s contract for collection of garbage, recyclables, and organic materials and shall be deemed Maximum Rates as established by City effective January 1, 2025.

SINGLE-FAMILY CART SERVICE
Single-Family Customers include single-family premises and each unit of a duplex, triplex, townhouse or condominium which receives individual Cart collection services.

CURBSIDE SERVICES

CONTAINER SIZE
(A) Basic Service
Weekly curbside collection of refuse, recyclables and yard waste in containers provided by the Contractor. Customers may select their level of refuse service according to the container options available. All customers will be issued a 64‑gallon container for yardwaste and food scraps collection and a 64-gallon container for recyclables collection. (B) Lifeline and Senior Rates

CONTAINER SIZE
(A) Basic Service
(B) Lifeline/Senior Rate
(C) Extra Solid Waste Cart
(D) Extra Yardwaste Cart
(E) Extra Recyclables Cart
*Backyard services are available for an additional cost. Drivers cannot services containers behind locked gates or structures. Disabled residents may apply for an exemption from the additional fee. (A) Basic Service
(B) Lifeline/Senior Rate
(C) Extra Solid Waste Cart
(D) Extra Yardwaste Cart
(E) Extra Recyclables Cart
*BACKYARD SERVICES
Weekly curbside collection of refuse, recyclables and yard waste in containers provided by the Contractor. Customers may select their level of refuse service according to the container options available. All customers will be issued a 64‑gallon container for yardwaste and food scraps collection and a 64-gallon container for recyclables collection. These rates will be available for eligible, low-income customers demonstrating that they receive assistance under PG&E’s Low Income Rate Payer Assistance program. These rates will also be available for senior citizens, age 65 and above. (C,D,E) Additional Containers
Customers may subscribe to additional weekly refuse, yard waste or recycling service by requesting one or more extra Carts in the sizes listed above.

Maximum Rates Approved by City for Rate Period Three

NEW EXHIBIT L
B.
1X 2X 3X 4X 5X 6X
32-Gallons Refuse $34.39 $70.15 $107.27 $145.77 $185.67 $226.92 64-Gallons Refuse $60.86 $124.16 $189.87 $258.04 $328.66 $401.65 96-Gallons Refuse $87.35 $178.16 $272.49 $370.30 $471.59 $576.39 32-Gallons Recyclables $17.18 $35.06 $53.67 $72.90 $92.84 $113.47 64-Gallons Recyclables $30.41 $62.07 $94.94 $129.02 $164.33 $200.85 96-Gallons Recyclables $43.68 $89.09 $136.27 $185.16 $235.78 $288.20 32-Gallons Yardwaste $25.79 $52.61 $80.46 $109.35 $139.24 n/a 64-Gallons Yardwaste $45.63 $93.13 $142.39 $193.54 $246.47 n/a 96-Gallons Yardwaste $65.51 $133.63 $204.36 $277.70 $353.72 n/a C.
1X 2X 3X 4X 5X 6X
$183.02 $373.24 $571.02 $775.77 $988.27 $1,207.62
$342.49 $698.63 $935.99 $1,452.10 $1,849.39 $2,260.34
$484.20 $902.21 $1,320.44 $1,936.72 $2,420.90 $2,905.04 $634.46 $1,191.96 $1,749.69 $2,537.81 $3,172.29 $3,806.71 $948.10 $1,784.57 $2,620.88 $3,792.29 $4,740.39 $5,688.46 $1,087.59 $2,063.41 $3,262.74 $4,350.31 $5,437.86 $6,525.46 1X 2X 3X 4X 5X 6X
$73.21 $149.31 $228.41 $310.32 $395.32 $483.06
$137.02 $279.46 $374.39 $580.84 $739.74 $904.12
$193.66 $360.88 $528.18 $774.69 $968.34 $1,162.01
$253.80 $476.79 $699.88 $1,015.14 $1,268.92 $1,522.68
$379.23 $713.82 $1,048.35 $1,516.92 $1,896.17 $2,275.39 $435.05 $825.35 $1,305.09 $1,740.12 $2,175.15 $2,610.18 1X 2X 3X 4X 5X 6X
$137.25 $279.95 $428.24 $581.84 $741.20 $0.00
$256.87 $523.99 $701.98 $1,089.07 $1,387.01 $0.00
$363.13 $676.70 $990.33 $1,452.54 $1,815.65 $0.00
*Customer owned front-load refuse compactors will be charged 2 times the refuse bin rates listed in the above table. **Customer owned front-load recycling compactors will be charged 50% of the refuse bin rates listed the above table.

YARD WASTE BINS**

COLLECTIONS PER WEEK
1 cubic yard container
2 cubic yard container
3 cubic yard container
7 cubic yard container
3 cubic yard container
4 cubic yard container
6 cubic yard container
7 cubic yard container
RECYCLING BINS**
Multi-Family Customers include any Residential premises (other than Single-Family Premises), which have centralized collection services. Each unit of a duplex, triplex, townhouse or condominium that receives individual collection services is considered a Single-Family Premises and charged Single-Family Rates.

CART SIZE MATERIAL

COLLECTIONS PER WEEK
1 cubic yard container
2 cubic yard container
3 cubic yard container
4 cubic yard container
6 cubic yard container

COLLECTIONS PER WEEK

MULTI-FAMILY FRONT-LOAD BIN AND COMPACTOR SERVICE
Multi-Family Customers include any Residential premises (other than Single-Family Premises), which have centralized collection services. Each unit of a duplex, triplex, townhouse or condominium that receives individual collection services is considered a Single-Family Premises and charged Single-Family Rates.

REFUSE BINS*

COLLECTIONS PER WEEK
1 cubic yard container
2 cubic yard container

MULTI-FAMILY CART SERVICE

Maximum Rates Approved by City for Rate Period Three

NEW EXHIBIT L
D.
1X 2X 3X 4X 5X 6X
32-Gallons Refuse $34.39 $70.15 $107.27 $145.77 $185.67 $226.92 64-Gallons Refuse $60.86 $124.16 $189.87 $258.04 $328.66 $401.65 96-Gallons Refuse $87.35 $178.16 $272.49 $370.30 $471.59 $576.39 32-Gallons Recyclables $17.18 $35.06 $53.67 $72.90 $92.84 $113.47 64-Gallons Recyclables $30.41 $62.07 $94.94 $129.02 $164.33 $200.85 96-Gallons Recyclables $43.68 $89.09 $136.27 $185.16 $235.78 $288.20 32-Gallons Yardwaste $25.79 $52.61 $80.46 $109.35 $139.24 n/a 64-Gallons Yardwaste $45.63 $93.13 $142.39 $193.54 $246.47 n/a 96-Gallons Yardwaste $65.51 $133.63 $204.36 $277.70 $353.72 n/a E.
1X 2X 3X 4X 5X 6X
$183.02 $373.24 $571.02 $775.77 $988.27 $1,207.62
$342.49 $698.63 $935.99 $1,452.10 $1,849.39 $2,260.34
$484.20 $902.21 $1,320.44 $1,936.72 $2,420.90 $2,905.04 $634.46 $1,191.96 $1,749.69 $2,537.81 $3,172.29 $3,806.71 $948.10 $1,784.57 $2,620.88 $3,792.29 $4,740.39 $5,688.46 $1,087.59 $2,063.41 $3,262.74 $4,350.31 $5,437.86 $6,525.46 1X 2X 3X 4X 5X 6X
$73.21 $149.31 $228.41 $310.32 $395.32 $483.06
$137.00 $279.46 $374.39 $580.84 $739.74 $904.12
$193.66 $360.88 $528.18 $774.69 $968.34 $1,162.01
$253.80 $437.72 $699.88 $1,015.14 $1,268.92 $1,522.68
$379.23 $713.82 $1,048.35 $1,516.92 $1,896.17 $2,275.39 $435.05 $825.35 $1,305.09 $1,740.12 $2,175.15 $2,610.18 1X 2X 3X 4X 5X 6X
$137.25 $279.95 $428.24 $581.84 $741.20 $0.00
$256.87 $523.99 $701.98 $1,089.07 $1,387.01 $0.00
$363.13 $676.70 $990.33 $1,452.54 $1,815.65 $0.00
*Customer owned front-load refuse compactors will be charged 2 times the refuse bin rates listed in the above table. **Customer owned front-load recycling compactors will be charged 50% of the refuse bin rates listed the above table. 3 cubic yard container
6 cubic yard container
7 cubic yard container
YARD WASTE BINS**

COLLECTIONS PER WEEK
1 cubic yard container
2 cubic yard container
RECYCLING BINS**

COLLECTIONS PER WEEK
1 cubic yard container
2 cubic yard container
3 cubic yard container
4 cubic yard container
1 cubic yard container
2 cubic yard container
3 cubic yard container
4 cubic yard container
6 cubic yard container
7 cubic yard container

COMMERCIAL FRONT-LOAD BIN AND COMPACTOR SERVICE
REFUSE BINS*

COLLECTIONS PER WEEK

COMMERCIAL CART SERVICE

CART SIZE MATERIAL

COLLECTIONS PER WEEK

Maximum Rates Approved by City for Rate Period Three

NEW EXHIBIT L
F.
1X 2X 3X 4X 5X 6X
$176.19 $359.30 $549.69 $746.78 $951.34 $1,162.49
$329.69 $672.55 $901.01 $1,397.87 $1,780.30 $2,175.93
$58.59 $119.51 $182.78 $248.41 $316.36 $386.64
G.

Tonnage Limit
Per Pick-Up* REFUSE RECYCLING YARDWASTE

2.0 $643.59 n/a n/a

2.0 $643.59 $321.78 $482.66

3.0 $813.46 $406.74 $610.11

5.0 $1,153.26 $576.65 $864.94

6.0 $1,323.15 $661.59 $992.39
n.a. $169.93 $101.85 $101.85
Tonnage Limit
Per Pick-Up* REFUSE RECYCLING YARDWASTE

1.2 $560.31 $280.17 $420.22

3.0 $1,120.63 $560.31 $840.47

4.0 $1,494.15 $747.06 $1,120.63

5.0 $1,867.67 $933.85 $1,400.77

6.0 $2,241.22 $1,120.63 $1,680.93
35 cubic yard Compactor 7.0 $2,614.78 $1,307.41 $1,961.07

8.0 $2,988.31 $1,494.15 $2,241.22
n.a. $169.93 $101.85 $101.85
If tonnage collected is greater than the tonnage limit listed in the above table, contractor may charge for tonnage in excess of the tonnage limit at the per-ton rate specified.

H.

MATERIAL BASE RATE
PER PICK-UP PER TON RATE*
Dirt $400.43 $66.58
Concrete $400.43 $66.58
Wood $400.43 $95.10
Wood $400.43 $95.10
Wood $400.43 $95.10
Wood $400.43 $95.10
Recyclable C&D $400.43 $123.97
Recyclable C&D $400.43 $123.97
Recyclable C&D $400.43 $123.97
Recyclable C&D $400.43 $123.97
*Contractor will charge customer for actual tonnage collected at the per-ton rate listed in the above table. 20 cubic yard Drop Box
30 cubic yard Drop Box
40 cubic yard Drop Box
40 cubic yard Drop Box
14 cubic yard Drop Box

DROP BOX SIZES
6 cubic yard Drop Box
6 cubic yard Drop Box
14 cubic yard Drop Box
20 cubic yard Drop Box
30 cubic yard Drop Box
20 cubic yard Compactor
25 cubic yard Compactor
30 cubic yard Compactor
40 cubic yard Compactor
Excess Tonnage Rate

CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION DEBRIS BOX SERVICE
30 cubic yard Drop Box
40 cubic yard Drop Box
Excess Tonnage Rate

CUSTOMER-OWNED

COMPACTORS
6 cubic yard Compactor
15 cubic yard Compactor

DROP BOX CONTAINERS AND COMPACTOR SERVICES

DROP BOX SIZES
6 cubic yard Drop Box
14 cubic yard Drop Box
20 cubic yard Drop Box

COMMERCIAL ORGANIC SERVICES & RATES
REFUSE BINS* COLLECTIONS PER WEEK
1 cubic yard container
2 cubic yard container
32 or 64 Gallon Commercial

Maximum Rates Approved by City for Rate Period Three

NEW EXHIBIT L
I.

RATE
$16.27
$16.27
$122.23
$122.23
$81.47
$48.86
$203.71
$138.52
$32.59
$9.44
$40.58
$20.28
$30.42
$48.86
$16.27
$138.52
$38.42
$105.94
$138.52
$138.52
$169.93
$101.85
$101.85
$48.86

1.50%
$48.86
$49.78
$24.90
$34.00
$67.91
$100.77
$132.76
$199.04
$232.29
$265.46
Overflow extra yard charge
Contamination charge (after issuance of warning notices) Contamination charge (after issuance of warning notices) for regular bin service - 1 cu Contamination charge (after issuance of warning notices) for regular bin service - 2 cu Contamination charge (after issuance of warning notices) for regular bin service - 3 cu Contamination charge (after issuance of warning notices) for regular bin service - 4 cu Contamination charge (after issuance of warning notices) for regular bin service - 6 cu Contamination charge (after issuance of warning notices) for regular bin service - 7 cu Contamination charge (after issuance of warning notices) for regular bin service - 8 cu Restart charge after 120-days late and service reduction Late charge after 60-days past due
Insuffucient funds charge
Drop box placement charge
Drop box relocation charge
Drop box cancellation service
Drop box overage charge - Refuse (For Each Ton In Excess of Limits) Drop box overage charge - Recyclables (For Each Ton In Excess of Limits) Drop box overage charge - Yardwaste (For Each Ton In Excess of Limits) Bin Lock Installation (new lock) per container, per occurrence Overage charges Per-Cubic-Yard Rate, per occurrence
Container relocation charge per container, per occurrence Daily drop box demurrage charge (rental charge if customer keeps Box longer than 7-days without pick-up or return)
Hourly Trip Charge (if driver must return due to Customer/Generator error, such as failure to place Container at point of Collection before Collection time, overfilled Container, incorrect Container placement, contaminated materials) Push/pull charge (Per- Mo, Per-50 Ft, Per Cart, Per Pick-up) Lock/unlock charge (Per- Mo, Per-50 Ft, Per Cart, Per Pick-up) Extra refuse bin collection (per cubic yard rate per pick-up) Extra recycling bin collections (per cubic yard rate per pick-up) Extra yard waste bin collections (per cubic yard rate per pick-up) Extra On-Call Bulky Cleanup (more than three per year)
Cart replacement cost (more than once per year)
Cart delivery/pick-up (more than once per year)
Lost lock per container, per occurrence
Steam cleaning Bin/Cart (charge per visit)

ADDITIONAL SERVICES & RATES

ADDITIONAL SERVICES
Cost of pre-paid solid waste overage bags
Cost of pre-paid yardwaste overage bags

Item  D. 9.

DATE 11/14/2024
TO Honorable Mayor and City Council Members
FROM Tonya Connolly, Maintenance Superintendent
SUBJECT    Adopt a resolution approving purchase of a replacement front line fire engine (pumper) from Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. and authorize the City Manager to enter into a five-year Master Lease-Purchase Agreement with PNC Bank, National Association SUMMARY AND RECOMMENDATION
There is a need to replace a front line fire engine (pumper) for Fire Station 27 as the existing front line engine is approximately seventeen years old.  The Maintenance Division of the Public Works Department, in conjunction with the Alameda County Fire Department, has researched and selected an Enforcer 1500 GMP Type 1 Engine as a recommended suitable replacement unit.  An amendment to Fiscal Year 2026 Equipment Replacement Budget would be necessary for this purchase.

Staff recommends that the City Council authorize the City Manager to execute a five-year Master Lease-Purchase Agreement with PNC Bank, National Association for purchase of the Golden State Fire Apparatus Enforcer 1500 GMP Type 1 Engine through Sourcewell Contract No. 113021-OKC and authorize purchase of life safety equipment from various vendors with outfitting by Alameda County Fire Department.

Under the proposed Master Lease-Purchase Agreement with PNC Bank, scheduled to begin in October 2025, the City will make annual payments of $344,453.42. This agreement will require adjustments to the Fiscal Year 2026 budget and subsequent annual budgets through 2029. Staff further recommends an amendment to the 2024-2026 Biennial Budget and Capital Improvement Plan for Fiscal Year 2026 to reflect these adjustments.

BACKGROUND
The Maintenance Division of the Public Works Department in conjunction with Alameda County Fire is in need of replacement of the existing front line pumper for Fire Station 27.  The purchase of this engine is necessary to ensure emergency response personnel are able to safely and expeditiously respond to emergencies at all times.

The existing front line fire engine (pumper) would be utilized as a back-up engine.  The purchase of a new fire engine (pumper) is being proposed due to the increasing challenges posed by an aging fleet.  The existing fire engine (pumper) is over seventeen years old, experiencing frequent mechanical issues.  Maintenance costs for older engines have been rising annually, and have eclipsed to an average of $50,000 per year for the engine that needs to be replaced.  The cost of repairing aging equipment often exceeds the benefit of keeping them as front line engines.  New safety technologies are now standard in newer models and comply with emissions regulations.

Alameda County Fire Department's primary responsibility is to protect the community through efficient and timely response to emergencies, such as fires, medical incidents, and natural disasters.  To fulfill this mission effectively, it is critical that personnel operate reliable and modern equipment.  Investing in modern equipment will not only improve public safety but also reduce long-term costs associated with maintaining an aging fleet.

An intergovernmental procurement process (also known as "piggybacking") is an alternative option to Newark's formal bidding process.  By piggybacking onto another agency's contract, the City would save the cost and time associated with an additional formal bid process but be able to be assured of competitive set prices established by another agency's formal bidding process.

DISCUSSION/ANALYSIS
The Maintenance Division of the Public Works Department, in conjunction with Alameda County Fire, has researched and selected a Pierce Manufacturing, Inc.

Enforcer 1500 GPM Type 1 Engine as a recommended suitable replacement unit.  The unit provides all the necessary capabilities required by Fire Station 27.  The Pierce Enforcer is the custom chassis developed exclusively for fire services.  Chassis provided will be a new, tilt-type custom fire apparatus.  Sourcewell received bids for Firefighting Apparatus and Fire Service Vehicles.  Pierce Manufacturing was selected by Sourcewell and was issued Contract No. 113021-OKC.  Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. was selected because it met the specifications issued by Sourcewell and submitted the lowest bid.  Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. is the local distributor of Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. units.

Utilizing Sourcewell, the Alameda County Fire Department entered into a procurement contract with Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. for the purchase of a Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Enforcer 1500 GPM Type 1 Engine.  The competitive process used by the Alameda County Fire Department has been reviewed by the City of Newark Public Works Department and satisfies Newark's requirements for the proposed equipment replacement purchase.

Based on the Alameda County Fire Department contract with Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc., the combined cost for the front line engine (pumper) would be $1,019,711.50.  The replacement cost does not include specialty outfitting of the front line fire engine (pumper) by specialized vendors which is estimated not to exceed $480,288.50 for all necessary onboard equipment and required outfitting needed to place the new apparatus into service as a front line fire engine (pumper).  The total budget for replacement of this item is $1,500,000.

The current budget identifies replacement of this engine with annual lease-to-purchase payments in the amount of $344,453.42.  The acquisition of the front line fire engine payments in the amount of $344,453.42.  The acquisition of the front line fire engine (pumper) is proposed to occur through a Master Lease-Purchase agreement with PNC Bank, National Association.  PNC Bank, National Association has provided acceptable leasing terms and documents for a five-year lease-purchase to commence October 2025 as follows:

Year 1 - October 2025 - $344,453.42
Year 2 - October 2026 - $344,453.42
Year 3 - October 2027 - $344,453.42
Year 4 - October 2028 - $344,453.42
Year 5 - October 2029 - $344,453.42
FISCAL IMPACT
The purchase of a replacement front-line fire engine (pumper) for Fire Station 27 will require a total project budget of $1,500,000. This amount includes $1,019,711.50 for the engine itself, procured through Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. via Sourcewell Contract No. 113021-OKC. Additional outfitting and specialty equipment necessary to place the unit into service are estimated at $480,288.50.

To finance this acquisition, the City will enter into a five-year Master Lease-Purchase Agreement with PNC Bank, National Association, commencing in October 2025. The agreement stipulates annual payments of $344,453.42, which will require an adjustment to the Fiscal Year 2026 budget and subsequent annual budgets through 2029. The recommended budget amendment for FY 2026, as outlined in the attached resolution, will account for this lease-purchase commitment.

REVIEW AND APPROVAL
Prepared by -  Tonya Connolly, Maintenance Superintendent Reviewed by - Howard Young, Public Works Director
Reviewed by - Krysten Lee, Finance Director
Reviewed by - Kristopher J. Kokotaylo, City Attorney
Approved by - David J. Benoun, City Manager
Attachments
Resolution PNC
PNC Contract Documents
PNC Tax Documents for Pumper
Golden State Fire Quote
(TCR1)
RESOLUTION NO.

RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF

NEWARK AUTHORIZING THE PURCHASE OF A

REPLACEMENT FRONT LINE FIRE ENGINE (PUMPER)
FROM GOLDEN STATE FIRE APPARATUS, INC. AND
AUTHORIZING THE CITY MANAGER TO EXECUTE A FIVEYEAR MASTER LEASE-PURCHASE AGREEMENT WITH

PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
WHEREAS, the City of Newark will be participating in an intergovernmental procurement process (also known as “piggybacking”) with Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc., as the holder of the Alameda County Fire Department procurement contract to purchase a front line fire engine (pumper) at a cost of $1,019,711.50; and
WHEREAS, the proposed replacement front line fire engine (pumper) will require equipment outfitting based on quotes from specialty vendors, not to exceed a combined cost of $480,288.50; and
WHEREAS, the city of Newark has opted to finance the new front line fire engine (pumper) through a Master Lease-Purchase Agreement with PNC Bank, National Association; and WHEREAS, the annual payments under the Master Lease-Purchase Agreement are scheduled to commence in October 2025 with an annual cost of $344,453.42; and WHEREAS, a budget amendment is necessary to fund the replacement of the proposed replacement front line fire engine (pumper) in Fiscal Year 2026 through the Equipment Replacement Program by $344,453.42 annually; and
WHEREAS, the City of Newark is a political subdivision of the State of California and is duly organized and existing pursuant to the Constitution and the laws of the State; and WHEREAS; pursuant to the applicable law, the City Council of the City of Newark is authorized to acquire, dispose, and encumber real and personal property, including, without limitation rights and interest in property, leases, and easements necessary to the functions or operations of the City of Newark; and
WHEREAS, the City Council hereby finds and determines the execution of a Master LeasePurchase Agreement (“Lease”) in the principal amount not exceeding the combined purchase and outfitting amounts stated above for the purpose of acquiring the property (“Equipment”) to be described in the Lease is appropriate and necessary to the functions and operations of the City of Newark; and
(TCR1)
WHEREAS, PNC Bank, National Association (“Lessor”) shall act as Lessor under said Lease.

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the City Council of the City of Newark as follows:

Section 1. The City Manager (“Authorized Representative”) acting on behalf of the Municipality, is hereby authorized to negotiate, enter into, execute, and deliver one or more Leases in substantially the form set forth in the document presently before the City Council or in a form approved by the City Attorney, which document is available for public inspection at the City of Newark. The City Manager acting on behalf of the City of Newark is hereby authorized to negotiate, enter into, execute, and deliver such other documents relating to the Lease as the City Manager deems necessary and appropriate in a form approved by the City Attorney. All other related contracts and agreements necessary and incidental to the Leases are hereby authorized.

Section 2. By a written instrument signed by the City Manager, City Manager may designate specifically identified officers or employees of the City of Newark to execute and deliver agreements and documents relating to the Leases on behalf of the City of Newark.

Section 3. The aggregate original principal amount of the Leases shall not exceed the amount stated above and shall bear interest as set forth in the Leases and the Leases shall contain such options to purchase by the City of Newark as set forth therein.

Section 4. The City of Newark obligations under the Leases shall be subject to annual appropriation or renewal by the City Council as set forth in each Lease and the City of Newark’s obligations under the Leases shall not constitute general obligations of the City of Newark or indebtedness under the Constitution or laws of the State.

Section 5. As to each Lease, the City of Newark reasonably anticipates to issue not more than $10,000,000 of tax-exempt obligations (other than “private activity bonds” which are not “qualified 501(c)(3) bonds”) during the current calendar year in which each such Lease is issued and hereby designates each Lease as a qualified tax-exempt obligation for purposes of Section 265(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Section 6. This resolution shall take effect immediately upon its adoption and approval.

BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED that the City Council hereby approves a budget amendment to fund the replacement of the frontline fire engine (pumper) in Fiscal Year 2026 through the Equipment Replacement Fund (Fund 701), appropriating $344,454 annually to cover the lease-to-purchase payments as outlined below:

TO: 701.87.701.800.7011 PRINCIPAL PAYMENT $344,454
FROM: 701.3000 UNAPPROPRIATED FUND BALANCE $344,454
(TCR1)
I HEREBY CERTIFY the foregoing resolution was introduced at a regular meeting of the City Council of the City of Newark held on November 14, 2024, by Council Member ____________________ who moved its adoption and passage, which motion was carried after being duly seconded, and passed by the following vote:

AYES:

NOES:

ABSENT:

SECONDED:

APPROVED:
s/Michael K. Hannon
ATTEST: Mayor
s/SHEILA HARRINGTON
City Clerk
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
s/KRISTOPHER J. KOKOTAYLO
City Attorney
The undersigned City Clerk of the City of Newark hereby certifies and attests that the undersigned has access to the official records of the City Council of the City of Newark, that the foregoing resolution was duly adopted by said City Council of the City of Newark at a meeting of said City Council and that such resolution has not been amended or altered and are in full force and effect on the date stated above.
________________________
Sheila Harrington, City Clerk, City of Newark
________________________
Date

Form 8038-G
(Rev. September 2018)
Department of the Treasury
Internal Revenue Service
Information Return for Tax-Exempt Governmental Bonds
▶ Under Internal Revenue Code section 149(e)
▶ See separate instructions.

Caution: If the issue price is under $100,000, use Form 8038-GC. ▶ Go to www.irs.gov/F8038G for instructions and the latest information.

OMB No. 1545-0720
Part I Reporting Authority If Amended Return, check here ▶ 1 Issuer’s name 2 Issuer’s employer identification number (EIN) 3a Name of person (other than issuer) with whom the IRS may communicate about this return (see instructions) 3b Telephone number of other person shown on 3a 4 Number and street (or P.O. box if mail is not delivered to street address) Room/suite 5 Report number (For IRS Use Only) 3 6 City, town, or post office, state, and ZIP code 7 Date of issue 8 Name of issue 9 CUSIP number
10a Name and title of officer or other employee of the issuer whom the IRS may call for more information (see instructions)
10b Telephone number of officer or other
employee shown on 10a
Part II Type of Issue (enter the issue price). See the instructions and attach schedule. 11 Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 12 Health and hospital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 13 Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 14 Public safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 15 Environment (including sewage bonds) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 16 Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 17 Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 18 Other. Describe ▶ 18
19 a If bonds are TANs or RANs, check only box 19a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ▶ b If bonds are BANs, check only box 19b . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ▶ 20 If bonds are in the form of a lease or installment sale, check box . . . . . . . . . ▶ Part III Description of Bonds. Complete for the entire issue for which this form is being filed. 21 (a) Final maturity date (b) Issue price (c) Stated redemption price at maturity
(d) Weighted
average maturity (e) Yield
$ $ years %
Part IV Uses of Proceeds of Bond Issue (including underwriters’ discount) 22 Proceeds used for accrued interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 23 Issue price of entire issue (enter amount from line 21, column (b)) . . . . . . . . . . . 23 24 Proceeds used for bond issuance costs (including underwriters’ discount) 24 25 Proceeds used for credit enhancement . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 26 Proceeds allocated to reasonably required reserve or replacement fund . 26 27 Proceeds used to refund prior tax-exempt bonds. Complete Part V . . . 27 28 Proceeds used to refund prior taxable bonds. Complete Part V . . . . 28 29 Total (add lines 24 through 28) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 30 Nonrefunding proceeds of the issue (subtract line 29 from line 23 and enter amount here) . . . 30 Part V Description of Refunded Bonds. Complete this part only for refunding bonds. 31 Enter the remaining weighted average maturity of the tax-exempt bonds to be refunded . . . ▶ years 32 Enter the remaining weighted average maturity of the taxable bonds to be refunded . . . . ▶ years 33 Enter the last date on which the refunded tax-exempt bonds will be called (MM/DD/YYYY) . . ▶ 34 Enter the date(s) the refunded bonds were issued ▶ (MM/DD/YYYY) For Paperwork Reduction Act Notice, see separate instructions. Cat. No. 63773S Form 8038-G (Rev. 9-2018) Form 8038-G (Rev. 9-2018) Page 2
Part VI Miscellaneous
35 Enter the amount of the state volume cap allocated to the issue under section 141(b)(5) . . . . 35 36 a Enter the amount of gross proceeds invested or to be invested in a guaranteed investment contract (GIC). See instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36a b Enter the final maturity date of the GIC ▶ (MM/DD/YYYY) c Enter the name of the GIC provider ▶
37 Pooled financings: Enter the amount of the proceeds of this issue that are to be used to make loans to other governmental units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 38a If this issue is a loan made from the proceeds of another tax-exempt issue, check box ▶ and enter the following information:
b Enter the date of the master pool bond ▶ (MM/DD/YYYY) c Enter the EIN of the issuer of the master pool bond ▶ d Enter the name of the issuer of the master pool bond ▶ 39 If the issuer has designated the issue under section 265(b)(3)(B)(i)(III) (small issuer exception), check box . . . . ▶ 40 If the issuer has elected to pay a penalty in lieu of arbitrage rebate, check box . . . . . . . . . . . . . ▶ 41 a If the issuer has identified a hedge, check here ▶ and enter the following information:
b Name of hedge provider ▶
c Type of hedge ▶
d Term of hedge ▶
42 If the issuer has superintegrated the hedge, check box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ▶ 43 If the issuer has established written procedures to ensure that all nonqualified bonds of this issue are remediated according to the requirements under the Code and Regulations (see instructions), check box . . . . . . . . ▶ 44 If the issuer has established written procedures to monitor the requirements of section 148, check box . . . . . ▶ 45a If some portion of the proceeds was used to reimburse expenditures, check here ▶ and enter the amount of reimbursement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ▶
b Enter the date the official intent was adopted ▶ (MM/DD/YYYY) Signature
and
Consent
Under penalties of perjury, I declare that I have examined this return and accompanying schedules and statements, and to the best of my knowledge and belief, they are true, correct, and complete. I further declare that I consent to the IRS’s disclosure of the issuer’s return information, as necessary to process this return, to the person that I have authorized above. ▲
Signature of issuer’s authorized representative Date ▲
Type or print name and title
Paid
Preparer
Use Only
Print/Type preparer’s name Preparer’s signature Date Check if self-employed
PTIN
Firm’s name ▶
Firm’s address ▶
Firm’s EIN ▶
Phone no.

Form 8038-G (Rev. 9-2018)
PREPARED ESPECIALLY FOR:

CITY OF
NEWARK
One (1) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc.

Enforcer 1500 GPM Type 1 Engine

Proposal
Standard Terms and Conditions (Exhibit A)
Product Specifications (Exhibit B)
▪ Supporting Documents (If Applicable)
◦ Electrical Analysis
◦ Turning Radius Report
Product Warranties (Exhibit C)
Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services (Exhibit D)

TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 2
3 4
5 goldenstatefire.com
JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP
1 PROPOSAL

OPTION A
100% PRE-PAYMENT
This will be the price of the Product(s)
contingent upon the Customer paying the
Grand Total Purchase Price to GSFA within
thirty (30) calendar days of the Executed Date
pursuant to the Payment Terms
Please note this discount is also available contingent upon a Third Party (Leasing Company) paying 100% of the Grand Total Purchase Price on behalf of the Customer to GSFA within thirty (30) calendar days of the Executed Date pursuant to the Payment Terms

IF YOU ELECT THIS OPTION,

IT RESULTS IN A SAVINGS OF
($187,350.50) OFF

OF THE GRAND TOTAL OF OPTION B
goldenstatefire.com
7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638
PRODUCT PROPOSAL FOR:

City of Newark 37440 Filbert Street
Newark, CA 94560
Sales Consultant
Mike Martinez
[email protected]
Mobile: (916) 704-7755
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. (“GSFA”) is pleased to provide this proposal for the fire apparatus(es) and equipment identified below (the "Product”) to CITY OF NEWARK (“Customer”) for consideration. This proposal (this “Proposal”) includes the following exhibits attached hereto: the Terms and Conditions attached as Exhibit A (the “Terms and Conditions”); the Product Specifications attached as Exhibit B (the “Specifications”); the Product Warranties attached as Exhibit C; and the Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services attached as Exhibit D (the “Dealer Supplied Products/Services List”). This Proposal and its exhibits are intended to serve as “EXHIBIT A” to the PURCHASE AND SALE CONTRACT BETWEEN CITY OF EMERYVILLE AND GOLDEN STATE FIRE APPARATUS (“Contract”).

PAYMENT TERMS – Customer shall pay the total purchase price set forth directly above (the “Grand Total Purchase Price”) to GSFA within thirty (30) calendar days of the Executed Date. If payment of the Grand Total Purchase Price is late, a late fee as specified in section 6 of the Terms and Conditions may be applied, and the Prepayment Discount may be adjusted, and the Grand Total Purchase Price increased in accordance with section 2.c of the Terms and Conditions. Customer shall pay any balance due as a result of Change Orders as described in the Terms and Conditions.

MANUFACTURER – Customer acknowledges that GSFA is not an agent of the Product manufacturer identified above (“Manufacturer”) and is not capable of binding Manufacturer. Within five (5) business days of the Effective Date of the Contract, GSFA shall submit an order form to the Manufacturer for the Product. GSFA’s further performance under the Contract is contingent upon Manufacturer’s acceptance of such order form at the price and on the terms GSFA believed to be available when submitting this Proposal to Customer. If Manufacturer rejects such order as submitted or fails to respond to GSFA within a reasonable amount SUBMITTED DATE EXPIRATION DATE GSFA PROPOSAL # MANUFACTURER BID # MANUFACTURER CONSORTIUM 09/10/2024 10/25/2024 50910-24A 988 Pierce
Manufacturing,
Inc.

Sourcewell # 113021-
PMI, ID #259,
Member # 115503

ITEM PRODUCT DESCRIPTION EXTENDED PRICE
A One (1) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Enforcer 1500 GPM Type 1 Engine 1,146,400.00 B Discount for Sourcewell Consortium Purchase (59,800.00) C Discount for 100% Payment at Time of Order (the “Prepayment Discount”) (168,200.00) D SUBTOTAL 918,400.00
E 10.75% State Sales Tax 98,728.00
F California Tire Fee 10.50
G 100% Payment and Performance Bond 2,573.00
H GRAND TOTAL PURCHASE PRICE 1,019,711.50
goldenstatefire.com
7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638
of time, GSFA shall notify Customer in writing, and unless GSFA and Customer otherwise agree in writing, the Contract shall then terminate and have no further force or effect.

PRODUCT COMPLETION – The Product shall be ready for final inspection by Customer at the manufacturing facility within approximately 46.5 to 49.5 MONTHS after the Effective Date. The foregoing estimate is provided as a good faith approximation as of the date of submission of this Proposal and is subject to the Terms and Conditions.

PREDELIVERY SERVICE – If applicable, after transportation from the manufacturing facility and prior to final delivery or pick up, the Product shall receive those additional Products and/or services identified on the Dealer Supplied Products/Services List. It is estimated that such a service will add approximately 0.5 to 1 MONTH(S) to the above Product completion estimate. The foregoing estimate is provided as a good faith approximation as of the date of submission of this Product Proposal and is subject to the Terms and Conditions.

PROPOSAL EXPIRATION – This Proposal supersedes any previous proposal(s) presented to Customer by GSFA.

PURCHASE ORDER – Any PO shall be made out to: Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. – 7400 Reese Road – Sacramento, CA 95828.

OPTION B

PAYMENT AT TIME OF DELIVERY OR PICKUP
This will be the price of the Product(s) contingent
upon the Customer paying the Grand Total
Purchase Price to GSFA at time of delivery or pickup
pursuant to the Payment Terms

goldenstatefire.com
7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638
PRODUCT PROPOSAL FOR:

City of Newark 37440 Filbert Street
Newark, CA 94560
Sales Consultant
Mike Martinez
[email protected]
Mobile: (916) 704-7755
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. (“GSFA”) is pleased to provide this proposal for the fire apparatus(es) and equipment identified below (the "Product”) to CITY OF NEWARK (“Customer”) for consideration. This proposal (this “Proposal”) includes the following exhibits attached hereto: the Terms and Conditions attached as Exhibit A (the “Terms and Conditions”); the Product Specifications attached as Exhibit B (the “Specifications”); the Product Warranties attached as Exhibit C; and the Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services attached as Exhibit D (the “Dealer Supplied Products/Services List”). This Proposal and its exhibits are intended to serve as “EXHIBIT A” to the PURCHASE AND SALE CONTRACT BETWEEN CITY OF EMERYVILLE AND GOLDEN STATE FIRE APPARATUS (“Contract”).

PAYMENT TERMS – Customer shall pay the total purchase price set forth directly above (the “Grand Total Purchase Price”) to GSFA no later than the time of GSFA’s delivery of the applicable Product to Customer’s address listed above (or Customer’s pick up of such Product at GSFA’s facilities, if approved by GSFA). GSFA shall have no obligation to deliver, or permit pick up of the Product if the Customer does not have full payment ready when the Product is complete and ready to deliver or pick up, as applicable. Customer shall pay any balance due as a result of Change Orders as described in the Terms and Conditions.

MANUFACTURER – Customer acknowledges that GSFA is not an agent of the Product manufacturer identified above (“Manufacturer”) and is not capable of binding Manufacturer. Within five (5) business days of the Effective Date of the Contract, GSFA shall submit an order form to the Manufacturer for the Product. GSFA’s further performance under the Contract is contingent upon Manufacturer’s acceptance of such order form at the price and on the terms GSFA believed to be available when submitting this Proposal to Customer. If Manufacturer rejects such order as submitted or fails to respond to GSFA within a reasonable amount of time, GSFA shall notify Customer in writing, and unless GSFA and Customer otherwise agree in writing, the Contract shall then terminate and have no further force or effect.

SUBMITTED DATE EXPIRATION DATE GSFA PROPOSAL # MANUFACTURER BID # MANUFACTURER CONSORTIUM 11/01/2024 12/20/2024 51101-24B 988 Pierce
Manufacturing,
Inc.

Sourcewell # 113021-
PMI, ID #259,
Member # 115503

ITEM PRODUCT DESCRIPTION EXTENDED PRICE
A One (1) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Enforcer 1500 GPM Type 1 Engine 1,146,400.00 B Discount for Sourcewell Consortium Purchase (59,800.00) C SUBTOTAL 1,086,600.00
D 10.75% State Sales Tax 116,809.50
E California Tire Fee 10.50
F 100% Payment and Performance Bond 3,642.00
G GRAND TOTAL PURCHASE PRICE 1,207,062.00
goldenstatefire.com
7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638
PRODUCT COMPLETION – The Product shall be ready for final inspection by Customer at the manufacturing facility within approximately 46.5 to 49.5 MONTHS after the Effective Date. The foregoing estimate is provided as a good faith approximation as of the date of submission of this Proposal and is subject to the Terms and Conditions.

PREDELIVERY SERVICE – If applicable, after transportation from the manufacturing facility and prior to final delivery or pick up, the Product shall receive those additional Products and/or services identified on the Dealer Supplied Products/Services List. It is estimated that such a service will add approximately 0.5 to 1 MONTH(S) to the above Product completion estimate. The foregoing estimate is provided as a good faith approximation as of the date of submission of this Product Proposal and is subject to the Terms and Conditions.

PROPOSAL EXPIRATION – This Proposal supersedes any previous proposal(s) presented to Customer by GSFA.

PURCHASE ORDER – Any PO shall be made out to: Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. – 7400 Reese Road – Sacramento, CA 95828.

JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

STANDARD TERMS

AND CONDITIONS
Exhibit “A”
2 1

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS

1. Definitions.

a. “Agreement” has the meaning given in the Product Proposal. b. “Customer” means the customer identified in the Product Proposal. c. “Dealer Preparation,” if applicable, means additional product(s) and/or services added by GSFA after Manufacturer’s completion of the Product and prior to delivery, in accordance with the Dealer Supplied Products/Services List.
d. “Delivery Date” means the Product Completion timeframe plus the Predelivery Service timeframe equals the Delivery Date.
e. “Dealer Supplied Products/Services List” means the Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services List attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit D, which reflects all Dealer Preparation under the Agreement absent a valid Change Order(s).
f. “Grand Total Purchase Price” means the total purchase price for the Product identified in the Product Proposal (subject to any adjustments required or permitted by these Terms and Conditions, including by the execution of a valid Change Order(s).
g. “GSFA” means Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc., a California corporation. h. “Manufacturer” means the person or persons, company, firm, corporation, partnership, or other organization identified in the Product Proposal as responsible for manufacturing the Product. i. “Party” or “Parties” means GSFA and/or Customer, as applicable. j. “Predelivery Service” means the Products and/or Services that will be provided by GSFA after transportation of the Product(s) from the manufacturing facility and prior to Final Delivery or Pick-Up. k. “Prepayment Discount” means a discount to the purchase price for the Product granted to Customer in connection with Customer’s advance payment of the Grand Total Purchase Price (or portion thereof, as specified in the Product Proposal).
l. “Product” means the fire apparatus(es) and any associated equipment listed in the Product Proposal and further described in the Specifications.
m. “Product Completion” means the fire apparatus(es) in the Product Proposal and further described in the Specifications being ready for final inspection by Customer at the manufacturing facility. n. “Product Proposal” means the GSFA proposal executed by Customer to which these Terms and Conditions are attached.
o. “Product Warranties” means the Manufacturer warranties for the Product attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit C.
p. “Specifications” means the specifications for the Product attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit B. q. “Terms and Conditions” means these Standard Terms and Conditions, which are attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit A.

2. Purchase and Payment.
a. Purchase. Customer agrees to purchase the Product at the Grand Total Purchase Price (as such amount may be adjusted in accordance with these Terms and Conditions), pursuant to the payment terms set forth in the Product Proposal. The Grand Total Purchase Price is payable in U.S. dollars. b. Contingency Reserve Fund. The Grand Total Purchase Price may include an amount to be set aside for the purpose of funding any future costs or financial obligations incurred by Customer under the Product Proposal or any valid Change Order(s) (the “Contingency Reserve Fund”). If applicable, the amount of any required Contingency Reserve Fund will be set forth in either the Product Proposal or Exhibit D. The Contingency Reserve Fund may be withdrawn against by Customer or GSFA for the purpose of satisfying Customer’s payment obligations under the initial Product Proposal or any valid Change Order(s) (including, without limitation, a Change Order submitted by GSFA pursuant to Section 8.b). If a Contingency Reserve Fund is required under the Agreement, the amount of such fund is not intended as an estimate of the actual additional costs of contingencies, Change Orders, unforeseen items 2 or other required work that may be incurred under the Agreement after submission of the Product Proposal to Customer, which amounts Customer acknowledges may exceed the Contingency Reserve Fund amount. The balance of any Contingency Reserve Fund will be credited against Customer’s payment obligations, or otherwise returned to Customer within thirty (30) calendar days of delivery of all Products under the Agreement (provided that Customer has paid all amounts owed under the Agreement as of such date). c. Prepayment Discount. If GSFA has granted Customer a Prepayment Discount, Customer must provide each associated prepayment (each, a “Prepayment”) within the time frame specified in the Product Proposal in order to receive such discount. Customer’s failure to timely make such Prepayment may result in: (i) GSFA’s termination of the Agreement; and/or (ii) Customer’s loss of the Prepayment Discount for the portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price represented by such outstanding Prepayment and the application of a late fee as set forth in Section 6, in each case in GSFA’s sole discretion.
d. State Sales Tax. Customer shall be responsible for the cost of state sales tax associated with, or attributable to, the Product. The taxes stated in the Product Proposal are subject to adjustment for the applicable state sales tax rate in effect at the time of delivery. Therefore, the sales tax set forth on the Product Proposal is only an estimate of such taxes and will be increased or decreased at the time of delivery if a change in the applicable sales tax rate has occurred, in which case Customer shall pay GSFA (or be refunded by GSFA) the difference in the applicable sales tax.

3. Product Completion Date. Within thirty (30) calendar days of the date on which the last required signatory executes the Product Proposal (such date, the “Executed Date”), GSFA shall submit to Customer a tentative Product completion date (which may differ from the Product completion estimate contained in the Product Proposal). Due to global supply chain constraints, any Product completion date contained herein, or in the Product Proposal, or otherwise provided to Customer, is a good faith estimate only as of the date provided to Customer, and merely an approximation based on current information available to GSFA and Manufacturer. Customer shall not be entitled to rely on any such estimate, and GSFA shall have no liability to Customer for a failure by GSFA or Manufacturer to meet any such estimate. All Product completion estimates are subject to modification and, if applicable, GSFA will provide updates to such estimates to Customer when available.

4. Stock / Demo Units. Notwithstanding any other provision contained in the Agreement (including Section 12 hereof concerning warranties), any Products constituting stock/demo unit(s) are sold to Customer on an as-is, first-come and first served-basis and GSFA makes no further representation or warranty to any customer with respect to such unit(s). Regardless of the terms of the Product Proposal, GSFA shall only be obligated to sell such stock/demo unit(s) to the first customer to enter into a purchase agreement with GSFA identifying such unit(s), and after the execution by GSFA of such agreement any subsequent purchase agreement (including the Agreement, as applicable) shall have no further force or effect with respect to such unit(s).

5. Multiple Unit Purchase. If the Grand Total Purchase Price includes pricing for multiple Products, the Product price stated in the Product Proposal shall only be valid if the quantity of Products being proposed are purchased at the same time, pursuant to the same Agreement. GSFA shall have no obligation to offer the same price for any Product if purchased by Customer pursuant to a later purchase agreement.

6. Late Fee; Storage Fee. A late fee equal to 0.033% of the outstanding portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price will be charged per calendar day for overdue payments beginning ten (10) calendar days after the payment is due and continuing for the first thirty (30) calendar days thereafter. After such thirty (30) calendar day period, the late fee shall increase to 0.044% per calendar day until payment of the outstanding portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price is received. If Customer is unable to satisfy the delivery requirements hereunder or is unwilling to take delivery of the Product, then GSFA shall be entitled to a storage charge running from the earlier of: (i) the date of delivery agreed to between GSFA and Customer (provided GSFA is willing and able to deliver the Product on such date), or (ii) twenty-one (21) calendar days after GSFA notifies Customer that the Product is available for delivery. The storage charge is equal to: (i) $175.00 per calendar day per apparatus stored, or (ii) the actual charges incurred by GSFA with a third party for storage of the Product, whichever is greater. Such storage charge shall continue until the actual time 3 of delivery and Customer’s possession of the Product, and any such storage by GSFA or such third party shall be at the sole risk of Customer.

7. Delivery; Inspection and Acceptance.
a. Delivery. Subject to Section 5 hereof, the Product is scheduled to be delivered to the location and within the time period specified in the Product Proposal. Such delivery date is an estimate, and GSFA is, notwithstanding this Section 7.a, not bound to such date unless it otherwise agrees in a separate writing to complete delivery by a date certain. For the avoidance of doubt, GSFA is not responsible for delivery delays caused by or because of actions, omissions or conduct of Customer, the Manufacturer, or their respective employees, affiliates, suppliers, contractors, and carriers. Risk of loss for the Product shall pass to Customer at the point and time of delivery (which shall include an attempted delivery by GSFA which cannot be completed due to any act of Customer). However, title to the Product shall only pass to Customer upon delivery if Customer has then fully paid GSFA all amounts due hereunder (including additional amounts due under any valid Change Order). Absent GSFA’s separate written agreement, which it may or may not provide in its sole and absolute discretion, delivery of the Product will not occur before Customer has fully paid all amounts due under the Agreement and provided proof of insurance reasonably satisfactory to GSFA. If GSFA permits Customer to take possession of the Product, Customer may not mount equipment, conduct training, or place the Product into service until all amounts due under the Agreement have been paid. If Customer has ordered multiple Products, GSFA reserves the right to deliver such Products in installments and to separately invoice Customer for such Products.
b. Inspection and Acceptance. Upon delivery, Customer shall have ten (10) calendar days within which to inspect the Product for substantial conformance to the Specifications, and in the event of substantial nonconformance to the Specifications to furnish GSFA with written notice sufficient to permit GSFA to evaluate such non-conformance (“Notice of Nonconformance to Specifications”). Contingent upon part availability and Customer’s cooperation, any Product not in substantial conformance to material Specifications shall be remedied by GSFA (by repair or replacement, at GSFA’s election) within thirty (30) calendar days from GSFA’s receipt of the Notice of Nonconformance to Specifications. In the event GSFA does not receive a Notice of Nonconformance to Specifications within ten (10) calendar days of delivery, the Product will be deemed to be in conformance with Specifications and accepted by Customer.

8. Changes to Agreement Terms.
a. Change Orders. The Customer may request that GSFA incorporate a change to the Product or the Specifications for the Product, or GSFA may submit changes to the Agreement required or permitted to be made by GSFA (pursuant to Section 8.b or otherwise) by delivering a written Change Order to the other party hereto, which shall include a description of the proposed change sufficient to permit the receiving party to evaluate such change (either, a “Change Order”). For any Change Order submitted by Customer, GSFA will provide Customer a written response (a “Response”) stating (i) whether GSFA will accommodate such Change Order (which GSFA may decide in its sole and absolute discretion); and (ii) the terms of the modification to the order, including any increase or decrease in the Grand Total Purchase Price resulting from such Change Order, a date on which any increase in the Grand Total Purchase Price must be paid, and an estimate of any effect on production scheduling or delivery resulting from such Change Order. Customer shall have seven (7) calendar days after receipt of the Response to notify GSFA as to whether Customer desires to make the changes GSFA has approved in the Response. In the event Customer countersigns GSFA’s Response, Customer shall pay the increase (or be refunded the decrease) in the Grand Total Purchase Price by the date specified in the Response. GSFA may also send Customer a Change Order to account for any changes to the Agreement required or permitted to be made by GSFA (including those changes required pursuant to Section 8.b hereof), and such Change Order shall be effective upon delivery to Customer unless Customer elects to terminate the applicable Product order under the Agreement in accordance with Section 9. 4 b. Additional Changes.
i. Component Price Volatility; Increases Imposed by Manufacturer. GSFA shall not be responsible for (i) any unforeseen price increase or surcharge enacted by suppliers of major components of the Product (including but not limited to commercial chassis, engine, transmission, and fire pump); or (ii) price increases imposed on GSFA by Manufacturer pursuant to Manufacturer’s terms and conditions for sale of the Product (a “Manufacturer Price Increase”), after Customer becomes bound by the Agreement. Customer shall be responsible for all amounts arising from any price increases for major components of the Product (including all associated taxes and fees thereon) for the Product or any Manufacturer Price Increases occurring after the execution of the Agreement which increases the cost of the Product to GSFA, and such amounts will be documented on a Change Order adjusting the Grand Total Purchase Price accordingly. Customer shall pay any such price increase prior to Product delivery. A Manufacturer Price Increase may include, but shall not be limited to, an increase in Product price resulting from an increase in the Producer Price Index of Components for Manufacturing (see www.bls.gov Series ID: WPUID6112) in excess of a compounded annual growth rate of five percent (5%), as measured between the month Manufacturer accepts the applicable Product order and the month that is fourteen (14) months prior to the then-current estimated Product completion date (the foregoing, a “PPI-Based Price Increase”). If, upon Customer’s receipt of a Change Order reflecting a PPI-Based Price Increase, Customer elects to terminate the applicable Product Order in accordance with Section 8.b.iii rather than pay such increase, then in lieu of the cancellation fees described in Section 9.a hereof GSFA shall be entitled to recover and Customer shall pay GSFA’s actual non-reimbursable costs incurred in connection with the Product order through the date of Customer’s termination of such Product order. ii. New Legal Standards. In the event the Product design, materials or specifications require an alteration arising from new regulations issued by any governmental entity or trade association, including, but not limited to, the NFPA, DOT, and EPA, and such alteration increases the cost of the Product to GSFA, Customer shall be responsible for changes to the Grand Total Purchase Price arising from such alteration. GSFA shall promptly notify Customer when it becomes aware of any potential or required change in regulations occurring prior to delivery that would impact the Product purchased.
iii. Change Orders. Customer shall execute any Change Order submitted by GSFA documenting any of the changes required or permitted by Sections 8.b.i and 8.b.ii above (which shall, to the extent practicable, itemize any increases in the Grant Total Purchase Price and specify a commercially reasonable date by which Customer must pay such increase), unless Customer instead elects to terminate the applicable Product order under the Agreement within fifteen (15) calendar days of Customer’s receipt of such Change Order and in accordance with Section 9.

Absent such a termination, failure to execute a Change Order does not alter Customer’s obligations under this Section 8.b.
c. Changes in Commercial Specifications. Specifications for all components of the Product manufactured by companies other than the Manufacturer are subject to change without notice. Specifications for such components will be as available at the time of manufacture of the Product. GSFA shall not be liable for any deviations in such specifications arising from a substitution of components or changes in the design of any component by their original manufacturer.

9. Termination.
a. By Customer. Customer may terminate a Product order identified in the Product Proposal or a Change Order by providing written notice to GSFA in accordance with Section 16 hereof. If Customer elects to terminate a Product order, Customer shall pay GSFA a cancellation fee as follows: (a) after the Product order is accepted and entered by GSFA, 10% of the portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price applicable to such Product (including all associated taxes, fees and costs) (such amount, the “Product Purchase Price”); (b) after completion of the preconstruction phase of the order process, 20% of the Product Purchase Price; and (c) after the requisition of any materials or commencement of any manufacturing or assembly of the Product by either GSFA or Manufacturer but before substantial completion of such Product, 50% of the Product Purchase Price. Customer shall not be permitted to terminate a Product order after substantial completion of manufacturing and assembly of such Product (excluding 5 any Dealer Preparation or other pre-delivery services or untypical Product customization, if applicable).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the applicable tier of cancellation fee is not sufficient to cover all actual costs and fees incurred by GSFA with Manufacturer in connection with Customer’s termination of the Product order (“Manufacturer Termination Fees”), then in addition to such cancellation fee Customer shall pay the balance of all Manufacturer Termination Fees. If Customer received a Prepayment Discount, such discount shall not be considered for the purpose of calculating the above cancellation fee. The tier of cancellation fee applicable to any cancellation, as well as the determination of whether a Product has reached substantial completion, shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of GSFA. Customer may request a fee waiver, and GSFA, in its sole discretion, may agree to waive and/or adjust such fee. GSFA will return the balance of the Grand Total Purchase Price or Product Purchase Price, as applicable, within thirty (30) calendar days of the effective date of the cancellation of the Product order or termination of the Agreement.

Customer may terminate the Agreement for an Event of Default by GSFA after providing GSFA with written notice in accordance with Section 16 (which notice shall describe with reasonably particularity the Event of Default justifying such termination) if such Event of Default remains uncured (if capable of cure) thirty (30) days following GSFA’s receipt of such notice; provided, however, that the foregoing cure period shall continue if and for so long as GSFA has commenced and is continuing to undertake commercially reasonable efforts to cure such Event of Default as promptly as reasonably practicable.
b. By GSFA. GSFA may terminate the Agreement for an Event of Default by Customer after providing Customer with written notice in accordance with Section 16 (which notice shall describe with reasonably particularity the Event of Default justifying such termination) if such Event of Default remains uncured (if capable of cure) thirty (30) days following Customer’s receipt of such notice; provided, however, that the foregoing cure period shall continue if and for so long as Customer has commenced and is continuing to undertake commercially reasonable efforts to cure such Event of Default as promptly as reasonably practicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, GSFA may terminate the Agreement effective immediately upon written notice to Customer for Customer’s failure to pay any amount owed under the Agreement when due.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if Customer terminates a Product order in accordance with Section 9.a above, GSFA may elect to instead terminate the Agreement upon notice to Customer in accordance with Section 16 hereof. If GSFA terminates the Agreement in accordance with this Section 9.b, Customer shall pay the applicable tier of cancellation fee for all Products pursuant to Section 9.a above as if Customer had elected to terminate each applicable Product order.
c. Based on Discontinuation or Cancellation by Manufacturer. In the event that Manufacturer cancels a Product order (provided that such cancellation is not the result of an act by Customer in violation of the Agreement) or discontinues the manufacture of a Product prior to its completion and delivery: (i) if such Product is the only Product contemplated under the Agreement, then the Agreement shall terminate; or (ii) if additional Products are contemplated under the Agreement, then only the Product order for the applicable cancelled or discontinued Product shall be terminated. Such Agreement termination or Product termination, as applicable, shall be effective upon GSFA’s written notice to Customer of such cancellation or discontinuance in accordance with Section 16 hereof.

GSFA’s only obligation to Customer in such event shall be the return of any Prepayment paid by Customer for the cancelled or discontinued Product. For the avoidance of doubt, the cancellation fees contemplated in Section 9.a hereof shall not apply in the event of a termination pursuant to this Section 9.c.

10. Customer’s Obligations. Customer shall provide its timely and best efforts to cooperate with GSFA and Manufacturer during the Product manufacturing process. Reasonable and timely cooperation includes, without limitation, Customer’s providing timely information in response to any requests from Manufacturer or GSFA and the participation of Customer’s authorized representatives in traveling to Manufacturer’s facility for inspections and approval of the Product, including a final approval before the Product leaves Manufacturer’s facility.

11. Representations and Warranties. Customer hereby represents and warrants to GSFA as of the Executed Date that the execution of the Agreement and the purchase of the Product(s) and performance of the other obligations 6 of Customer under the Agreement have been approved by Customer in accordance with applicable general laws and, as applicable, Customer’s charter, ordinances, purchasing policies, and other governing documents, and executed by the appropriate Customer employees, officials, and/or representatives, and funding for Customer’s performance of its obligations under the Agreement has been duly budgeted and appropriated by Customer.

12. Standard Warranty. All applicable Manufacturer warranties are contained in the Product Warranties. Any additional warranties must be expressly approved in a writing signed by GSFA, and Customer acknowledges and agrees that Manufacturer will not be liable for any such additional warranties. a. Disclaimer. OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THE AGREEMENT, GSFA, ITS AFFILIATES, AND THEIR

RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, SHAREHOLDERS, AGENTS, OR REPRESENTATIVES, DO NOT MAKE

ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT (WHETHER RELATING TO THE CONDITION

OR QUALITY OF THE PRODUCT, OR OTHERWISE) PROVIDED HEREUNDER OR OTHERWISE REGARDING THE

AGREEMENT (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WITH RESPECT TO ANY APPLICABLE DEALER PREPARATION), WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, ANY

IMPLIED WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF MERCHANTABILITY, THE IMPLIED WARRANTY AGAINST INFRINGEMENT, THE

IMPLIED WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE ARE EXPRESSLY EXCLUDED AND DISCLAIMED.

STATEMENTS MADE BY SALES CONSULTANTS OR IN PROMOTIONAL MATERIALS DO NOT CONSTITUTE WARRANTIES. b. Exclusions of Incidental and Consequential Damages. In no event shall GSFA be liable for consequential, incidental, or punitive damages incurred by Customer in connection with any matter arising out of or relating to the Agreement, or the breach thereof, even if GSFA has been advised of the possibility of such damages, and regardless of whether such damages arise out of breach of warranty, the Agreement, indemnity, whether resulting from nondelivery or from GSFA’s own negligence, or otherwise, except and solely to the extent such damages arise from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of GSFA.

13. Default. The occurrence of one or more of the following events (each, an “Event of Default”) shall constitute a default under the Agreement: (a) Customer’s failure to pay any amounts due or to perform any of its obligations under the Agreement; (b) GSFA’s failure to perform any of its obligations under the Agreement; (c) either Party becoming insolvent or becoming subject to bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings; (d) any representation made by either Party under the Agreement which is false in any material respect; (e) any action by Customer to dissolve, merge, consolidate or transfer a substantial portion of its property to another entity during the term of the Agreement; (f) any other material breach of the terms of the Agreement by a Party; or (g) a default or breach by Customer under any other agreement with GSFA or its affiliates.

14. Indemnification of GSFA. Customer shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless GSFA, its agents, servants, successors and assigns from and against all losses, damages, injuries, claims, demands and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and other legal expenses, of whatever nature (“Damages”), to the extent Damages arise out of or in connection with: (i) Customer’s breach of the Agreement, or (ii) Customer’s use, storage, or operation of the Product following delivery, regardless of where, how, and by whom operated (excluding any negligent operation by GSFA).

The indemnification and assumptions of liability and obligation herein provided shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding the termination of the Agreement, whether by expiration of time, by operation of law or otherwise.

This provision is not intended to and shall not constitute the exclusive remedy of the Parties under the Agreement; the Parties may seek indemnity from one another under other legal principles, whether based in equity or law, so long as they do not nullify or cancel the effects of this paragraph.

15. Force Majeure. GSFA shall not be responsible nor deemed to be in default of any provision of the Agreement on account of delays in performance due to causes which are beyond GSFA’s or Manufacturer’s control and which make GSFA’s performance impracticable, including but not limited to wars, insurrections, strikes or labor unrest, riots, fires, storms, floods, other acts of nature, explosions, earthquakes, accidents, any act of federal, state or local government, failure or delays in transportation, inability to obtain necessary labor, supplies or manufacturing facilities, supply chain issues, allocation regulations or orders affecting materials, equipment, facilities or completed 7 products, failure to obtain any required license or certificates, acts of God or the public enemy or terrorism, failure of transportation, disease, pandemics or epidemics, quarantine restrictions, failure of vendors (due to causes similar to those within the scope of this clause) to perform their agreements or labor troubles causing cessation, slowdown, or interruption of work.

16. Notice. Any notices, requests, consents, claims, demands, waivers and other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder must be given in writing at the address of each Party set forth below, or to such other address as either Party may substitute by written notice to the other in accordance with this Section 16, by one of the following methods: hand delivery; registered, express, or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or nationally recognized private express courier. All such communications will be deemed to have been given: (i) when delivered by hand (with written confirmation of receipt); (ii) on the third (3rd) calendar day after the date mailed, by registered, express or certified mail; or (iii) when delivered by the addressee if sent by a nationally recognized private express courier.

GSFA: CUSTOMER:

Golden State Fire Apparatus Inc. To the address listed in the Product Proposal 7400 Reese Road
Sacramento, CA 95828

17. Contradictions. In the event of a conflict between the Agreement and any Change Order, or between Change Orders, the terms of the latest executed Change Order shall control.

18. Manufacturer’s Statement of Origin. It is agreed that the manufacturer’s statement of origin (“MSO”) for the Product covered by the Agreement, if applicable, shall be retained and remain in the possession of GSFA per California Department of Vehicles (DMV) directives. Notwithstanding the foregoing, GSFA shall provide Customer with the original MSO if the Customer is self-registering, and Customer shall comply with all good-faith Process of Duty and other DMV requirements applicable to the Product and retain its own MSO.

19. Assignment. The relationship of the Parties established under the Agreement is that of independent contractors and neither Party is a partner, employee, agent, or joint venturer of or with the other. Neither Party may assign its rights and obligations under the Agreement unless it has obtained the prior written approval of the other Party.

20. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Disputes. Without regard to any conflict of laws provisions, the Agreement is to be governed by and under the laws of the state of California. Prior to taking any legal action that may and/or can arise out of the Agreement, the Parties shall first attempt mediation with an agreed upon mediator. If the Parties cannot agree upon a mediator within thirty (30) calendar days of the submission of written notice of a dispute in accordance with Section 16 hereof, if any disputed matter remain unresolved within thirty (30) calendar days of the commencement of discussions, or if any party refuses to meet, then either party may submit any remaining disputes concerning and/or claim regarding the Agreement and/or the terms and conditions herein to the Superior Court, County of Sacramento (and the parties expressly consent to exclusive personal jurisdiction and venue before such court).

21. Entire Agreement; Amendments. The Agreement, including the Product Proposal, its exhibits, and all valid Change Orders, is the exclusive agreement between the Parties regarding the subject matter contained herein and therein. No change in, modification of, or revision of the Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of both Parties with authority to sign such amendments to the Agreement.

END OF STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS
JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

PRODUCT

SPECIFICATIONS
Exhibit “B”
3 Proposal Details Report
OptionCode Type Option ProposalText
0766611 Boiler Plates, Pumper

GOLDEN STATE FIRE APPARATUS, INC. is pleased to submit a proposal to ALAMEDA CO. FD for a Pierce® triple combination pumper per your request for quotation. The following paragraphs will describe in detail the apparatus, construction methods, and equipment proposed.

This proposal will indicate size, type, model and make of components parts and equipment, providing proof of compliance with each and every item (except where noted) in the departments advertised specifications.

PIERCE MANUFACTURING was founded in 1913. Since then we have been building bodies with one philosophy, "BUILD THE FINEST". Our skilled craftsmen take pride in their work, which is reflected, in the final product. We have been building fire apparatus since the early "forties" giving Pierce Manufacturing over 75 years of experience in the fire apparatus market. Pierce Manufacturing has built and put into service more than 62,500 apparatus, including more than 33,900 on Pierce custom chassis designed and built specifically for fire and emergency applications. Our Appleton, Wisconsin facility has over 870,000 total square feet of floor space situated on approximately 105 acres of land. Our Bradenton, Florida facility has 300,000 square feet of floor space situated on approximately 38 acres of land.

Our beliefs in high ethical standards are carried through in all of our commitments and to everyone with whom we do business. Honesty, Integrity, Accountability and Citizenship are global tenets by which we all live and work. Consequently, we neither engage in, nor have we ever been convicted of price fixing, bid rigging, or collusion in any domestic or international fire apparatus market.

Pierce has only one brand of fire apparatus "Pierce", ensuring you are receiving top of the line product that meets your specification.

In accordance with the current edition of applicable NFPA standards, this proposal will specify whether the fire department, manufacturer, or apparatus dealership will provide required loose equipment.

Images and illustrative material in this proposal are as accurate as known at the time of publication, but are subject to change without notice. Images and illustrative material is for reference only, and may include optional equipment and accessories and may not include all standard equipment.

GENERAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
To control quality, ensure compatibility, and provide a single source for service and warranty, the custom cab, chassis, pump module and body will be entirely designed, assembled/welded and painted in Pierce owned manufacturing facilities. This includes, but not limited to the cab weldment, the pumphouse module assembly, the chassis assembly, the body and the electrical system.

QUALITY AND WORKMANSHIP
Pierce has set the pace for quality and workmanship in the fire apparatus field. Our tradition of building the highest quality units with craftsmen second to none has been the rule right from the beginning and we demonstrate that ongoing commitment by: Ensuring all steel welding follows American Welding Society D1.1-2004 recommendations for structural steel welding. All aluminum welding follows American Welding society and ANSI D1.2-2003 requirements for structural welding of aluminum. All sheet metal welding follows American welding Society B2.1-2000 requirements for structural welding of sheet metal. Our flux core arc welding uses alloy rods, type 7000 and is performed to American Welding Society standards A5.20-E70T1. Furthermore, all employees classified as welders are tested and certified to meet the American welding Society codes upon hire and every three (3) years thereafter. Pierce also employs and American Welding Society certified welding inspector in plant during working hours to monitor weld quality.

Pierce Manufacturing operates a Quality Management System under the requirements of ISO 9001. These standards sponsored by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) specify the quality systems that are established by the manufacturer for design, manufacture, installation and service. A copy of the certificate of compliance is included with this proposal.

In addition to the Quality Management system, we also employ a Quality Achievement Supplier program to ensure the vendors and suppliers that we utilize meet the high standards we demand.

That is just part of our overall "Quality at the Source" program at Pierce.

To demonstrate the quality of our products and services, a list of at least twenty five (25) fire departments/municipalities that have purchased vehicles for a second time is provided.

DELIVERY
The apparatus will be delivered under its own power to ensure proper break-in of all components while the apparatus is still under warranty. A qualified delivery representative shall deliver the apparatus and remain for a sufficient length of time to instruct personnel in proper operation, care and maintenance of the equipment delivered.

MANUAL AND SERVICE INFORMATION
At time of delivery, complete operation and maintenance manuals covering the apparatus will be provided. A permanent plate will be mounted in the driver's compartment specifying the quantity and type of fluids required including engine oil, engine coolant, transmission, pump transmission lubrication, pump primer and drive axle.

SAFETY VIDEO
At the time of delivery Pierce will also provide one (1) 39-minute, professionally produced apparatus safety video, in DVD format. A link to the video is also available on the Pierce Training website. This video will address key safety considerations for personnel to follow when they are driving, operating, and maintaining the apparatus, including the following: vehicle pre-trip inspection, chassis operation, pump operation, aerial operation, and safety during maintenance. 9/12/2024
Customer: City of Newark (Alameda Co
Fire Department contract
agency)
Bid Number: 988
Representative Martinez, Mike Job Number:

Requirements Manager: Organization: Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc Description: Alameda County Enforcer Pump
Chassis: Enforcer Chassis
Body: Pumper, Short, Galvanneal, 2nd Gen
Bid #: 988 1

PERFORMANCE TESTS
A road test will be conducted with the apparatus fully loaded and a continuous run of no less than ten (10) miles. During that time the apparatus will show no loss of power nor will it overheat. The transmission drive shaft or shafts and the axles will run quietly and be free of abnormal vibration or noise. The apparatus when fully loaded will not have less than 25 percent nor more than 50 percent on the front axle, and not less than 50 percent nor more than 75 percent on the rear axle.

The apparatus will meet the current edition of applicable NFPA standards acceleration and braking requirements.

SERVICE AND WARRANTY SUPPORT
Pierce dealership support will be provided by GOLDEN STATE EMERGENCY VEHICLE SERVICE, INC. by operating in conjunction with a Pierce authorized service center. The service center will have factory-trained mechanics on staff versed in Pierce fire apparatus. The service facility will be located within one hundred (100) miles of the fire department.

In addition to the dealership, Pierce has service facilities located in both, Weyauwega, Wisconsin and Bradenton, Florida. Pierce also maintains a dedicated parts facility of over 100,000 square feet in Appleton, Wisconsin. The parts facility stocks in excess of $5,000,000 in parts dedicated to service and replacement parts. The parts facility employs a staff dedicated solely for the distribution and shipment of service and replacement parts.

Service parts for the apparatus being proposed can be found via Pierceparts.com which, is an interactive online tool that delivers information regarding your specific apparatus as well as the opportunity to register for training classes.

As a Pierce customer you have the ability to view the complete bill of materials for your specific apparatus, including assembly drawings, piece part drawings, and beneficial parts notations. You will also have the ability to search the complete Pierce item master through a parts search function which offers all Pierce SKU's and descriptions offered on all Pierce apparatus. Published component catalogs, which include proprietary systems along with an extensive operator's manual library is available for easy reference.

Pierce Manufacturing maintains a dedicated service and warranty staff of over 35 personnel, dedicated to customer support, which also maintains a 24 hour 7 day a week toll free hot line, four (4) on staff EVTs, and offers hands-on repair and maintenance training classes multiple times a year.

LIABILITY
The successful bidder will defend any and all suits and assume all liability for the use of any patented process including any device or article forming a part of the apparatus or any appliance furnished under the contract.

INSURANCE PROVIDED BY BIDDER

COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial general liability insurance:

Each Occurrence $1,000,000
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate $1,000,000
Personal and Advertising Injury $1,000,000
General Aggregate $2,000,000
Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form and will include Contractual Liability coverage for bodily injury and property damage subject to the terms and conditions of the policy. The policy will include Owner as an additional insured when required by written contract.

COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial automobile liability insurance and coverage will be written on a Commercial Automobile liability form:

Each Accident Combined Single Limit: $1,000,000

UMBRELLA/EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance:

Aggregate: $3,000,000
Each Occurrence: $3,000,000
The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and at a minimum provide excess to the bidder's General Liability and Automobile Liability policies.

The required limits can be provided by one (1) or more policies provided all other insurance requirements are met.

Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best.

All policies will provide a 30-day notice of cancellation to the named insured. The Certificate of Insurance will provide the following cancellation clause: Should any of the above described polices be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, notice will be delivered in accordance with the policy provisions.

Bidder agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as certificate holder.

INSURANCE PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER

PRODUCT LIABILITY INSURANCE
The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of Product Liability insurance:

Each Occurrence $1,000,000
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate $1,000,000
Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form. The manufacturer's policy will include the owner as additional insured when required by written contract between the Owner and a Pierce authorized dealer.

UMBRELLA/EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE
The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance:

Each Occurrence: $25,000,000
Aggregate: $25,000,000
The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and provide excess to the Bid #: 988 2
manufacturer's General Liability/Products policies.

The required limits can be provided by one (1) or more policies provided all other insurance requirements are met.

Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best.

All policies will provide a 30-day notice of cancellation to the named insured. The Certificate of Insurance will provide the following cancellation clause: Should any of the above described polices be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, notice will be delivered in accordance with the policy provisions.

Manufacturer agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as the certificate holder. 0661794 Single Source Compliance

SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER
Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. provides an integrated approach to the design and manufacture of our products that delivers superior apparatus and a dedicated support team. From our facilities, the chassis, cab weldment, cab, pumphouse (including the sheet metal enclosure, valve controls, piping and operators panel) and body will be entirely designed, tested, and hand assembled to the customer's exact specifications. The electrical system either hardwired or multiplexed, will be both designed and integrated by Pierce Manufacturing. The warranties relative to these major components (excluding component warranties such as engine, transmission, axles, pump, etc.) will be provided by Pierce as a single source manufacturer. Pierce's single source solution adds value by providing a fully engineered product that offers durability, reliability, maintainability, performance, and a high level of quality.
0584456 Manufacture Location, Appleton,
Wisconsin
Your apparatus will be manufactured in Appleton, Wisconsin. 0584452 RFP Location: Appleton, Wisconsin

0588609 Vehicle Destination, US
0520877 Comparison Report Required COMPARISON REPORT
A report will be provided to allow the Sales Representative to compare the options to a previous job. The report will be provided for job 32365.
0670275 Unit to be Similar in some Aspects,
Excluding Pump Panel

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
The apparatus being proposed will be designed and built to match the 34048.  However, some variation may be necessary due to changes in our manufacturing processes or our product offering.  Revisions in NFPA guidelines and/or other regulations may also affect our ability to match the previous unit.
0816491 Comply NFPA 1900 Changes
Effective Jan 1, 2024, With
Exceptions
NFPA 2024 STANDARDS
This unit will comply with the NFPA standards effective January 1, 2024, except for fire department directed exceptions. These exceptions will be set forth in the Statement of Exceptions.

Certification of slip resistance of all stepping, standing and walking surfaces will be supplied with delivery of the apparatus.

All horizontal surfaces designated as a standing or walking surface that are greater than 48.00" above the ground must be defined by a 1.00" wide line along its outside perimeter. Perimeter markings and designated access paths to destination points will be identified on the customer approval print and are shown as approximate. Actual location(s) will be determined based on materials used and actual conditions at final build. Access paths may pass through hose storage areas and opening or removal of covers or restraints may be required. Access paths may require the operation of devices and equipment such as the aerial device or ladder rack.

A plate that is highly visible to the driver while seated will be provided. This plate will show the overall height, length, and gross vehicle weight rating.

The manufacturer will have programs in place for training, proficiency testing and performance for any staff involved with certifications.

An official of the company will designate, in writing, who is qualified to witness and certify test results.
0533347 Pumper/Pumper with Aerial Device
Fire Apparatus
0588611 Vehicle Certification, Pumper

Bid #: 988 3
0661778 Agency, Apparatus Certification,
Pumper/Tanker, U.L.

NFPA COMPLIANCY
Apparatus proposed by the bidder will meet the applicable requirements of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) as stated in current edition at time of contract execution. Fire department's specifications that differ from NFPA specifications will be indicated in the proposal as "non-NFPA".

PUMP TEST
Underwriters Laboratory (UL) will test, approved, and certify the pump. The test results and the pump manufacturer's certification of hydrostatic test; the engine manufacturer's certified brake horsepower curve; and the pump manufacturer's record of pump construction details will be forwarded to the Fire Department.

GENERATOR TEST
If the unit has a generator, Underwriters Laboratory (UL) will test, approved, and certify the generator. The test results will be provided to the Fire Department at the time of delivery.

BREATHING AIR TEST
If the unit has breathing air, Pierce Manufacturing will draw an air sample from the air system and have the sample certified that the air quality meets the requirements of NFPA 1989, Standard on Breathing Air Quality for Fire and Emergency Services Respiratory Protection. 0816495 Certification, Vehicle Inspection
Program, NFPA 1900

VEHICLE INSPECTION PROGRAM CERTIFICATION
To assure the vehicle is built to current NFPA 1900 standards, the apparatus, in its entirety, will be third-party, independent, audit-certified through Underwriters Laboratory (UL) that it is built and complies to all applicable standards in the current edition. The certification includes: all design, production, operational, and performance testing of not only the apparatus, but those components that are installed on the apparatus.

A placard will be affixed in the driver's side area stating the third party agency, the date, the standard and the certificate number of the whole vehicle audit. 0799172 FLEET CUSTOMER

0766110 Consortium, Sourcewell

0537375 Unit of Measure, US Gallons

0030006 Bid Bond Not Requested

BID BOND NOT REQUESTED
A bid bond will not be included. If requested, the following will apply:

All bidders will provide a bid bond as security for the bid in the form of a 5 percent bid bond to accompany their bid. This bid bond will be issued by a Surety Company who is listed on the U.S.

Treasury Departments list of acceptable sureties as published in Department Circular 570. The bid bond will be issued by an authorized representative of the Surety Company and will be accompanied by a certified power of attorney dated on or before the date of bid. The bid bond will include language, which assures that the bidder/principal will give a bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or contract documents, with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of the contract, including the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty, and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution of the contract.

Notwithstanding any document or assertion to the contrary, any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will apply only to the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle. Any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will not apply to any other warranties that are included within this bid (OEM or otherwise) or to the warranties (if any) of any third party of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. In the event of any contradiction or inconsistency between this provision and any other document or assertion, this provision will prevail.

Bid #: 988 4
0816574 Performance Bond, 100% with
Warranty Bond, 1 Yr, and Payment
Bond, PPI Terms
PERFORMANCE BOND, 1 YEAR
The successful bidder will furnish a Performance and Payment bond (Bond) equal to 100 percent of the total contract amount within 30 days of the notice of award. Such Bond will be in a form acceptable to the Owner and issued by a surety company included within the Department of Treasury's Listing of Approved Sureties (Department Circular 570) with a minimum A.M. Best Financial Strength Rating of A and Size Category of XV. In the event of a bond issued by a surety of a lesser Size Category, a minimum Financial Strength rating of A+ is required.

Bidder and Bidder's surety agree that the Bond issued hereunder, whether expressly stated or not, also includes the surety's guarantee of the vehicle manufacturer's Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty period included within this proposal. Owner agrees that the penal amount of this bond will be simultaneously amended to 100% percent of the total contract amount upon satisfactory acceptance and delivery of the vehicle(s) included herein. Notwithstanding anything contained within this contract to the contrary, the surety's liability for any warranties of any type will not exceed one (1) year from the date of such satisfactory acceptance and delivery, or the actual Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty period, whichever is shorter.

Due to global supply chain constraints, any delivery date contained herein is a good faith estimate as of the date of this order/contract, and merely an approximation based on current information. Delivery updates will be made available, and a final firm delivery date will be provided as soon as possible.

If the Producer Price Index of Components for Manufacturing [www.bls.gov Series ID:

WPUID6112] ("PPI") has increased at a compounded annual growth rate of 5.0% or more between the month Pierce accepts the order ("Order Month") and a month 14 months prior to the then predicted Ready For Pickup date ("Evaluation Month"), then pricing may be updated in an amount equal to the increase in PPI over 5.0% for each year or fractional year between the Order Month and the Evaluation Month.

The seller will document any such updated price for the customer's approval before proceeding and provide an option to cancel the order.
0000007 Approval Drawing APPROVAL DRAWING
A drawing of the proposed apparatus will be prepared and provided to the purchaser for approval before construction begins. The Pierce sales representative will also be provided with a copy of the same drawing. The finalized and approved drawing will become part of the contract documents. This drawing will indicate the chassis make and model, location of the lights, siren, horns, compartments, major components, etc.

A "revised" approval drawing of the apparatus will be prepared and submitted by Pierce to the purchaser showing any changes made to the approval drawing. 0611571 SP Drawing, As Built, At Delivery a
Revised Print w/ Changes, FLEET

FINAL DRAWING
There will be a revised drawing of the truck with all the changes made during production provided at pickup.
0891594 SP Drawing, Cab, Top View, Seating and
EMS Cabinets, Reference OnlyFLEET

DRAWING, CAB TOP VIEW
On the sales drawing a top view of the cab seating and EMS cabinets will be provided. The top view will be a reference only of the seating and EMS cabinets in the order. 0727746 SP Drawing, Compartment Layout,
FLEET

DRAWING, COMPARTMENT LAYOUT
A basic drawing will be provided for the interior body compartments. This drawing will be provided for graphic representation only and will include such things as shelves, trays, reels, dividers, air control panels, air bottle storage bins, poly boxes & etc. 0002928 Electrical Diagrams ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS
Two (2) electrical wiring diagrams, prepared for the model of chassis and body, will be provided. 0649754 Enforcer Chassis

ENFORCER CHASSIS
The Pierce Enforcer™ is the custom chassis developed exclusively for the fire service. Chassis provided will be a new, tilt-type custom fire apparatus. The chassis will be manufactured in the apparatus body builder's facility eliminating any split responsibility. The chassis will be designed and manufactured for heavy-duty service, with adequate strength, capacity for the intended load to be sustained, and the type of service required. The chassis will be the manufacturer's first line tilt cab.
0021007 Maximum Overall Height MAXIMUM OVERALL HEIGHT
The maximum overall height of the apparatus will be 115.50". 0021010 Maximum Overall Length MAXIMUM OVERALL LENGTH
The maximum overall length of the apparatus will be 362.25". 0000110 Wheelbase WHEELBASE
The wheelbase of the vehicle will be 182.50".

Bid #: 988 5
0000070 GVW Rating GVW RATING
The gross vehicle weight rating will be 43,500 lbs .
0729280 Frame Rails, 13.38 x 3.50 x .375,
Enforcer
FRAME
The chassis frame will be built with two (2) steel channels bolted to five (5) cross members or more, depending on other options of the apparatus. The side rails will have a 13.38" tall web over the front and mid sections of the chassis, with a continuous smooth taper to 10.75" over the rear axle. Each rail will have a section modulus of 25.992 cubic inches and a resisting bending moment (rbm) of 3,119,040 in-lb over the critical regions of the frame assembly, with a section modulus of 18.96 cubic inches with an rbm of 2,275,200 in-lb over the rear axle. The frame rails will be constructed of 120,000 psi yield strength heat-treated 0.38" thick steel with 3.50" wide flanges.
0889469 Frame Liner, "C/Inv L" 12.50" x 3.00"
x .25", AXT/Vel/Imp/Enf, 56" QVal

FRAME REINFORCEMENT
In addition, a mainframe internal liner will be provided. The liner will be an internal "C" design that steps to an internal "L" design over the rear axle. It will be heat-treated steel measuring 12.50" x

3.00" x 0.25" through the front portion of the liner, stepping to 9.38" x 3.00" x 0.25" through the rear portion of the liner. Each liner will have a section modulus of 13.58 cubic inches, yield strength of 110,000 psi, and rbm of 1,494,042 in-lb. Total rbm at wheelbase center will be 4,391,869 in-lb.

The frame liner will be mounted inside of the chassis frame rail and extend the full length of the frame.
0630705 Axle, Front, Oshkosh TAK-4, Non
Drive, 19,500 lb, Enforcer

FRONT NON DRIVE AXLE
The Oshkosh TAK-4® front axle will be of the independent suspension design with a ground rating of 19,500 lb.

Upper and lower control arms will be used on each side of the axle. Upper control arm castings will be made of 100,000-psi yield strength 8630 steel and the lower control arm casting will be made of 55,000-psi yield ductile iron.

The center cross members and side plates will be constructed out of 80,000-psi yield strength steel.

Each control arm will be mounted to the center section using elastomer bushings. These rubber bushings will rotate on low friction plain bearings and be lubricated for life. Each bushing will also have a flange end to absorb longitudinal impact loads, reducing noise and vibrations.

There will be nine (9) grease fittings supplied, one (1) on each control arm pivot and one (1) on the steering gear extension.

The upper control arm will be shorter than the lower arm so that wheel end geometry provides positive camber when deflected below rated load and negative camber above rated load.

Camber at load will be zero degrees for optimum tire life.

The ball joint bearing will be of low friction design and be maintenance free.

Toe links that are adjustable for alignment of the wheel to the center of the chassis will be provided.

The wheel ends must have little to no bump steer when the chassis encounters a hole or obstacle.

The steering linkage will provide proper steering angles for the inside and outside wheel, based on the vehicle wheelbase.

The axle will have a turning angle of up to 45 degrees. 0030264 Suspension, Front TAK-4, 19,500 lb,
Qtm/AXT/Imp/Vel/Enf/SFR

FRONT SUSPENSION
Front Oshkosh TAK-4™ independent suspension will be provided with a minimum ground rating of 19,500 lb.

The independent suspension system will be designed to provide maximum ride comfort. The design will allow the vehicle to travel at highway speeds over improved road surfaces and at moderate speeds over rough terrain with minimal transfer of road shock and vibration to the vehicle's crew compartment.

Each wheel will have torsion bar type spring. In addition, each front wheel end will also have energy absorbing jounce bumpers to prevent bottoming of the suspension.

The suspension design will be such that there is at least 10.00" of total wheel travel and a minimum of 3.75" before suspension bottoms.

The torsion bar anchor lock system allows for simple lean adjustments, without the use of shims.

One can adjust for a lean within 15 minutes per side. Anchor adjustment design is such that it allows for ride height adjustment on each side.

The independent suspension was put through a durability test that simulated 140,000 miles of inner city driving.
0087572 Shock Absorbers, KONI, TAK-4,
Qtm/AXT/Imp/Vel/DCF/Enf

FRONT SHOCK ABSORBERS
KONI heavy-duty telescoping shock absorbers will be provided on the front suspension. 0000322 Oil Seals, Front Axle FRONT OIL SEALS
Oil seals with viewing window will be provided on the front axle. 0802633 Tires, Front, Goodyear, Armor Max
MSA, 385/65R22.50, 18 ply, Fire Ser.

Load Rtg

FRONT TIRES
Front tires will be Goodyear 385/65R22.5 radials, 18 ply Armor Max MSA tread, rated for 20,050 lb maximum axle load and 68 mph maximum speed.

Bid #: 988 6
0019611 Wheels, Front, Alcoa, 22.50" x

12.25", Aluminum, Hub Pilot

The tires will be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 12.25" polished aluminum disc type wheels with a ten (10) stud, 11.25" bolt circle.
0530458 Axle, Rear, Meritor RS24-160, 24,000
lb, Saber/Enforcer

REAR AXLE
The rear axle will be a Meritor™, Model RS-24-160, with a capacity of 24,000 lb. 0544253 Top Speed of Vehicle, 68 MPH /109
KPH

TOP SPEED OF VEHICLE
A rear axle ratio will be furnished to allow the vehicle to reach a top speed of 68 mph / 109 kph. 0565379 Suspen, Rear, Single Slipper Spring,
24,000 lb, Saber/Enforcer

REAR SUSPENSION
The rear suspension will be Standens, semi-elliptical, 3.00" wide x 52.50" long, with a ground rating of 24,000 lb. The spring hangers will be castings.

The two (2) top leaves will wrap the forward spring hanger pin, and the rear of the spring will be a slipper style end that will ride in a rear slipper hanger.

A steel encased rubber bushing will be used in the spring eye. The steel encased rubber bushing will be maintenance free and require no lubrication.
0000485 Oil Seals, Rear Axle

REAR OIL SEALS
Oil seals will be provided on the rear axle(s).
0000482 Driver Controlled Differential Lock,
Single Axle

DRIVER CONTROL DIFFERENTIAL LOCK (DCDL)
A rear axle will be equipped with a driver controlled differential lock (DCDL).

The control will be located within easy reach of the driver. An indicator light will be provided next to the control switch.
0782552 Tires, Rear, Goodyear, Endurance
RSA, 12R22.50, LRH, Single

REAR TIRES
Rear tires will be four (4) Goodyear 12R22.50 radials, load range H, Endurance RSA highway tread, rated for 27,120 lb maximum axle load and 75 mph maximum speed. 0019625 Wheels, Rear, Alcoa, 22.50" x 8.25",
Aluminum, Hub Pilot, Single
The tires will be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 8.25" polished aluminum disc wheels with a ten (10) stud 11.25" bolt circle.
0568081 Tire Balancing, Counteract Beads

TIRE BALANCE
All tires will be balanced with Counteract balancing beads. The beads will be inserted into the tire and eliminate the need for wheel weights.
0620570 Tire Pressure Monitoring,
RealWheels, AirSecure, Valve Cap,
Single Axle

TIRE PRESSURE MANAGEMENT
There will be a RealWheels LED AirSecure™ tire alert pressure management system provided, that will monitor each tire's pressure. A sensor will be provided on the valve stem of each tire for a total of six (6) tires.

The sensor will calibrate to the tire pressure when installed on the valve stem for pressures between 10 and 200 psi. The sensor will activate an integral battery operated LED when the pressure of that tire drops 5 to 8 psi.

Removing the cap from the sensor will indicate the functionality of the sensor and battery. If the sensor and battery are in working condition, the LED will immediately start to flash. 0013246 Axle Hub Covers without center hole,
S/S, Front Axle
HUB COVERS (front)
Stainless steel hub covers will be provided on the front axle. 0044998 Axle Hub Covers, Rear, S/S,
RW7715, Foam Mount, High Hat
(Pair)
HUB COVERS (rear)
A pair of Realwheels, RW7715, foam mounted, stainless steel high hat hub covers will be provided on rear axle hubs.
0002045 Mud Flap, Front and Rear, Pierce
Logo

MUD FLAPS
Mud flaps with a Pierce logo will be installed behind the front and rear wheels. 0544802 Chocks, Wheel, SAC-44-E, Folding,
(Up to 44" Diameter Tires)

WHEEL CHOCKS
There will be one (1) pair of folding Ziamatic, Model SAC-44-E, aluminum alloy, Quick-Choc wheel blocks, with easy-grip handle provided.

Bid #: 988 7
0544806 Mounting Brackets, Chocks, SAC-44-
E, Folding, Horizontal
Wheel Chock Brackets
There will be one (1) pair of Zico, Model SQCH-44-H, horizontal mounting wheel chock brackets provided for the Ziamatic, Model SAC-44-E, folding wheel chocks. The brackets will be made of aluminum and consist of a quick release spring loaded rod to hold the wheel chocks in place. The brackets will be mounted one (1) forward and one (1) rearward of the left side rear tire. 0820509 ESC/ABS/ATC Wabco Brake
System, Single Rear Axle, NFPA
1900/ULC

ELECTRONIC STABILITY CONTROL
A vehicle control system will be provided as an integral part of the ABS brake system from Meritor Wabco.

The system will monitor and update the lateral acceleration of the vehicle and compare it to a critical threshold where a side roll event may occur. If the critical threshold is met, the vehicle control system will automatically reduce engine RPM, engage the engine retarder (if equipped), and selectively apply brakes to the individual wheel ends of the front and rear axles to reduce the possibility of a side roll event.

The system will monitor directional stability through a lateral accelerometer, steer angle sensor and yaw rate sensor. If spinout or drift out is detected, the vehicle control system will selectively apply brakes to the individual wheel ends of the front and rear axles to bring the vehicle back to its intended direction.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
The vehicle will be equipped with a Wabco 4S4M, anti-lock braking system. The ABS will provide a four (4) channel anti-lock braking control on both the front and rear wheels. A digitally controlled system that utilizes microprocessor technology will control the anti-lock braking system. Each wheel will be monitored by the system. When any wheel begins to lockup, a signal will be sent to the control unit. This control unit will then reduce the braking of that wheel for a fraction of a second and then reapply the brake. This anti-lock brake system will eliminate the lockup of any wheel thus helping to prevent the apparatus from skidding out of control.

AUTOMATIC TRACTION CONTROL
An anti-slip feature will be included with the ABS. The Automatic Traction Control will be used for traction in poor road and weather conditions. The Automatic Traction Control will act as an electronic differential lock that will not allow a driving wheel to spin, thereby supplying traction at all times. The ABS electronic control unit (ECU) will work with the engine ECU, sharing information concerning wheel slip. Engine ECU will use information to control engine speed, allowing only as much throttle application as required for the available traction, regardless of how much the driver is asking for. An "off road traction" switch will be provided on the instrument panel. Activation of the switch will allow additional tire slip to let the truck climb out and get on top of deep snow or mud.
0030185 Brakes, Knorr/Bendix 17", Disc,
Front, TAK-4
BRAKES
The service brake system will be full air type.

The front brakes will be Knorr/Bendix disc type with a 17.00" ventilated rotor for improved stopping distance.

The brake system will be certified, third party inspected, for improved stopping distance. 0509206 Brakes, Meritor, EX225, Disc Plus,
Rear, Single Axle
The rear brakes will be Meritor™, Disc Plus, Model EX225, disc operated with automatic slack adjusters and a 17.00" ventilated rotor for improved stopping distance. 0020784 Air Compressor, Brake,
Cummins/Wabco 18.7 CFM

BRAKE SYSTEM AIR COMPRESSOR
The air compressor will be a Cummins/WABCO with 18.7 cubic feet per minute output. 0644232 Brake Reservoirs, 4,272 Cubic Inch
Minimum Capacity, Saber
FR/Enforcer

BRAKE SYSTEM
The brake system will include:

Brake treadle valve
Heated automatic moisture ejector on air dryer
Total air system minimum capacity of 4,272 cubic inches Two (2) air pressure gauges with a red warning light and an audible alarm, that activates when air pressure falls below 60 psi
Spring set parking brake system
Parking brake operated by a push-pull style control valve A parking "brake on" indicator light on instrument panel Park brake relay/inversion and anti-compounding valve, in conjunction with a double check valve system, with an automatic spring brake application at 40 psi A pressure protection valve to prevent all air operated accessories from drawing air from the air system when the system pressure drops below 80 psi (550 kPa) 1/4 turn drain valves on each air tank
The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750 hour salt spray test.

The air tanks will be painted same as frame color.

To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets. 0630489 Air Dryer, Bendix, AD-9, With Wet
Tank, Heated, Saber FR/Enforcer

BRAKE SYSTEM AIR DRYER
The air dryer will be a Bendix AD-9 air dryer, with spin-on coalescing filter cartridge and 100 watt heater.
0000790 Brake Lines, Nylon BRAKE LINES
Color-coded nylon brake lines will be provided. The lines will be wrapped in a heat protective loom in the chassis areas that are subject to excessive heat.

Bid #: 988 8
0888958 Air Inlet, w/.25" Disconnect Coupling,
Parker B2C

AIR INLET
One (1) air inlet with a .25" male, Parker B2C, coupling will be provided. It will allow station air to be supplied to the apparatus brake system through a shoreline hose. The inlet will be located on the driver side pump panel. A check valve will be provided to prevent reverse flow of air. The inlet will discharge into the "wet" tank of the brake system. A mating female coupling will also be provided with the loose equipment.
0000860 Outlet, Air, with shut off valve

AIR OUTLET
One (1) air outlet will be installed with a female coupling and shut off valve, located on the driver side seat riser. This system will tie into the "wet" tank of the brake system and include an 85-psi pressure protection valve in the outlet line to prevent the brake system from losing all air.

Female coupling and male fitting will be .25" thread.

A mating male fitting will be provided with the loose equipment. 0557044 Valve, 1/4 Shut Off, For Air Outlet AIR OUTLET SHUT OFF VALVE A quarter turn shut off valve will be provided next to the air outlet. The shut off valve will be mounted in the same bezel as the outlet coupling.
0014130 Air Tank, Additional for Extra Air Horn
Capacity

ADDITIONAL AIR TANK FOR AIR HORN
An additional air tank with 1,454 cubic inch displacement will be provided to increase the capacity of the air system. This tank will be dedicated for air horn use.

The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750 hour salt spray test. To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets.

The air tank(s) will be painted black #101.

The output flow of the engine air compressor varies with engine rpm. Full compressor output is only achieved at governed engine speed. Engine speed may be limited by generators, pumps and other PTO driven options.
0720795 SP All Wheel Lock-up, Battery, Switch

ALL WHEEL LOCK-UP
An all wheel lock-up system will be installed which applies air to the front brakes and uses the spring brake at the rear. System will be operated with battery switched power and the parking brake set.
0011835 Guard, U-Bolt over "Prk Brk" Knob

U-BOLT GUARD OVER PARKING BRAKE KNOB
There will be one (1) U-bolt type protective guard(s) installed over the "Parking Brake" knob to prevent accidental activation of the brake. The guard will be located on the driver's side. 0541937 Switch, Locking, Front Wheel Lock
Control
A locking switch will be provided to help prevent accidental activation of the front wheel lock control.
0012034 Moisture Ejector, Manual, Remote
Mounted

MANUAL MOISTURE EJECTOR(S)
Three (3) manual moisture ejectors will be installed in the brake system.

The moisture ejector will be remote mounted on the driver side of vehicle, as close to the edge of vehicle as possible.

A loop will be provided at the moisture ejector, to allow for ease of pulling the drain.

Each moisture ejector will have a label directly under the ejector, stating air tank drain.

Air lines will be routed from the air tank to the moisture ejector.

The moisture ejector(s) will be provided on the left side of the vehicle under the forward most position of the body reservoir(s).
0615609 Fittings, Compression Type, Entire
Apparatus, Single Rear Axle

COMPRESSION FITTINGS ONLY
Any nylon tube on the apparatus that is pneumatic will be plumbed with compression type fittings where applicable. Push lock fittings will not be acceptable for any pneumatic nylon tube plumbing.

Bid #: 988 9
0810947 Engine, Cummins X10, 450 hp, 1650
lb-ft, W/OBD, EPA 2027, Saber
FR/Enforcer
ENGINE
The chassis will be powered by an electronically controlled engine as described below:

Make:

Cummins
Model:

X10
Power:
450 hp at 2100 rpm
Torque:
1650 lb-ft at 1400 rpm
Governed Speed:
2200 rpm
Emissions Level:

EPA 2027
Fuel:

Diesel
Cylinders:

Six (6)
Displacement:
606 cubic inches (9.9L)
Starter:

Delco 39MT™
Fuel Filters:

Spin-on style primary filter with water separator and water-in-fuel sensor. Secondary spin-on style filter.

The engine will include On-board diagnostics (OBD), which provides self diagnostic and reporting. The system will give the owner or repair technician access to state of health information for various vehicle sub systems. The system will monitor vehicle systems, engine and after treatment. The system will illuminate a malfunction indicator light on the dash console if a problem is detected.
0000000 STF Engine Contingency Adjustment
0001244 High Idle w/Electronic Engine,
Custom

HIGH IDLE
A high idle switch will be provided, inside the cab, on the instrument panel, that will automatically maintain a preset engine rpm. A switch will be installed, at the cab instrument panel, for activation/deactivation.

The high idle will be operational only when the parking brake is on and the truck transmission is in neutral. A green indicator light will be provided, adjacent to the switch. The light will illuminate when the above conditions are met. The light will be labeled "OK to Engage High Idle." 0687994 Engine Brake, Jacobs Compression
Brake, Cummins Engine

ENGINE BRAKE
A Jacobs® engine brake is to be installed with the controls located on the instrument panel within easy reach of the driver.

The driver will be able to turn the engine brake system on/off and have a high, medium and low setting.

The engine brake will activate when the system is on and the throttle is released.

The high setting of the brake application will activate and work simultaneously with the variable geometry turbo (VGT) provided on the engine.

The engine brake will be installed in such a manner that when the engine brake is slowing the vehicle the brake lights are activated.

The ABS system will automatically disengage the auxiliary braking device, when required. 0644227 Clutch, Fan, Air Actuated, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CLUTCH FAN
A fan clutch will be provided. The fan clutch will be automatic when the pump transmission is in "Road" position, and constantly engaged when in "Pump" position. 0644573 Air Intake, Water & Ember Screen,
Saber FR/Enforcer

ENGINE AIR INTAKE
The engine air intake will be located above the engine cooling package. It will draw fresh air from the front of the apparatus through the radiator grille.

The ember separator is designed to prevent road dirt and recirculating hot air from entering the engine.

The ember separator will be easily accessible by tilting the cab. 0814375 Exhaust System, Horizontal, Right
Side

EXHAUST SYSTEM
The exhaust system will be stainless steel from the turbo to the engine's aftertreatment device.

The exhaust system will include an aftertreatment device to meet current EPA standards. An insulation wrap will be provided on all exhaust pipe between the turbo and the aftertreatment device to minimize the transfer of heat to the cab.

The exhaust will terminate horizontally ahead of the right side rear wheels and will be flush with the body rub rail. The exhaust pipes will be aluminized steel.

There will be a stainless steel exhaust diffuser reduced to 5.00" in the center to accommodate the fire department's air recovery system with a standard straight tip on the end provided to reduce the temperature of the exhaust as it exits. Heat deflector shields will be provided to isolate chassis and body components from the heat of the tailpipe diffuser.

Bid #: 988 10
0788765 Radiator, Saber FR/Enforcer

RADIATOR
The radiator and the complete cooling system will meet or exceed the current edition of applicable NFPA and engine manufacturer cooling system standards.

For maximum corrosion resistance and cooling performance, the entire radiator core will be constructed using long life aluminum alloy. The radiator core will consist of aluminum fins, having a serpentine design, brazed to aluminum tubes.

The radiator core will have a minimum front area of 1060 square inches.

Supply tank will be made of heavy duty glass-reinforced nylon and the return tank will be made of aluminum. Both tanks will be crimped onto the core assembly using header tabs and a compression gasket to complete the radiator core assembly. There will be a full steel frame around the inserts to enhance cooling system durability and reliability.

The radiator will be compatible with commercial antifreeze solutions.

The radiator assembly will be isolated from the chassis frame rails with rubber isolators to prevent the development of leaks caused by twisting or straining when the apparatus operates over uneven terrain.

The radiator will include a de-aeration/expansion tank. For visual coolant level inspection, the radiator will have a built-in sight glass. The radiator will be equipped with a 15 psi pressure relief cap.

A drain port will be located at the lowest point of the cooling system and/or the bottom of the radiator to permit complete flushing of the coolant from the system.

Shields or baffles will be provided to prevent recirculation of hot air to the inlet side of the radiator. 0722490 Cooling Hoses, Gates Silicone and
Rubber Combination - Custom

COOLANT LINES
Gates® silicone or a combination of silicone and rubber hoses will be used for the radiator and cab heater hoses installed by the chassis manufacturer.

The chassis manufacturer will also use Gates® brand hose on other heater and auxiliary coolant circuits. There will be some areas in which an appropriate Gates product is not available. In those instances a comparable silicone hose from another manufacturer will be used.

Rubber hoses will be used for the overhead defrost/heater system only in the drain tubes of the cab.

Hose clamps will be stainless steel constant torque type to prevent coolant leakage. They will react to temperature changes in the cooling system and expand or contract accordingly while maintaining a constant clamping pressure on the hose.
0001125 Fuel Tank, 65 Gallon, Left Side Fill

FUEL TANK
A 65 gallon fuel tank will be provided and mounted at the rear of the chassis. The tank will be constructed of 12-gauge, hot rolled steel. It will be equipped with swash partitions and a vent. To eliminate the effects of corrosion, the fuel tank will be mounted with stainless steel straps.

A 0.75" drain plug will be located in a low point of the tank for drainage.

A fill inlet will be located on the left hand side of the body and is covered with a hinged, spring loaded, stainless steel door that is marked "Ultra Low Sulfur - Diesel Fuel Only." A 0.50" diameter vent will be installed from tank top to just below fuel fill inlet.

The fuel tank will meet all FHWA 393.67 requirements including a fill capacity of 95 percent of tank volume.
0001129 Lines, Fuel All fuel lines will be provided as recommended by the engine manufacturer. 0662965 DEF Tank, 4.5 Gallon, DS Fill, Rear
of Axle, Common Air Bottle Door

DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK
A 4.5 gallon diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank will be provided and mounted in the driver's side body rearward of the rear axle.

A 0.50" drain plug will be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage.

A fill inlet will be provided and marked "Diesel Exhaust Fluid Only". The fill inlet will be located adjacent to the air bottle storage behind a common door on the driver side of the vehicle.

The tank will meet the engine manufacturers requirement for 10 percent expansion space in the event of tank freezing.

The tank will include an integrated heater unit that utilizes engine coolant to thaw the DEF in the event of freezing.
0723716 Fuel Priming Pump, Electronic,
Automatic, Cummins, No Swt Req'd

FUEL PRIMING PUMP
A Cummins automatic electronic fuel priming pump will be integrated as part of the engine. 0582243 Shutoff Valves, Fuel Line @ Primary
Filter, Cummins

FUEL SHUTOFF
A fuel line shutoff valve will be installed on both the inlet and outlet of the primary fuel filter. 0553019 Cooler, Engine Fuel, Imp/Vel,
SFR/Enf

FUEL COOLER
An air to fuel cooler will be installed in the engine fuel return line. 0698720 Fuel Cap Retaining Chain With
Holder
The fuel filler cap will have a retaining chain and holder provided on the fuel fill door. 0645743 Fuel/Water Separator, Racor
690R1210, 10 Micron, Heater, IATS,
ISL9

FUEL/WATER SEPARATOR
In addition to the standard fuel filters, a Racor 690R1210, 10 micron fuel/water separator with heater will be provided.

Bid #: 988 11
0887546 Trans, Allison 6th Gen, 4000 EVS P,
w/Prognostics, Imp/Vel/SFR/Enf

TRANSMISSION
An Allison 6th generation, Model EVS 4000P, electronic, torque converting, automatic transmission will be provided.

The transmission will be equipped with prognostics to monitor oil life, filter life, and transmission health. A wrench icon on the shift selector's digital display will indicate when service is due.

Two (2) PTO openings will be located on left side and top of converter housing (positions 8 o'clock and 1 o'clock).

A transmission temperature gauge with an amber light and buzzer will be installed on the cab instrument panel.
0625331 Transmission, Shifter, 6-Spd, Push
Button, 4000 EVS

TRANSMISSION SHIFTER
A six (6)-speed push button shift module will be mounted to right of driver on console. Shift position indicator will be indirectly lit for after dark operation.

The transmission ratio will be:
1st

3.51 to 1.00
2nd

1.91 to 1.00
3rd

1.43 to 1.00
4th

1.00 to 1.00
5th

0.75 to 1.00
6th

0.64 to 1.00
R

4.80 to 1.00
0684459 Transmission Oil Cooler, Modine,
External

TRANSMISSION COOLER
A Modine plate and fin transmission oil cooler will be provided using engine coolant to control the transmission oil temperature.
0604900 SP Program, Transmission, Not To Shift
To Neutral, With Prk Brk

TRANSMISSION PROGRAM
The transmission will not shift to neutral when parking brake is set. 0801876 Fluid, 4000 Series Trans, Allison
Approved TES-668 Synthetic, IPOS,
Custom

TRANSMISSION FLUID
The transmission will be provided with TranSynd, or other Allison approved TES-668 heavy duty synthetic transmission fluid.
0001375 Driveline, Spicer 1810 DRIVELINE
Drivelines will be a heavy-duty metal tube and be equipped with Spicer® 1810 universal joints.

The shafts will be dynamically balanced before installation.

A splined slip joint will be provided in each driveshaft where the driveline design requires it. The slip joint will be coated with Glidecoat® or equivalent. 0669988 Steering, Sheppard M110 w/Tilt, TAK4, Eaton Pump, w/Cooler STEERING Dual Sheppard, Model M110, steering gears, with integral heavy-duty power steering, will be provided. For reduced system temperatures, the power steering will incorporate an air to oil cooler and an Eaton, Model VN20, hydraulic pump with integral pressure and flow control. All power steering lines will have wire braded lines with crimped fittings.

A tilt and telescopic steering column will be provided to improve fit for a broader range of driver configurations.
0509229 Steering Wheel, 2 Spoke STEERING WHEEL
The steering wheel will be 18.00" in diameter, have tilting and telescoping capabilities, and a 2- spoke design.
0550144 Logo/Emblem, on Horn Button

LOGO AND CUSTOMER DESIGNATION ON HORN BUTTON
The steering wheel will have an emblem containing the Pierce logo and customer name. The emblem will have three (3) rows of text for the customer's department name. There will be a maximum of eight (8) characters in the first row, 11 characters in the second row and 11 characters in the third row.

The first row of text will be: ALAMEDA
The second row of text will be: COUNTY
The third row of text will be: FIRE
Bid #: 988 12
0606569 Bumper, 10" Extended, S/S, Saber
FR/Enforcer
BUMPER
A one (1) piece, stainless steel bumper, minimum of 10.00" high, will be attached to the front of the frame.

A 9.00" channel will be mounted directly behind the bumper for additional strength.

The bumper will be extended 10.00" from front face of cab.

Gravel Pan
A gravel pan, constructed of bright aluminum treadplate, will be furnished between the bumper and cab face. The gravel pan will be properly supported from the underside to prevent flexing and vibration of the aluminum treadplate.
0787177 SP Tray, Hose, Center, 10" Bumper,
Outside Air Horns, 15" Deep, 13"
Below/2" Above

HOSE TRAY
A hose tray, constructed of aluminum, will be placed in the center of the bumper extension.

The tray will have a capacity of 30' of 1.50" double jacket cotton-polyester hose.

Black rubber grating will be provided at the bottom of the tray. Drain holes are also provided. 0633479 Hose Restraint, Bumper Tray, Velcro
Straps, Pair
Center Hose Tray Restraint
There will be one (1) pair of hose tray restraint straps located over the center mounted tray.

The restraints will be a pair of 2.00" wide black nylon straps with Velcro® fasteners provided. The strap(s) will be used to secure the hose in the tray.
0778092 Lift & Tow Package, Enforcer

LIFT AND TOW MOUNTS
Mounted to the frame extension will be lift and tow mounts. The lift and tow mounts will be designed and positioned to adapt to certain tow truck lift systems.

The lift and tow mounts with eyes will be painted the same color as the frame. 0522573 Tow Hooks Not Required, Due to Lift
and Tow Package

TOW HOOKS
No tow hooks are to be provided. This truck will be equipped with a lift and tow package with integral tow eyes.
0645453 Travel Stop, Front Outlet Swivel,
Location

SWIVEL STOP
Installed on the front bumper extension will be a stainless steel rod to limit the travel of the front outlet swivel. The travel stop will be installed to keep it from hitting the on each side of the swivel.

One (1) stainless steel rod will be threaded into the bumper deck. 0089673 Gravel Pan/Tray Covers, .188" Alum
Treadplate

GRAVEL PAN/TRAY COVERS
The gravel pan and tray covers will be constructed of 0.188" bright aluminum treadplate.

Bid #: 988 13
0648332 Cab, Enforcer, 7010

CAB
The Enforcer cab will be designed specifically for the fire service and manufactured by the chassis builder.

The cab will be built by the apparatus manufacturer in a facility located on the manufacturer's premises.

For reasons of structural integrity and enhanced occupant protection, the cab will be a heavy duty design, constructed to the following minimal standards.

The cab will have 12 main vertical structural members located in the A-pillar (front cab corner posts), B-pillar (side center posts), C-pillar (rear corner posts), and rear wall areas. The A-pillar will be constructed of solid A356-T5 aluminum castings. The B-pillar and C-pillar will be constructed from 0.13" wall extrusions. The rear wall will be constructed of two (2) 2.00" x 2.00" outer aluminum extrusions and two (2) 2.00" x 1.00" inner aluminum extrusions. All main vertical structural members will run from the floor to 4.625" x 3.864" x 0.090" thick roof extrusions to provide a cage-like structure with the A-pillar and roof extrusions being welded into a 0.25" thick corner casting at each of the front corners of the roof assembly.

The front of the cab will be constructed of a 0.13" firewall plate, covered with a 0.090" front skin (for a total thickness of 0.22"), and reinforced with a full width x 0.50" thick cross-cab support located just below the windshield and fully welded to the engine tunnel. The cross-cab support will run the full width of the cab and weld to each A-pillar, the 0.13" firewall plate, and the front skin.

The cab floors will be constructed of 0.125" thick aluminum plate and reinforced at the firewall with an additional 0.25" thick cross-floor support providing a total thickness of 0.375" of structural material at the front floor area. The front floor area will also be supported with two (2) triangular

0.30" wall extrusions that also provides the mounting point for the cab lift. This tubing will run from the floor wireway of the cab to the engine tunnel side plates, creating the structure to support the forces created when lifting the cab.

The cab will be 96.00" wide (outside door skin to outside door skin) to maintain maximum maneuverability.

The centerline of front axle to the rear of the cab will be 70.00" long.

The forward cab section will have an overall height (from the cab roof to the ground) of approximately 99.00". The crew cab section will have a 10.00" raised roof, with an overall cab height of approximately 109.00". The overall height listed will be calculated based on a truck configuration with the lowest suspension weight rating, the smallest diameter tires for the suspension, no water weight, no loose equipment weight, and no personnel weight. Larger tires, wheels, and suspension will increase the overall height listed.

The floor to ceiling height inside the crew cab will be 64.50" in the center and outboard positions.

The crew cab floor will measure 46.00" from the rear wall to the back side of the rear facing seat risers.

The medium block engine tunnel, at the rearward highest point (knee level), will measure 61.50" to the rear wall. The big block engine tunnel will measure 51.50" to the rear wall.

The crew cab will be a totally enclosed design with the interior area completely open to improve visibility and verbal communication between the occupants.

The cab will be a full tilt cab style.

A 3-point cab mount system with rubber isolators will improve ride quality by isolating chassis vibrations from the cab.

CAB ROOF DRIP RAIL
For enhanced protection from inclement weather, a drip rail will be furnished on the sides of the cab. The drip rail will be painted to match the cab roof, and bonded to the sides of the cab. The drip rail will extend the full length of the cab roof.

FENDER LINERS
Full circular inner fender liners in the wheel wells will be provided.

PANORAMIC WINDSHIELD
A one (1)-piece safety glass windshield will be provided with over 2,775 square inches of clear viewing area. The windshield will be full width and will provide the occupants with a panoramic view. The windshield will consist of three (3) layers: outer light, middle safety laminate, and inner light. The outer light layer will provide superior chip resistance. The middle safety laminate layer will prevent the windshield glass pieces from detaching in the event of breakage. The inner light will provide yet another chip resistant layer. The cab windshield will be bonded to the aluminum windshield frame using a urethane adhesive. A custom frit pattern will be applied on the outside perimeter of the windshield for a finished automotive appearance.

WINDSHIELD WIPERS
Three (3) electric windshield wipers with washer will be provided that meet FMVSS and SAE requirements.

The washer reservoir will be able to be filled without raising the cab. 0647919 Engine Tunnel, ISL, Spray Insulation,
Saber FR/Enforcer

ENGINE TUNNEL
Engine hood side walls will be constructed of 0.375" aluminum. The top will be constructed of

0.125" aluminum and will be tapered at the top to allow for more driver and passenger elbow room.

The engine hood will be insulated for protection from heat and sound. The noise insulation keeps the dBA level within the limits stated in the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

The engine tunnel will be no higher than 17.00" off the crew cab floor. 0887601 Cab Insulation, Enforcer/Saber FR INTERIOR CAB INSULATION The cab will include 1.00" insulation in the ceiling, 1.50" insulation in the side walls, a minimum of

1.00" insulation in the crew cab floor, and 2.00" insulation in the rear wall to maximize acoustic absorption and thermal insulation.
0610508 Rear Wall, Interior, Adjustable
Seating, Not Available
Bid #: 988 14
0632103 Rear Wall, Exterior, Cab, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CAB REAR WALL EXTERIOR COVERING
The exterior surface of the rear wall of the cab will be overlaid with bright aluminum treadplate except for areas that are not typically visible when the cab is lowered. 0622582 Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, Manual Override,
Control Loc Feature, Sab FR/Enf

CAB LIFT
A hydraulic cab lift system will be provided consisting of an electric powered hydraulic pump, dual lift cylinders, and necessary hoses and valves.

Hydraulic pump will have a manual override for backup in the event of electrical failure.

Lift controls will be located DS step well center.

The cab will be capable of tilting 43 degrees to accommodate engine maintenance and removal.

The cab will be locked down by a 2-point normally closed spring loaded hook type latch that fully engages after the cab has been lowered. The system will be hydraulically actuated to release the normally closed locks when the cab lift control is in the raised position and cab lift system is under pressure. When the cab is completely lowered and system pressure has been relieved, the spring loaded latch mechanisms will return to the normally closed and locked position.

The hydraulic cylinders will be equipped with a velocity fuse that protects the cab from accidentally descending when the control is located in the tilt position.

For increased safety, a redundant mechanical stay arm will be provided that must be manually put in place on the left side between the chassis and cab frame when the cab is in the raised position. This device will be manually stowed to its original position before the cab can be lowered.

Cab Lift Interlock
The cab lift system will be interlocked to the parking brake. The cab tilt mechanism will be active only when the parking brake is set and the ignition switch is in the on position. If the parking brake is released, the cab tilt mechanism will be disabled. 0550320 Label For Cab Lift Reservoir Full
Level

CAB LIFT RESERVOIR LABEL
A label will be provided on the cab lift reservoir to indicate when the reservoir is full. The label will read "full level" with the cab in the raised position.
0550343 Special Circuit, Cab Tilt w/o Ignition
Switch

CAB TILT CIRCUIT
The cab tilt mechanism will be operational with the battery switch on and with parking brake set. 0695930 Grille, Bright Finished, Front of Cab,
Enforcer
GRILLE
A bright finished aluminum mesh grille screen, inserted behind a bright finished grille surround, will be provided on the front center of the cab.
0794201 Scuffplate, Aluminum Treadplate,
Outboard Vertical Floor Risers,Crew
Cab,SFR/Enf

STEP RISER SCUFFPLATE
Aluminum treadplate scuffplates will be provided on the vertical surface between the crew cab steps and floor in the crew cab.
0512716 Scuffplate, Rear of Engine Tunnel

SCUFFPLATE
A bright aluminum treadplate scuffplate will be provided on the entire rear vertical surface of the engine tunnel.
0002224 Scuffplates, S/S At Cab Door Jambs,
4-Door Cab

DOOR JAMB SCUFFPLATES
All cab door jambs will be furnished with a 1.00" polished stainless steel scuffplate, mounted on the striker side of the jamb.
0647932 Not Required, Trim, S/S Band, Across
Cab Face, AXT/Saber/Enforcer

0015440 No Chrome Molding, On side of cab

0032189 Mirrors, Ramco, 8000PCHR,
Heated/Remote, w/Heated/Remote
Convex, Door Mount

MIRRORS
One (1) Ramco, Model 8000-PCHR, polished aluminum mirror will be mounted on each of the cab doors. The mirrors will be 9.25" wide x 13.50" high with a convex section.The mirror head will have a highly polished aluminum finish.

The flat glass in each mirror will be heated and adjustable, with remote controls that are convenient to the driver.

The convex section in each mirror will be heated and adjustable, with remote controls that are convenient to the driver.

Bid #: 988 15
0648170 Door, Half-Height, Saber FR/Enforcer
4-Door Cab, Raised Roof
DOORS
To enhance entry and egress to the cab, the forward cab door openings will be a minimum of

37.50" wide x 63.37" high. The crew cab doors will be located on the sides of the cab and will be constructed in the same manner as the forward cab doors. The crew cab door openings will be a minimum of 34.30" wide x 73.25" high.

The forward cab and crew cab doors will be constructed of extruded aluminum with a nominal material thickness of 0.093". The exterior door skins will be constructed from 0.090" aluminum.

A customized, vertical, pull-down type door handle will be provided on the exterior of each cab door. The finish of the door handle will be chrome/black. The exterior handle will be designed specifically for the fire service to prevent accidental activation, and will provide 4.00" wide x 2.00" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands.

Each door will also be provided with an interior flush, open style paddle handle that will be readily operable from fore and aft positions, and be designed to prevent accidental activation. The interior handles will provide 4.00" wide x 1.25" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands.

The cab doors will be provided with both interior (rotary knob) and exterior (keyed) locks exceeding FMVSS standards. The keys will be Model 751. The locks will be capable of activating when the doors are open or closed. The doors will remain locked if locks are activated when the doors are opened, then closed.

A full length, heavy duty, stainless steel, piano-type hinge with a 0.38" pin and 11 gauge leaf will be provided on all cab doors. There will be double automotive-type rubber seals around the perimeter of the door framing and door edges to ensure a weather-tight fit.

A chrome grab handle will be provided on the inside of each cab door for ease of entry.

A red webbed grab handle will be installed on the crew cab door stop strap. The grab handles will be securely mounted.

The bottom cab step at each cab door location will be located below the cab doors and will be exposed to the exterior of the cab.
0655537 Door Panel, Polished Stainless Steel,
Saber/Enforcer 4-Door Cab
Door Panels
The inner cab door panels will be constructed out of polished stainless steel. 0630636 Controls, Electric Roll-Up Windows,
4dr, 4 Driver Controls, Saber
FR/Enforcer

ELECTRIC OPERATED CAB DOOR WINDOWS
All four (4) cab doors will be equipped with electric operated windows with one (1) flush mounted automotive style switch on each door. The driver's door will have four (4) switches, one (1) to control each door window.

Each switch will allow intermittent or auto down operation for ease of use. Auto down operation will be actuated by holding the window down switch for approximately 1 second. 0638310 Steps, 4-Door Cab, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CAB STEPS
The forward cab and crew cab access steps will be a full size two (2) step design to provide largest possible stepping surfaces for safe ingress and egress. The bottom steps will be designed with a grip pattern punched into bright aluminum treadplate material to provide support, slip resistance, and drainage. The bottom steps will be a bolt-in design to minimize repair costs should they need to be replaced. The forward cab steps will be a minimum 25.00" wide, and the crew cab steps will be 21.65" wide with a 10.00" minimum depth. The inside cab steps will not exceed 16.50" in height.

The vertical surfaces of the step well will be aluminum treadplate. 0770194 Handrail, Exterior, Knurled, Alum, 4-
Door Cab

CAB EXTERIOR HANDRAILS
A 1.25" diameter slip-resistant, knurled aluminum handrail will be provided adjacent to each cab and crew cab door opening to assist during cab ingress and egress. 0892638 Lights, Cab & Crw Cab Acs Stps,
P25, LED w/Bezel, 6lts

STEP LIGHTS
There will be six (6) white LED step lights with chrome housing installed for cab and crew cab access steps.

One (1) light for the left access steps.

Two (2) lights for the left side crew cab access steps.

Two (2) lights for the right side crew cab access steps.

One (1) light for the right side access step.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15" x 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of

1.5 fc covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light.

The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on and the adjacent door is opened. 0005772 Fenders, S/S on cab, w/Radius
corner, 2.00" wide

FENDER CROWNS
Stainless steel fender crowns will be installed at the cab wheel openings. The fender crowns will have a radius outside corner that will allow the fender crown to extend out further than the standard width crown, thus extending beyond the sidewall of the front tires and allow the crew cab doors to open fully.
0586967 Grab Handle, Chrome, Specify
Location, Qty

GRAB HANDLE(S)
There will be three (3) chrome grab handle(s) mounted in the interior of the cab (1) mounted vertical, high and forward on officer door, and both crew cab doors. (Reference job 36880 officer door location). The grab handle(s) will be securely mounted.

Bid #: 988 16
0557023 Handrail, 10", Below Cab Windshield,
Pair

HANDRAILS BELOW CAB WINDSHIELD
A 10.00" long x 1.25" diameter handrail will be mounted below the front cab windshield, one (1) on each side. The handrails will be extruded aluminum with a ribbed design to provide a positive gripping surface.
0042105 No Windows, Side of Crew Cab

0012090 Not Required, Windows, Front/Side
of raised roof
0779033 Not Required, Windows Rear of Crew
Cab, Saber FR/Enforcer
0786278 Window Tint, Crew Cab Door, Right
Side, Medium Gray

RIGHT SIDE ROLLUP CREW CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The rollup window in the right side crew cab door will be tinted medium gray. 0786285 Window Tint, Upper Crew Cab Door,
Right Side, Medium Gray

RIGHT SIDE UPPER CREW CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The upper window in the right side crew cab door will be tinted medium gray. 0786289 Window Tint, Crew Cab Door, Left
Side, Medium Gray

LEFT SIDE ROLLUP CREW CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The rollup window in the left side crew cab door will be tinted medium gray. 0786293 Window Tint, Upper Crew Cab Door,
Left Side, Medium Gray

LEFT SIDE UPPER CREW CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The upper window in the left side crew cab door will be tinted medium gray. 0898690 Compt, Transverse C/C, Dbl Pan,
Rec Tube, 70" SFR/Enf

STORAGE COMPARTMENT
Provided under the forward facing crew cab seats will be a transverse compartment. The compartment will be divided into upper and lower sections by a removable divider located at the cab floor.

The upper section will be 16.25" wide x 9.00" high x full width (transverse) of the crew cab. The lower section will be 16.50" wide x 25.50" high x 15.00" deep on both sides.

A 8.00" diameter tube will be provided in the compartment located on each side of the cab. Part of the tube will be recessed below the compartment floor. The overall height of the tube will be

5.50" high at the back and 4.00" high at the front of the compartment for ease of removing the extinguisher.

There will be two (2) double pan doors painted to match the cab exterior with a locking D-Ring latch with #1250 key, one (1) on each side of the cab with a pneumatic stay arm for each exterior door provided as a door stop. The clear door opening of each compartment door will be 10.25" wide x 32.00" high.

The exterior access will be provided with a polished stainless steel scuffplate on the lower door frame.

There will be one (1) drop down door, painted to match the cab interior with two (2) non-locking flush lift and turn latches with no louvers on the forward face of the seat riser.

The compartment interior will be painted to match the cab interior.

Compartment Light
There will be four (4) white LED strip lights, one (1) each hinged side of lower and upper exterior compartment door openings. The lighting will be controlled by an automatic door switch. 0899775 SP Scuffplate, S/S, Striker Side, Aux
Compt Door, Each

DOOR FRAME SCUFFPLATE
There will be two (2)polished stainless steel scuffplate(s) provided for the latch side of the door frame located LS and RS Aux Exterior Compartments.
0798178 Matting, Turtle Tile, Auxiliary
Compartment

MATTING IN AUXILIARY COMPARTMENT
Turtle Tile vinyl matting will be provided in three (3) auxiliary compartment(s) located LS and RS aux compartments behind crew cab door. . Tile color will be LS and RS auxiliary compartment floor and tubes, and transverse floor..

The matting will be 0.75" thick and be cross bonded by 0.25" diameter ribbed sections spaced for aeration.
0745808 Scuffplate, Inner Door Pan, Aux Cab
Compts, Pair

SCUFFPLATE
A full height polished stainless steel scuffplate will be installed on the inside of each of the auxiliary cab compartment door pans.
0522268 Add Cables To Crew Cab
Compartment Doors

DOOR STOP CABLES
Cables will be supplied to keep the crew cab compartment doors from hitting things when the doors are opened. There will be two (2) located in the compartments to the rear of the crew cab doors.

Bid #: 988 17
0894089 Dash, Heavy Duty Metal, Enforcer

CAB DASH
The driver side dash, switch panel located to the right of the driver, and center console will be constructed of metal and painted gray.

The officer side dash will be a flat top design with an upper beveled edge to provide easy maintenance and will be constructed out of aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.

The instrument gauge cluster will be surrounded with a high impact ABS plastic contoured to the same shape of the instrument gauge cluster.
0607217 Mounting Provisions, 3/16" Alum, Full
Engine Tunnel, Saber FR/Enforcer

MOUNTING PLATE ON ENGINE TUNNEL
Equipment installation provisions will be installed on the engine tunnel.

A 0.188" smooth aluminum plate will be bolted to the top surface of the engine tunnel. The plate will follow the contour of the engine tunnel and will run the entire length of the engine tunnel. The plate will be spaced off the engine tunnel .75" to allow for wire routing below the plate.

The mounting surface will be painted to match the cab interior. 0750824 Cab Interior, Vinyl Headliner, Saber
FR/Enforcer, CARE

CAB INTERIOR
The cab interior will be constructed of primarily metal (painted aluminum) to withstand the severe duty cycles of the fire service.

The engine tunnel will be padded and covered, on the top and sides, with dark silver gray 36 ounce leather grain vinyl resistant to oil, grease, and mildew.

For durability and ease of maintenance, the cab interior side walls will be painted aluminum. The rear wall will be painted aluminum.

The headliner will be installed in both forward and rear cab sections. Headliner material will be vinyl. A sound barrier will be part of its composition. Material will be installed on an aluminum sheet and securely fastened to interior cab ceiling.

The forward portion of the cab headliner will permit easy access for service of electrical wiring or other maintenance needs.

All wiring will be placed in metal raceways.

CAB INTERIOR UPHOLSTERY
The cab interior upholstery will be 36 oz dark silver gray vinyl. 0753903 Cab Interior, Paint Color, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CAB INTERIOR PAINT
The cab interior metal surfaces, excluding the rear heater panels, will be painted gray, vinyl texture paint.

The rear heater panels will be painted black, vinyl textured paint. 0012101 Floor, Aluminum Treadplate, Cab &
Crew Cab, Saber/Enforcer, CARE

CAB FLOOR
The cab and crew cab flooring will be constructed with bright aluminum treadplate.

Bid #: 988 18
0722696 HVAC, Standard-Duty, Enforcer,
CARE

DEFROST/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
A ceiling mounted combination heater, defroster and air conditioning system will be installed in the cab above the engine tunnel area.

Cab Defroster
A 54,000 BTU heater-defroster unit with 690 SCFM of air flow will be provided inside the cab. The heater-defrost will be installed in the forward portion of the cab ceiling. Air outlets will be strategically located in the cab header extrusion per the following:

One (1) adjustable outlet directed towards the left side cab window.

One (1) adjustable outlet directed towards the right side cab window.

Six (6) fixed outlets directed at the windshield.

The defroster will be capable of clearing 98 percent of the windshield and side glass when tested under conditions where the cab has been cold soaked at 0 degrees Fahrenheit for 10 hours, and a 2 ounce per square inch layer of frost/ice has been able to build up on the exterior windshield.

The defroster system will meet or exceed SAE J382 requirements.

Cab/Crew Auxiliary Heater
There will be no auxiliary heater provided in the rear facing seat risers.

Air Conditioning
A condenser will be a 59,644 BTU output that meets and exceeds the performance specification will be mounted on the radiator.

The air conditioning system will be capable of cooling the average cab temperature from 100 degrees Fahrenheit to 75 degrees Fahrenheit at 50 percent relative humidity within 30 minutes.

The cooling performance test will be run only after the cab has been heat soaked at 100 degrees Fahrenheit for a minimum of 4 hours.

The evaporator unit will be installed in the rear portion of the cab ceiling over the engine tunnel.

The evaporator will include one (1) high performance heating core, one (1) high performance cooling core with (1) plenum directed to the front and one (1) plenum directed to the rear of the cab. The rear plenum will be covered with a metal cover painted to match the cab interior.

The evaporator unit will have a 52,000 BTU at 690 SCFM rating that meets and exceeds the performance specifications.

Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the forward plenum cover per the following:

Four (4) outlets directed towards the seating position on the left side of the cab.

Four (4) outlets directed towards the seating position on the right side of the cab.

Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the rear plenum cover per the following:

Minimum of five (5) outlets directed towards crew cab area.

A high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter will be included for the system. Access to the filter cover will be hinged with two (2) thumb latches.

The air conditioner refrigerant will be R-134A and will be installed by a certified technician.

Climate Control
An automotive style controller will be provided to control the heat and air conditioning system within the cab. The controller will have three (3) functional knobs for fan speed, temperature, and air flow distribution (front to rear) control.

The system will control the temperature of the cab and crew cab automatically by pushing the center of the fan speed control knob. Rotate the center temperature control knob to set the cab and crew cab temperature.

The AC system will be manually activated by pushing the center of the temperature control knob.

Pushing the center of the air flow distribution knob will engage the AC for max defrost, setting the fan speeds to 100 percent and directing all air flow to the overhead forward position.

The system controller will be located within panel position #12.

Gravity Drain Tubes
Two (2) condensate drain tubes will be provided for the air conditioning evaporator. The drip pan will have two (2) drain tubes plumbed separately to allow for the condensate to exit the drip pan.

No pumps will be provided.
0639675 Sun Visor, Smoked Lexan, AXT,
Imp/Vel, SFR/Enf

SUN VISORS
Two (2) smoked Lexan™ sun visors will be provided. The sun visors will be located above the windshield with one (1) mounted on each side of the cab.

There will be no retention bracket provided to help secure each sun visor in the stowed position. 0760345 SP Grab Handles, Driver and Officer Low
and Door Posts, Saber FR/Enforcer

GRAB HANDLES
A black rubber covered grab handle will be mounted on the door post of the driver and officer's side cab door to assist in entering the cab.

An additional black rubber covered grab handle will be mounted on the driver's side door post of the driver's side cab door to assist in entering the cab. The grab handle will be securely mounted directly below the upper grab handle as not to interfere with the steering wheel.

An additional black rubber covered grab handle will be mounted low on the officer's side door post.

The grab handles will be securely mounted to the post area between the door and windshield. 0002526 Light, Engine Compt, All Custom
Chassis

ENGINE COMPARTMENT LIGHT
An engine compartment light will be installed under the engine tunnel, of which the switch is an integral part. Light will have a 0.125" diameter hole in its lens to prevent moisture retention. 0631830 Fluid Check Access, Saber
FR/Enforcer, Arrow XT

ACCESS TO ENGINE DIPSTICKS
For access to the engine oil and transmission fluid dipsticks, there will be a door on the engine tunnel, inside the crew cab. The door will be on the rear wall of the engine tunnel, on the vertical surface.

The engine oil dipstick will allow for checking only. The transmission dipstick will allow for both checking and filling.

The door will have a rubber seal for thermal and acoustic insulation. One (1) flush lift and turn latch will be provided on the access door.

Bid #: 988 19
0737247 SP Box, 2 Glove Boxes, 2 Cup Holders,
Pen, Open Storage, 24.75 W x 19.00
L x 4 D

GLOVE BOXES AND CUP HOLDERS
There will be a storage console provided on the engine tunnel. It will be mounted in the center of engine tunnel accessible by both the driver and officer.

The overall size of the storage area will be 24.75" wide x 19.00" long x 4.00" deep. The storage area will be divided into multiple areas separated by partitions to prevent items from entering other areas.

On the front, at each end, there will be a 3.75" diameter cup holder provided. A space for a handle will be provided to the outboard side of each cup holder. Between the cup holders will be a bin 14.50" wide x 4.00" long x 3.00" deep. Behind each cup holder will be an open area for radio storage. To the rear of the radio storage will be glove box storage. The radio storage area will be 5.50" wide x 3.00" long x 4.00" deep. The glove box storage will be 5.50" wide x 10.50" long x 4.00" deep. The glove boxes will be set in place with access to the gloves from the top.

Between the gloves in the center will be a bin that is 13.25" wide x 14.50" long x 4.00" deep.

The box will be constructed of aluminum and painted to match the cab interior. The corners and edges will be welded and caulked prior to paint in order to provide a smooth finished appearance. 0809085 SP Map Box, 1 Bin, 2 Glove Boxes, 2
Cup Holders, 34 W x 15 L

MAP BOX
A map box with glove box holders and cup holders will be located on the rear flat area of the engine tunnel. The map box will have one (1) center tray. The tray will extend past the rear edge of the engine tunnel.

The overall size of the tray will be 34.00" wide x 15.00" long.

On each side of the tray will be storage for one (1) glove box and one (1) cup holder. On each end, there will be a 3.75" diameter cup holder provided. A space for a handle will be provided to the outboard side of each cup holder. Behind each cup holder will be glove box storage. The glove box storage will be 5.50" wide x 10.50" long x 4.00" deep. The cup holders will be enclosed from the center tray and glove box to prevent items from slipping into this area.

An open top tray will be in the remaining center space. The tray will be 23.00" wide x 15.00" long x 2.00" deep.

The box will be constructed of aluminum and painted to match the cab interior. The corners and edges will be welded and caulked prior to paint in order to provide a smooth finished appearance. 0583039 Not Required, Side Roll and Frontal
Impact Protection
0622619 Seating Capacity, 4 Seats

SEATING CAPACITY
The seating capacity of the vehicle (including tiller cab and belted seat positions in the rescue body) will be four (4).
0632962 Seat, Driver, Bostrom, Sierra, Air
Ride, High Back, PRIMARY, SFR/Enf

DRIVER SEAT
A H.O. Bostrom, Sierra, air suspension high back seat will be provided in the cab for the driver.

For increased convenience, the seat will include a manual control to adjust the horizontal position (5.50" travel). To provide flexibility for multiple driver configurations, the seat will have a reclining back, adjustable from 15 degrees back to 45 degrees forward.

The seat will include no additional zip clean covers.

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. 0632915 Seat, Officer, Bostrom Sierra, Air
Ride, High Back, PRIMARY, SFR/Enf

OFFICER SEAT
A H.O. Bostrom, Sierra, air suspension seat will be provided in the cab for the passenger. The seat back will be a high back style with 9 degree fixed recline angle.

The seat will include no additional zip clean covers.

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. 0002517 Not Required, Radio Compartment
0736474 SP Cabinet, Rr Facing, LS, 22.75 W x 28
H x 24 D, Ext Acc Only, Sp Mtg,
Lip,SFR/Enf

REAR FACING LEFT SIDE CABINET
A rear facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the left side outboard position. The cabinet will be mounted off the edge of the seat riser so that it is even with the crew cab door frame.

The cabinet will be 22.75" wide x 28.00" high x 24.00" deep.

The cabinet will include no adjustable shelves or traysin the cabinet interior.

The cabinet will include no louvers.

There will be 1.00" lip welded in place around the top perimeter of the cabinet. There will not be anything store on the top portions without restraints.

The cabinet will provide access only from outside the cab with one (1) reverse hinged double pan door painted to match the cab exterior with a locking D-ring latch with #1250 key. The door will be located on the side of the cab over the wheelwell. A pneumatic stay arm will be provided as a door stop. The clear door opening will be 17.00" wide x 25.50" high.

The exterior access will be provided with a polished stainless steel scuffplate on the lower door frame.

The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.

Cabinet Light
There will be one (1) white LED strip light installed on the right side of the exterior cabinet door opening. The lighting will be controlled by an automatic door switch.

Bid #: 988 20
0102783 Not Required, Seat, Rr Facing C/C,
Center
0736472 SP Cabinet, Rr Facing, RS, 22.75 W x
28 H x 23 D, Ext Acc Only, Sp Mtg,
Lip,SFR/Enf

REAR FACING RIGHT SIDE CABINET
A rear facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the right side outboard position. The cabinet will be mounted off the edge of the seat riser so that it is even with the crew cab door frame.

The cabinet will be 22.75" wide x 28.00" high x 23.00" deep.

The cabinet will include no adjustable shelves or traysin the cabinet interior.

The cabinet will include no louvers.

There will be a 1.00" lip welded in place around the top perimeter of the cabinet. There will not be anything store on the top portions without restraints.

The cabinet will also provide access from outside the cab with one (1) reverse hinged double pan door painted to match the cab exterior with a locking D-ring latch with #1250 key. A pneumatic stay arm will be provided as a door stop. The exterior clear door opening will be 17.00" wide x

25.50" high.

The exterior access will be provided with a polished stainless steel scuffplate on the lower door frame.

The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum, and painted to match the cab interior.

Cabinet Light
There will be one (1) white LED strip light installed on the left side of the exterior cabinet door opening. The lights will be controlled by an automatic door switch. 0820792 SP Seat, Fwd Fcng C/C, LS Otbrd, Bost
Sierra, Hi-Back, Fldup,2.75"
IB,SECONDARY,Enf

FORWARD FACING DRIVER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT
There will be one (1) forward facing, HO Bostrom Sierra, foldup high back seat provided at the left side outboard in the crew cab. The seat will be mounted 2.75" inboard from the standard location.

For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep cushion. The seat back will be a high-back style with 90 degree fixed recline angle.

The seat will include no additional zip clean covers.

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. 0807112 SP Cabinet, Forward Facing, Center, 32
W x 50 H x 18 D, Roll, SFR/Enf

FORWARD FACING CENTER CABINET
A forward facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the center position.

The cabinet will be 32.00" wide x 50.00" high x 18.00" deep with one (1) Amdor rollup door with anodized finish, non-locking. The frame to frame opening of the cabinet will be 29.50" wide x

44.75" high. The minimum clear door opening will be 26.75" wide x 38.87" high.

The cabinet will include two (2) infinitely adjustable shelves with a 0.75" up-turned lippainted to match the cab interior.

The cabinet will include no louvers.

The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum, and painted to match the cab interior.

Cabinet Light
There will be one (1) red Amdor LED strip light installed on the left side of the interior cabinet door opening and one (1) red Amdor LED strip light installed on the right side of the interior cabinet door opening. The lighting will be controlled by an automatic door switch. 0820798 SP Seat, Fwd Fcng C/C, RS Otbrd, Bost
Sierra, Hi-Back,Foldup,2.75"
IB,SECONDARY,Enf

FORWARD FACING PASSENGER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT
There will be one (1) forward facing, HO Bostrom Sierra, foldup high back seat provided at the right side outboard in the crew cab. The seat will be mounted 2.75" inboard from the standard location.

For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep cushion. The seat back will be a high-back style with 0 degree fixed recline angle.

The seat will include no additional zip clean covers.

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. 0825473 SP Cabinet, Rear Facing, LS, Overhead,
21 W x 10 H x 34 D, Drop Btm,
SFR/Enf

LEFT SIDE REAR FACING OVERHEAD STORAGE CABINET
There will be an overhead rear facing cabinet installed at the raised roof within the crew cab, on the left side of the air conditioner.

The cabinet will be 21.00" wide x 10.00" high x 34.00" deep at the bottom. The cabinet will be notched around the wireway cover. The cabinet will be provided with no false floor.

The cabinet will include one (1) lift up cabinet door. Non-locking latch, paddle handle, and gas operated stay arms will be provided.

The entire bottom of the cabinet will hinge down for better access within the cabinet. The hinge will be at the rear of the cabinet so that when the bottom is dropped and the door is open a large area for access will be provided. The drop down door will be held open with two (2) pneumatic cylinders. The door will be held shut with a bolt on each corner.

The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.

Cabinet Light
There will be one (1) white LED strip light installed horizontally above each compartment door opening. The lighting will be controlled by an automatic door switch.

Bid #: 988 21
0813539 SP Cabinet, Rear Facing, RS, Overhead,
21 W x 10 H x 34 D, Drop Btm,
SFR/Enf

RIGHT SIDE REAR FACING OVERHEAD STORAGE CABINET
There will be an overhead rear facing cabinet installed at the raised roof within the crew cab, on the right side of the air conditioner.

The cabinet will be 21.00" wide x 10.00" high x 34.00" deep at the bottom. The cabinet will be notched around the wireway cover. The cabinet will be provided with no false floor.

The cabinet will include one (1) lift up cabinet door. Non-locking latch, paddle handle, and gas operated stay arms will be provided.

The entire bottom of the cabinet will hinge down for better access within the cabinet. The hinge will be at the rear of the cabinet so that when the bottom is dropped and the door is open a large area for access will be provided. The drop down door will be held open with two (2) pneumatic cylinders. The door will be held shut with a quarter turn fastener on each corner.

The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.

Cabinet Light
There will be one (1) white LED strip light installed horizontally above each compartment door opening. The lighting will be controlled by an automatic door switch. 0619421 Compt, Storage, Forward Facing,
Overhead, 88 W x 10 H x 16.34 D,
Saber FR/Enf

FORWARD FACING OVERHEAD STORAGE COMPARTMENT
There will be an overhead forward facing storage compartment installed at the raised roof within the crew cab. The compartment will be approximately 88.00" wide x 10.00" high x 16.34" deep.

The compartment will include three (3) lift up compartment doors. Non-locking latch and gas operated stay arms will be provided.

The compartment will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.

Compartment Light
The storage compartment lighting will consist of one (1) red Amdor LED strip light installed horizontally above each compartment door opening.
0042359 Upholstery, Seats In Cab, All Vinyl,
Bostrom, CARE

SEAT UPHOLSTERY
All seat upholstery will be leather grain light gray vinyl resistant to oil, grease and mildew. The cab will have four (4) seating positions.
0511471 No SCBA Brackets Required In Cab
Seats, Imp/Vel, AXT 2010, Qtm
2010,Saber FR/Enf
0734952 Door, Access, Front, (2) Rear Facing
Seat Risers, No Heater

ACCESS DOOR
An access door will be provided in the front edge of each rear facing seat riser with a drop down door. The drop down door will be provided with a flush lift and turn latch and painted to match the cab interior. There will be no louvers.
0603866 Seat Belt, Dual Retractor,
ReadyReach, Saber FR/Enforcer

SEAT BELTS
All cab and tiller cab (if applicable) seating positions will have red seat belts. To provide quick, easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the female buckle and seat belt webbing length will meet or exceed the current edition of applicable NFPA and CAN/ULC - S515 standards.

The 3-point shoulder type seat belts will include height adjustment. This adjustment will optimize the belts effectiveness and comfort for the seated firefighter. The 3-point shoulder type seat belts will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position.

The 3-point shoulder type belts will also include the ReadyReach D-loop assembly to the shoulder belt system. The ReadyReach feature adds an extender arm to the D-loop location placing the D-loop in a closer, easier to reach location.

Any flip up seats will include a 3-point shoulder type belts only.

To ensure safe operation, the seats will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. 0817557 Helmet Storage, Provided by Fire
Department, NFPA/ULC 2024

HELMET STORAGE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, section 11.1.8.4.1 and CAN/ULC S515:2024 edition, section 5.2, requires a location for helmet storage be provided.

There is no helmet storage on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide a location for storage of helmets.
0647647 Lights, Dome, FRP Dual LED 4 Lts CAB DOME LIGHTS There will be four (4) dual LED dome lights with grey bezels provided. Two (2) lights will be mounted above the inside shoulder of the driver and officer and two (2) lights will be installed and located, one (1) on each side of the crew cab.

The color of the LED's will be red and white.

The white LED's will be controlled by the door switches and the lens switch.

The color LED's will be controlled by the lens switch.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each white LED dome light will provide a minimum of

10.1 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 20.00" x 20.00" square seating position when mounted

40.00" above the seat.

Bid #: 988 22
0896451 Enhanced Software for Cab and
Crew Cab Dome Lts

ENHANCED SOFTWARE FOR CAB AND CREW CAB DOME LIGHTS
The cab and crew cab dome lights will remain on for 10 seconds for improved visibility after the doors are closed.

The dome lights will dim after 10 seconds or immediately if the vehicle's transmission is put into gear.
0816997 Portable Hand Light, Provided by Fire
Dept, NFPA/ULC 2024

PORTABLE HAND LIGHTS PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The hand lights are not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount these hand lights.
0622803 Cab Instruments, Black Gauges,
Black Bezels, Enforcer MUX

CAB INSTRUMENTATION
The cab instrument panel include gauges, an LCD display, telltale indicator lamps, control switches, alarms, and a diagnostic panel. The function of the instrument panel controls and switches will be identified by a label adjacent to each item. Actuation of the headlight switch will illuminate the labels in low light conditions. Telltale indicator lamps will not be illuminated unless necessary. The cab instruments and controls will be conveniently located within the forward cab section, forward of the driver. The gauge assembly and switch panels are designed to be removable for ease of service and low cost of ownership.

Gauges
The gauge panel will include the following ten (10) black faced gauges with black bezels to monitor vehicle performance:

Voltmeter gauge (volts):

Low volts (11.8 VDC)
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
High volts (15.5 VDC)
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Very low volts (11.3 VDC)
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Very high volts (16.0 VDC)
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Engine Tachometer (RPM)
Speedometer MPH (Major Scale), KM/H (Minor Scale)
Fuel level gauge (Empty - Full in fractions):

Low fuel (1/8 full)
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Very low fuel (1/32 full)
Red caution indicator on the information center with steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Engine Oil pressure Gauge (PSI):

Low oil pressure to activate engine warning lights and alarms Red caution indicator on the information center with steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Front Air Pressure Gauges (PSI):

Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Rear Air Pressure Gauges (PSI):

Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Transmission Oil Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit):

High transmission oil temperature activates warning lights and alarm Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit):

High engine temperature activates an engine warning light and alarms Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Level Gauge (Empty - Full in fractions):

Low fluid (1/8 full)
Amber indicator light in gauge dial
All gauges will perform prove out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance.

Indicator Lamps
To promote safety, the following telltale indicator lamps will be located on the instrument panel in clear view of the driver. The indicator lamps will be "dead-front" design that is only visible when active. The colored indicator lights will have descriptive text or symbols.

The following amber telltale lamps will be present:

Low coolant
Trac cntl (traction control) (where applicable)
Check engine
Check trans (check transmission
Aux brake overheat (Auxiliary brake overheat
Air rest (air restriction)
Caution (triangle symbol)
Water in fuel
DPF (engine diesel particulate filter regeneration)
Trailer ABS (where applicable)
Wait to start (where applicable)
HET (engine high exhaust temperature) (where applicable) Bid #: 988 23
ABS (antilock brake system)
MIL (engine emissions system malfunction indicator lamp) (where applicable) Side roll fault (where applicable)
Front air bag fault (where applicable)
The following red telltale lamps will be present:

Warning (stop sign symbol)
Seat belt
Parking brake
Stop engine
Rack down
The following green telltale lamps will be provided:

Left turn
Right turn
Battery on
The following blue telltale lamp will be provided:

High beam
Alarms
Audible steady tone warning alarm: A steady audible tone alarm will be provided whenever a warning message is present.

Audible pulsing tone caution alarm: A pulsing audible tone alarm (chime/chirp) will be provided whenever a caution message is present without a warning message being present.

Alarm silence: Any active audible alarm will be able to be silenced by holding the ignition switch at the top position for three (3) to five (5) seconds. For improved safety, silenced audible alarms will intermittently chirp every 30 seconds until the alarm condition no longer exists. The intermittent chirp will act as a reminder to the operator that a caution or warning condition still exists. Any new warning or caution condition will enable the steady or pulsing tones respectively.

Indicator Lamp and Alarm Prove-Out
A system will be provided which automatically tests telltale indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel. Telltale indicators and alarms will perform prove-out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance.

Control Switches
For ease of use, the following controls will be provided immediately adjacent to the cab instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. All switches will have backlit labels for low light applications.

Headlight/Parking light switch: A three (3)-position maintained rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position will deactivate all parking and headlights. The second switch position will activate the parking lights. The third switch will activate the headlights.

Panel back lighting intensity control switch: A three (3)-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. Pressing the top half of the switch, "Panel Up" increases the panel back lighting intensity and pressing the bottom half of the switch, "Panel Down" decreases the panel back lighting intensity. Pressing the half or bottom half of the switch several times will allow back lighting intensity to be gradually varied from minimum to maximum intensity level for ease of use.

Ignition switch: A three (3)-position maintained/momentary rocker switch will be provided.

The first switch position will turn off and deactivate vehicle ignition. The second switch position will activate vehicle ignition and will perform prove-out on the telltale indicators and alarms for 3 to 5 seconds after the switch is turned on. A green indicator lamp is activated with vehicle ignition. The third momentary position will temporarily silence all active cab alarms. An alarm "chirp" may continue as long as alarm condition exists.

Switching ignition to off position will terminate the alarm silence feature and reset function of cab alarm system.

Engine start switch: A two (2)-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position will activate the vehicle's engine. The switch actuator is designed to prevent accidental activation.

Hazard switch will be provided on the instrument panel or on the steering column.

Heater, defroster, and air conditioning control panel.

Turn signal arm: A self-canceling turn signal with high beam headlight controls will be provided.

Windshield wiper control will have high, low and intermittent modes.

Parking brake control: An air actuated push/pull park brake control valve will be provided.

Chassis horn control: Activation of the chassis horn control will be provided through the center of the steering wheel.

High idle engagement switch: A momentary rocker switch with integral indicator lamp will be provided. The switch will activate and deactivate the high idle function. The "OK To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp must be active for the high idle function to engage. A green indicator lamp integral to the high idle engagement switch will indicate when the high idle function is engaged.
"OK To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp: A green indicator light will be provided next to the high idle activation switch to indicate that the interlocks have been met to allow high idle engagement.

Emergency switching will be controlled by multiple individual warning light switches for various groups or areas of emergency warning lights. An Emergency Master switch provided on the instrument panel that enables or disables all individual warning light switches is included.

An additional "Emergency Master" button will be provided on the lower left hand corner of the gauge panel to allow convenient control of the "Emergency Master" system from inside the driver's door when standing on the ground.

Custom Switch Panels
The design of cab instrumentation will allow for emergency lighting and other switches to be placed within easy reach of the operator thus improving safety. There will be positions for up to four (4) switch panels in the lower instrument console and up to six (6) switch panels in the overhead visor console. All switches have backlit labels for low light conditions.

Diagnostic Panel
A diagnostic panel will be accessible while standing on the ground and located inside the driver's side door left of the steering column. The diagnostic panel will allow diagnostic tools such as computers to connect to various vehicle systems for improved Bid #: 988 24
troubleshooting providing a lower cost of ownership. Diagnostic switches will allow ABS systems to provide blink codes should a problem exist.

The diagnostic panel will include the following:

Engine diagnostic port
Transmission diagnostic port
ABS diagnostic port
Roll sensor diagnostic port
Command Zone USB diagnostic port
ABS diagnostic switch (blink codes flashed on ABS telltale indicator) Diesel particulate filter regeneration switch (where applicable) Diesel particulate filter regeneration inhibit switch (where applicable) Cab LCD Display
A digital four (4)-row by 20-character dot matrix display will be integral to the gauge panel.

The display will be capable of showing simple graphical images as well as text. The display will be split into three (3) sections. Each section will have a dedicated function.

The upper left section will display the outside ambient temperature.

The upper right section will display the following, along with other configuration specific information:

Odometer
Trip mileage
PTO hours
Fuel consumption
Engine hours
The bottom section will display INFO, CAUTION, and WARNING messages. Text messages will automatically activate to describe the cause of an audible caution or warning alarm.

The LCD will be capable of displaying multiple text messages should more than one caution or warning condition exist.
0509511 Air Restriction Indicator, Imp/Vel,
AXT, Dash CF, Enf MUX

AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR
A high air restriction warning indicator light LCD message with amber warning indicator and audible alarm will be provided.
0819040 SP Light, Do Not Move Apparatus, Wln
VTX609B, MPI-47B Piezo, PB NonNFPA 2024
"DO NOT MOVE APPARATUS" INDICATOR
There will be a Whelen®, Model VTX609B, blue LED indicator light with chrome trim located in the driving compartment installed over the over head swivel siren harness hole . This light will be illuminated automatically when the ignition is on and per the current NFPA requirements. The light will be labeled "Do Not Move Apparatus" if light is on.

An audible alarm will be provided with the open door indicator light. This alarm will be a Moose, Model MPI-47B, piezo sounder and will be used only as the door open alarm when the parking brake is released.

The piezo sounder will also be wired to the extendable lights and deluge riser when supplied on the unit and wired through the warning system.

NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, Section 10.10.1 requires a red flashing or rotating light located in the driving compartment, to be illuminated automatically whenever an item is not in the stowed position and the parking brake is not fully engaged.

Per the fire department specification, a blue flashing indicator light is required.

Per the fire department specification, the indicator light will be illuminated whenever the ignition switch is on regardless of parking brake status.

The apparatus will be non compliant to NFPA 1900 standards at time of contract execution. 0509042 Messages, Open Dr/DNMT, Color
Dsply,

DO NOT MOVE TRUCK MESSAGES
Messages will be displayed on the Command Zone™, color display located within sight of the driver whenever the Do Not Move Truck light is active. The messages will designate the item or items not in the stowed for vehicle travel position (parking brake disengaged).

The following messages will be displayed (where applicable):

Do Not Move Truck
DS Cab Door Open (Driver Side Cab Door Open)
PS Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Cab Door Open)
DS Crew Cab Door Open (Driver Side Crew Cab Door Open)
PS Crew Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door Open) DS Body Door Open (Driver Side Body Door Open)
PS Body Door Open (Passenger's Side Body Door Open)
Rear Body Door Open
DS Ladder Rack Down (Driver Side Ladder Rack Down)
PS Ladder Rack Down (Passenger Side Ladder Rack Down)
Deck Gun Not Stowed
Lt Tower Not Stowed (Light Tower Not Stowed)
Fold Tank Not Stowed (Fold-A-Tank Not Stowed)
Aerial Not Stowed (Aerial Device Not Stowed)
Stabilizer Not Stowed
Steps Not Stowed
Handrail Not Stowed
Any other device that is opened, extended, or deployed that creates a hazard or is likely to cause major damage to the apparatus if the apparatus is moved will be displayed as a caution message after the parking brake is disengaged.

Bid #: 988 25
0611683 Switching, Cab Instrument Lower
Console & Overhead, Membrane,
Enforcer WiFi MUX

SWITCH PANELS
The emergency light switch panel will have a master switch for ease of use plus individual switches for selective control. Each switch panel will contain eight (8) membrane-type switches each rated for one million (1,000,000) cycles. Panels containing less than eight (8) switch assignments will include non-functioning black appliqués. The built-in switch panels will be located in the lower console or overhead console of the cab.

Additional switch panel(s) will be located in the overhead position(s) above the windshield or in designated locations on the lower instrument panel layout.

The switches will be membrane-type and also act as an integral indicator light. For quick, visual indication the entire surface of the switch will be illuminated white whenever back lighting is activated and illuminated green whenever the switch is active. An active illuminated switch will flash when interlock requirements are not met or device is actively being load managed. For ease of use, a two (2)-ply, scratch resistant laser engraved Gravoply label indicating the use of each switch will be placed in the center of the switch. The label will allow light to pass through the letters for ease of use in low light conditions.
0802940 Wiper Control, 2-Speed with
Intermittent, Saber FR/Enforcer

WIPER CONTROL
Wiper control will consist of a two (2)-speed windshield wiper control with intermittent feature and windshield washer controls. The control will be located on the left side of the center instrument panel.
0821192 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC 1st
NFPA1900/ULC

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery switched power The negative wire will be connected to ground
Wires will be protected to 20 amps at 12 volts DC
Power and ground will terminate LS1 lower portion to the rear back corner of the compartment with a 10' loom for customer routing.

Termination will be with 3/8" studs and plastic covers
Wires will be sized to 125 percent of the protection
The circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0821438 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12VDC Power
Point, Dual USB-C Batt Dir
NFPA1900/ULC 1st

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power The negative wire will be connected to ground
Wires will be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC
Power and ground will terminate AS PER AD PRINT
Termination will be a 15 amp power point plug with a rubber cover Wires will be sized to 125 percent of the protection
There will be a 48W 2-Port USB-C 3.0 Fast Charger Adapter provided.

Battery direct loads cannot be Load Managed
0821452 Wiring, Spare, 40 A 12V DC 1st
NFPA1900/ULC

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be two (2) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery switched power.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to 40 amps at 12 volts DC.

Power and ground will terminate (1) one each side, inside the upper rear facing storage compartment in the crew cab .

Termination will be with heat shrinkable butt splicing.

Wires will be sized to 125 percent of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0821470 Wiring, Spare, 4.8 A 12V DC, USB
Termination 1st NFPA1900/ULC

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be two (2) dual USB fast charge socket mounts installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery switched power.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to 4.8 amps at 12 volts DC.

The USB socket mount will be One (1) in each EMS compartment.

Termination will be a dual USB charger socket.

Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.

Bid #: 988 26
0821473 Wiring, Spare, 4.8 A 12V DC, USB
Term Batt Dir 1st NFPA1900/ULC

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be two (2) dual USB fast charge socket mounts installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to 4.8 amps at 12 volts DC.

The USB socket mount will be AS indicated on IP Layout.

Termination will be a dual USB charger socket.

Wires will be sized to 125 percent of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0820906 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 2nd
NFPA1900/ULC

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be two (2) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the ignition switched power The negative wire will be connected to ground
Wires will be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC
Power and ground will terminate TBD at preconstruction
Termination will be with 15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover Wires will be sized to 125 percent of the protection
The circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0644461 Wiring, Spare, 40 A 12V DC, 20A Bat,
20A Sw Bat, Grnd

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be one (1) sets of spare wires installed in the apparatus routed to behind switch panel #5.

Each set will include the following:

One (1) 20 amp 12 volt DC battery direct powered wire terminated with a red covered threaded stud.

One (1) 20 amp 12 volt DC switch battery powered wire terminated with a red covered threaded stud.

One (1) ground terminated with a black covered threaded stud.

Wires will be sized to 125 percent of the protection.

Battery Direct loads cannot be Load Managed
Switched circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0685823 SP Wire, 14-ga. 6 Conductor, Spare, 1st

14 GAUGE 6 CONDUCTOR SPARE WIRE
There will be a 14 gauge 6 conductor wire included in a separate loom installed in the apparatus.

This wire will be routed from  the power distribution panel and extended to switch assy #6. NOTE:

It should be routed and not hooked up as the customer will do that..

This wire will not be connected to any power source and will not be connected to the vehicle electrical system.
0734904 SP Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, 5A EM,
5A Prk Brk, 5A Right Dir, 5A Left Dir,
Gnd

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be one (1) sets of spare wires installed in the apparatus Wiring needs to be in the overhead between driver and captain. Customer will be purchasing and installing this GPS opticom hardware as CTF..

Each set shall include the following:

One (1) 5 amp 12 volt DC emergency master activated wire with butt splice termination.

One (1) 5 amp 12 volt DC parking brake activated wire with butt splice termination.

One (1) 5 amp 12 volt DC right directional activated with butt splice termination.

One (1) 5 amp 12 volt DC left directional activated with butt splice termination.

One (1) ground with butt splice termination.

Wires shall be sized to 125% of the protection.
0819994 Radio, Jensen, AM/FM/WB, Bluetooth STEREO RADIO There will be one heavy duty AM/FM / Weatherband / Bluetooth stereo radio. The radio will be installed within reach of the officer. There will be 5.25" speakers installed one (1) pair of 5.25" speakers in the cab and one (1) pair of 5.25" speakers in the crew cab. The antenna will be a roof-mounted rubber antenna located on the left side of the cab.

The following Jensen features will be included:
180 watts max power (45W x 4); 100 watts RMS (25W x 4)
Bluetooth® streaming audio (A2DP/AVRCP)
Weatherband
AM/FM tuner with 30 presets
Audio settings (volume/bass/treble/balance/fade)
Toggle switch between day and night display
Daylight-readable, segmented LCD
Two-wire power with non-volatile memory and clock support Low battery alert
0814201 Vehicle Information Center, 7" Color
Display, Touchscreen, MUX, CL714

INFORMATION CENTER
An information center employing a 7.00" diagonal touch screen color LCD display will be encased in an ABS plastic housing.

The information center will have the following specifications:

Operate in temperatures from -40 to 158 degrees Fahrenheit LCD optically bonded to hardened AR glass lens
Five weather resistant user interface switches
Grey with black accents
Bid #: 988 27
Sunlight Readable
Linux operating system
Minimum of 1000nits rated display
Display can be changed to an available foreign language A LCD display integral to the cab gauge panel will be included as outlined in the cab instrumentation area.

Programmed to read US Customary
General Screen Design
Where possible, background colors will be used to provide "At a Glance" vehicle information. If information provided on a screen is within acceptable limits, a green background will be used.

If a caution or warning situation arises the following will occur:

An amber background/text color will indicate a caution condition A red background/text color will indicate a warning condition The information center will utilize an "Alert Center" to display text messages for audible alarm tones. The text messages will be written to identify the item(s) causing the audible alarm to sound. If more than one (1) text message occurs, the messages will cycle every second until the problem(s) have been resolved. The background color for the "Alert Center" will change to indicate the severity of the "warning" message. If a warning and a caution condition occur simultaneously, the red background color will be shown for all alert center messages.

A label for each button will exist. The label will indicate the function for each active button for each screen. Buttons that are not utilized on specific screens will have a button label with no text or symbol.

Home/Transit Screen
This screen will display the following:

Vehicle Mitigation (if equipped)
Water Level (if the water level system includes compatible communications to the information center)
Foam Level (if the foam level system includes compatible communications to the information center)
Seat Belt Monitoring Screen
Tire Pressure Monitoring (if equipped)
Digital Speedometer
Active Alarms
On Scene Screen
This screen will display the following and will be auto activated with pump engaged (if equipped):

Battery Voltage
Fuel
Oil Pressure
Coolant Temperature
RPM
Water Level (if equipped)
Foam Level (if equipped)
Foam Concentration (if equipped)
Water Flow Rate (if equipped)
Water Used (if equipped)
Active Alarms
Virtual Buttons
There will be four (4) virtual switch panel screens that match the overhead and lower lighting and HVAC switch panels.

Page Screen
The page screen will display the following and allow the user to progress into other screens for further functionality:

Diagnostics
Faults
Listed by order of occurrence
Allows to sort by system
Interlock
Throttle Interlocks
Pump Interlocks (if equipped)
Aerial Interlocks (if equipped)
PTO Interlocks (if equipped)
Load Manager
A list of items to be load managed will be provided. The list will provide a description of the load.

The lower the priority numbers the earlier the device will be shed should a low voltage condition occur.

The screen will indicate if a load has been shed (disabled) or not shed. "At a glance" color features are utilized on this screen.

Systems
Command Zone
Module type and ID number
Module Version
Input or output number
Circuit number connected to that input or output
Status of the input or output
Power and Constant Current module diagnostic information Foam (if equipped)
Pressure Controller (if equipped)
Generator Frequency (if equipped)
Live Data
General Truck Data
Maintenance
Engine oil and filter
Transmission oil and filter
Pump oil (if equipped)
Foam (if equipped)
Aerial (if equipped)
Setup
Clock Setup
Bid #: 988 28
Date & Time
12 or 24 hour format
Set time and date
Backlight
Daytime
Night time
Sensitivity
Unit Selection
Home Screen
Virtual Button Setup
On Scene Screen Setup
Configure Video Mode
Set Video Contrast
Set Video Color
Set Video Tint
Do Not Move
The screen will indicate the approximate location and type of item that is open or is not stowed for travel. The actual status of the following devices will be indicated Driver Side Cab Door
Passenger's Side Cab Door
Driver Side Crew Cab Door
Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door
Driver Side Body Doors
Passenger's Side Body Doors
Rear Body Door(s)
Ladder Rack (if applicable)
Deck Gun (if applicable)
Light Tower (if applicable)
Hatch Door (if applicable)
Stabilizers (if applicable)
Steps (if applicable)
Notifications
View Active Alarms
Shows a list of all active alarms including date and time of the occurrence is shown with each alarm
Silence Alarms - All alarms are silenced
Timer Screen
HVAC (if equipped)
Tire Information (if equipped)
Ascendant Set Up Confirmation (if equipped)
Button functions and button labels may change with each screen. 0734854 Collision Mitigation, Not Requested

0606249 Vehicle Data Recorder w/CZ and
Overhead Display Seat Belt Monitor

VEHICLE DATA RECORDER
There will be a vehicle data recorder (VDR) capable of reading and storing vehicle information provided.

The information stored on the VDR can be downloaded through a USB port mounted in a convenient location determined by cab model. A USB cable can be used to connect the VDR to a laptop to retrieve required information. The program to download the information from the VDR will be available to download on-line.

The vehicle data recorder will be capable of recording the following data via hardwired and/or CAN inputs:

Vehicle Speed - MPH
Acceleration - MPH/sec
Deceleration - MPH/sec
Engine Speed - RPM
Engine Throttle Position - % of Full Throttle
ABS Event - On/Off
Seat Occupied Status - Yes/No by Position
Seat Belt Buckled Status - Yes/No by Position
Master Optical Warning Device Switch - On/Off
Internal clock syncs the time and date when a laptop is connected Seat Belt Monitoring System
A seat belt monitoring system (SBMS) will be provided on the Command Zone™ color display and in the center overhead of the cab instrument panel. The SBMS will be capable of monitoring up to 10 seating positions indicating the status of each seat position per the following:

Seat Occupied & Buckled = Green LED indicator illuminated Seat Occupied & Unbuckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm No Occupant & Buckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm No Occupant & Unbuckled = No indicator and no alarm
The seat belt monitoring screen will become active on the Command Zone color display when:

The home screen is active:
and there is any occupant seated but not buckled or any belt buckled with an occupant. and there are no other Do Not Move Apparatus conditions present. As soon as all Do Not Move Apparatus conditions are cleared, the SBMS will be activated.

The SBMS will include an audible alarm that will warn that an unbuckled occupant condition exists and the parking brake is released, or the transmission is not in park.

Bid #: 988 29
0735006 Intercom, David Clark, 4-Pos, 2-
Radio, (D, O, RPTT), 2obC, U3805

INTERCOM SYSTEM
There will be a four (4) position David Clark, Model U3800, intercom system with single radio interface capability at the driver and officer positions and remote radio push to talk buttons located Per drawing. One unit each to the side of shoulder of each seated position.. Two (2) crew cab outboard seats will have intercom only capability.

The following components will be provided:

One (1) U3805 Radio Cord Junction Module
Two (2) U3815 Radio interface modules (Driver, Officer) Two (2) Remote Push To Talk Button Kits
One (1) U3800 Master station (1 Crew)
One (1) U3801 Remote headset intercom station (1 Crew)
One (1) C3820 Power cord
All necessary station cables and connectors
0637058 David Clark Universal Radio
Interfaces Included with Single/Dual
System

RADIO / INTERCOM INTERFACE INCLUDED
All radio interfaced stations will have universal radio interfaces installed. The interface wiring will be routed within the cab to Location 5, officer overhead . 0597914 Headset, David Clark, H3442 Under
Helmet, Flex Mic

UNDER THE HELMET HEADSET
There will be four (4) under the helmet, headset(s) provided adjacent to the seated firefighter.

Each David Clark, Model H3442, headset will feature:

M-7A noise canceling electret microphone
Hybrid wire/flex boom assembly, 280 rotating, for perfect microphone placement on left or right side
Dynamic earphone elements
Advanced Undercut Gel Ear Seals for superior comfort
Microphone on/off switch
6 ft. extended coil cord
Adjustable overhead support assembly
Carbon steel nape-band spring, black finish, rotates for left or right side mic positioning Independently Certified NRR: 23dB
0819255 Hangers For Headsets, NFPA/ULC
2024, Each

HEADSET HANGERS
There will be four (4) headset hanger(s) installed driver's seat, officer's seat, driver's side outboard forward facing seat and passenger's side outboard forward facing seat. The hanger(s) will meet the current edition of applicable NFPA and ULC standards for equipment mounting. 0652818 SP Speaker, Motorola, Model
#HSN4040, Each

RADIO SPEAKER
There will be two (2) Motorola, Model #HSN4040, water resistant radio speaker provided and mounted Speakers to be mounted on the pump[ panel area per photos. Switches will be installed between the speakers.. Cables will terminate Speaker #1 wire to terminate behind switch panel #5 labeled "VHF" and speaker #2 wire to terminate behind switch panel #6 labeled "800". . 0670161 Antenna Mount, Laird MABVT8,
Variable Thickness

RADIO ANTENNA MOUNT
There will be three (3) Laird Technologies, Model MABVT8, NMO style antenna mounting base(s) for variable mounting thickness to 0.50" with weatherproof cap(s) and 17 feet of RG58A/U dual shield coax located on the cab roof two (2) 18" behind the lightbar and spaced 18.00" inboard of each A/C condensor. One (1) 18" behind the front DS stub and spaced 18.00" inboard of A/C condensor (NOTE ONE IS FOR VHF, ONE FOR 800 MHZ AND ONE FOR SPARE). The cable(s) will be routed within the cab to officer side seat box. 0816158 Camera, Pierce, LS Mux, RS, LS, R,
Cameras, AHD

VEHICLE CAMERA SYSTEM
There will be a color vehicle camera system provided with the following:

One (1) Analog High Definition (AHD) camera located on the right side of the apparatus, pointing rearward, displayed automatically with the right side turn signal.

One (1) AHD camera located on the left side of the apparatus, pointing rearward, displayed automatically with the left side turn signal.

One (1) AHD, white camera located at the rear of the apparatus, pointing rearward, displayed automatically with the vehicle in reverse.

The camera images will be displayed on the left side vehicle information center display. Audio from the microphone on the rear camera will be emitted by an amplified speaker with volume control in the blank panel to the right of the steering column.

The following components will be included:

One (1) 1080P Rear Camera
Two (2) 1080P Side Cameras
All necessary cables
0814861 Camera, Switcher, Pierce, 4 channel,

AHD, CVBS
Camera Switcher
There will be one (1), HMU318 HD Image Processor multiplexer, 4 channel camera video switcher with remote control provided to allow single, dual, triplex, quad, trefoil, Y split and PIP view display modes on the vehicle information center display provided. The switcher will have one (1) CVBS, Composite Video Blanking and Sync, standard Definition video output and one (1) AHD, Analog High Definition video output for High Definition cameras.

Bid #: 988 30
0523921 Recess, Rear Vision Camera

RECESS REAR CAMERA
A rear camera recess will be provided in the center at the rear. 0890416 Pierce Command Zone, Advanced
Electronics & Control System,
Enforcer, WiFi CZT

ELECTRICAL POWER CONTROL SYSTEM
The primary power distribution will be located forward of the officer's seating position and be easily accessible while standing on the ground for simplified maintenance and troubleshooting.

Additional electrical distribution centers will be provided throughout the vehicle to house the vehicle's electrical power, circuit protection, and control components. The electrical distribution centers will be located strategically throughout the vehicle to minimize wire length. For ease of maintenance, all electrical distribution centers will be easily accessible. All distribution centers containing fuses, circuit breakers and/or relays will be easily accessible.

Distribution centers located throughout the vehicle will contain battery powered studs for supplying customer installed equipment thus providing a lower cost of ownership.

Circuit protection devices, which conform to SAE standards, will be utilized to protect electrical circuits. All circuit protection devices will be rated per NFPA requirements to prevent wire and component damage when subjected to extreme current overload. General protection circuit breakers will be Type-I automatic reset (continuously resetting). When required, automotive type fuses will be utilized to protect electronic equipment. Control relays and solenoid will have a direct current rating of 125 percent of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected per NFPA.

Solid-State Control System
A solid-state electronics based control system will be utilized to achieve advanced operation and control of the vehicle components. A fully computerized vehicle network will consist of electronic modules, electronic control modules to include a see through housing, a power indicator, a status indicator and circuit indicators located near their point of use to reduce harness lengths and improve reliability. The control system will comply with SAE J1939-11 recommended practices.

The control system will operate as a master-slave system whereas the main control module instructs all other system components. The system will contain patented Mission Critical software that maintains critical vehicle operations in the unlikely event of a main controller error. The system will utilize a Real Time Operating System (RTOS) fully compliant with OSEK/VDX™ specifications providing a lower cost of ownership.

For increased reliability and simplified use the control system modules will include the following attributes:

Green LED indicator light for module power
Red LED indicator light for network communication stability status Control system self test at activation and continually throughout vehicle operation No moving parts due to transistor logic
Software logic control for NFPA mandated safety interlocks and indicators Integrated electrical system load management without additional components Integrated electrical load sequencing system without additional components Customized control software to the vehicle's configuration Factory and field programmable to accommodate changes to the vehicle's operating parameters To assure long life and operation in a broad range of environmental conditions, the solid-state control system modules will meet the following specifications:

Module circuit board will meet SAE J771 specifications
Operating temperature from -40 degrees Celsius to +70 degrees Celsius Storage temperature from -40 degrees Celsius to +70 degrees Celsius Vibration to 50g
IP67 rated enclosure (Totally protected against dust and also protected against the effect of temporary immersion between 15 centimeters and one (1) meter) Operating voltage from eight (8) volts to 32 volts DC
The main controller will activate status indicators and audible alarms designed to provide warning of problems before they become critical.

Circuit Protection and Control Diagram
Copies of all job-specific, computer network input and output (I/O) connections will be provided with each chassis. The sheets will indicate the function of each module connection point, circuit protection information (where applicable), wire numbers, wire colors and load management information.

On-Board Electrical System Diagnostics
The on-board information center will include the following diagnostic information:

Text description of active warning or caution alarms
Simplified warning indicators
Amber caution indication with intermittent alarm
Red warning indication with steady tone alarm
Advanced diagnostic feature will be provided in this control system. From the Command Zone display or connected wireless device, these features allow the user to monitor the real-time status of every input or output on the vehicle. It also allows users logged in as an administrator to force on inputs or outputs to assist the troubleshooting process.

TCU Module with WiFi
An in cab module will provide WiFi wireless interface and data logging capability. The WiFi interface will comply with IEEE 802.11 b/g/n capabilities while communicating at 2.4 Gigahertz.

The module will communicate through a white WiFi antenna allowing a line of site communication range of up to 300 feet with a roof mounted antenna.

The module will transmit a password protected web page to a WiFi enabled device (i.e. most smart phones, tablets or laptops) allowing two levels of user interaction. The firefighter level will allow vehicle monitoring of the vehicle and firefighting systems on the apparatus. The technician level will allow diagnostic access to inputs and outputs installed on the Command Zone™, control and information system.

The TCU capability will record faults from the engine, transmission, ABS and Command Zone™, control and information systems as they occur. No other data will be recorded at the time the fault occurs. The data TCU will provide up to 2 Gigabytes of data storage.

The TCU will provide a means to download the TCU information and update software in the device.

Indicator Light and Alarm Prove-Out System
A system will be provided which automatically tests basic indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel.

Voltage Monitor System
Bid #: 988 31
A voltage monitoring system will be provided to indicate the status of the battery system connected to the vehicle's electrical load. The system will provide visual and audible warning when the system voltage is below or above optimum levels.

The alarm will activate if the system falls below 11.8 volts DC for more than two (2) minutes.

Dedicated Radio Equipment Connection Points
There will be three (3) studs provided in the primary power distribution center located in front of the officer for two-way radio equipment. The studs will consist of the following:
12-volt 40-amp battery switched power
12-volt 60-amp ignition switched power
12-volt 60-amp direct battery power
There will also be a 12-volt 100-amp ground stud located in or adjacent to the power distribution center.

EMI/RFI Protection
To prevent erroneous signals from crosstalk contamination and interference, the electrical system will meet, at a minimum, SAE J551/2, thus reducing undesired electromagnetic and radio frequency emissions. An advanced electrical system will be used to ensure radiated and conducted electromagnetic interference (EMI) or radio frequency interference (RFI) emissions are suppressed at their source.

The apparatus will have the ability to operate in the electromagnetic environment typically found in fire ground operations to ensure clean operations. The electrical system will meet, without exceptions, electromagnetic susceptibility conforming to SAE J1113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for 10KHz-1GHz to 100 Volts/Meter. The vehicle OEM, upon request, will provide EMC testing reports from testing conducted on an entire apparatus and will certify that the vehicle meets SAE J551/2 and SAE J1113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for 10KHz-1GHz to 100 Volts/Meter requirements. Component and partial (incomplete) vehicle testing is not adequate as overall vehicle design can impact test results and thus is not acceptable by itself.

EMI/RFI susceptibility will be controlled by applying appropriate circuit designs and shielding. The electrical system will be designed for full compatibility with low-level control signals and highpowered two-way radio communication systems. Harness and cable routing will be given careful attention to minimize the potential for conducting and radiated EMI/RFI susceptibility. 0896456 Prognostics, Electrical System

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PROGNOSTICS
There will be a software based vehicle tool provided to predict remaining life of the vehicles critical fluid and events.

The system will send automatic indications to the Command Zone™ information center and/or wireless enabled devices to proactively alert of upcoming service intervals.

Prognostics will include the following:

Engine oil and filter
Transmission oil and filter
0816093 ClearSky Telematics, Remote Fleet &
On-scene Management, AT&T
Commercial

TELEMATICS SYSTEM
Your vehicle will include a cellular-based vehicle telematics system including a telematic control unit with external cellular Wi-Fi and GPS antenna. Pierce will provide access to a web-based user interface portal that will allow users to access vehicle data collected as part of the system, allow users to configure monitoring tools, provide a global view of the location of each vehicle that has the system, provide a summary of fleet data, etc. The web-based user interface portal or certain features thereof may be provided on a subscription basis.

The telematic control unit will be fully integrated into the electrical system of the vehicle, will monitor the vehicle through the CAN data bus, and will transmit data through a secure AT&T 4G LTE cellular connection, and be provided with a 3 year subscription.

The web-based user interface portal will provide, among other features:

User defined interval notifications
User defined fault alerts
Remote access to Command Zone™ diagnostics
Vehicle analytics and activity monitoring
Vehicle system status
The system is activated while building your vehicle and thereafter remains active for a 60-day grace period starting when your vehicle ships from the factory. This means that the system is active at the time of factory acceptance and during the 60-day grace period. By selecting this option, it is agreed that use of the system and the web-based user interface portal will be subject to the terms set forth in the Data Systems Agreement referenced at https://www.piercemfg.com/privacy-statement. Customers will be provided with an initial login at the time of factory acceptance to verify performance of the system and the web-based user interface portal. The term of the subscription, if any, will begin when the vehicle ships from the factory. If customers do not log into the web-based user interface portal and confirm acceptance of the terms before the 60-day grace period ends, the system will be deactivated, and no new data will be collected or retained Pierce. Reactivation can be coordinated through the customer's authorized Pierce Dealer.

Bid #: 988 32
0624253 Electrical System, Enforcer MUX

ELECTRICAL
All 12-volt electrical equipment installed by the apparatus manufacturer will conform to modern automotive practices. All wiring will be high temperature crosslink type. Wiring will be run, in loom or conduit, where exposed and have grommets where wire passes through sheet metal.

Automatic reset circuit breakers will be provided which conform to SAE Standards. Wiring will be color, function and number coded. Function and number codes will be continuously imprinted on all wiring harness conductors at 2.00" intervals. Exterior exposed wire connectors will be positive locking, and environmentally sealed to withstand elements such as temperature extremes, moisture and automotive fluids.

Electrical wiring and equipment will be installed utilizing the following guidelines:

All holes made in the roof will be caulked with silicon. Large fender washers, liberally caulked, will be used when fastening equipment to the underside of the cab roof.

Any electrical component that is installed in an exposed area will be mounted in a manner that will not allow moisture to accumulate in it. Exposed area will be defined as any location outside of the cab or body.

Electrical components designed to be removed for maintenance will not be fastened with nuts and bolts. Metal screws will be used in mounting these devices. Also a coil of wire will be provided behind the appliance to allow them to be pulled away from mounting area for inspection and service work.

Corrosion preventative compound will be applied to all terminal plugs located outside of the cab or body. All non-waterproof connections will require this compound in the plug to prevent corrosion and for easy separation (of the plug).

All lights that have their sockets in a weather exposed area will have corrosion preventative compound added to the socket terminal area.

All electrical terminals in exposed areas will have silicon applied completely over the metal portion of the terminal.

All lights and reflectors, required to comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard #108, will be furnished. Rear identification lights will be recessed mounted for protection. Lights and wiring mounted in the rear bulkheads will be protected from damage by installing a false bulkhead inside the rear compartments.

An operational test will be conducted to ensure that any equipment that is permanently attached to the electrical system is properly connected and in working order.

The results of the tests will be recorded and provided to the purchaser at time of delivery. 0079211 Batteries, (6) Stryten/Exide Grp 31,
950 CCA each, Threaded Stud

BATTERY SYSTEM
There will be six (6) 12 volt Stryten/Exide®, Model 31S950X3W, batteries that include the following features will be provided:
950 CCA, cold cranking amps
190 amp reserve capacity
High cycle
Group 31
Rating of 5700 CCA at 0 degrees Fahrenheit
1140 minutes of reserve capacity
Threaded stainless steel studs
Each battery case will be a black polypropylene material with a vertically ribbed container for increased vibration resistance. The cover will be manifold vented with a central venting location to allow a 45 degree tilt capacity.

The inside of each battery will consist of a "maintenance free" grid construction with poly wrapped separators and a flooded epoxy bottom anchoring for maximum vibration resistance. 0008621 Battery System, Single Start, All
Custom Chassis

BATTERY SYSTEM
There will be a single starting system with an ignition switch and starter button provided and located on the cab instrument panel.

MASTER BATTERY SWITCH
There will be a master battery switch provided within the cab within easy reach of the driver to activate the battery system.

An indicator light will be provided on the instrument panel to notify the driver of the status of the battery system.
0002698 Battery Compartment,
Saber/Enforcer

BATTERY COMPARTMENTS
Batteries will be placed on non-corrosive mats and be stored in well ventilated compartments located under the cab and bolted directly to the chassis frame. The battery boxes will have reinforced sides. The battery compartments will be constructed of 0.188" steel plate and be designed to accommodate a maximum of three (3) group 31 batteries in each compartment. The battery hold-downs will be of a non-corrosive material. All bolts and nuts will be stainless steel.

Heavy-duty, 2/0 gauge, color coded battery cables will be provided. Battery terminal connections will be coated with anti-corrosion compound.

Battery solenoid terminal connections will be encapsulated with semi-permanent rubberized compound.

JUMPER STUDS
One (1) set of battery jumper studs with plastic color-coded covers will be included on the battery compartments.
0812586 Charger, Sngl Sys, Kussmaul, Chief
091-266-12-60, 60 Amp

BATTERY CHARGER
There will be a Kussmaul™, Chief Series Smart Charger 6012, product code 091-266-12-60, 60 amp battery charger with build-in touch screen display provided.

The battery charger will be wired to the AC shoreline inlet through a junction box located near the battery charger.

Bid #: 988 33
0814869 Location, Cab, Charger, Behind
Driver Seat
The battery charger will be located in the cab behind the driver seat. 0811943 Panel, Remote Control, Kussmaul,
Chief 091-266-RCP

REMOTE CONTROL PANEL - BATTERY CHARGER
There will be a Kussmaul™, Chief Series Smart Charger remote control panel, product code 091- 266-RCP included.
0814939 Location, Cab, Ind/Remote, Driver's
Seat Riser
The battery charger indicator will be located on the driver's seat riser. 0811952 Not Required, Indicator/Remote
Status
0016857 Shoreline, 20A 120V, Kussmaul Auto
Eject, 091-55-20-120, Super

AUTO EJECT FOR SHORELINE
There will be one (1) Kussmaul™, Model 091-55-20-120, 20 amp 120 volt AC shoreline inlet(s) provided to operate the dedicated 120 volt AC circuits on the apparatus.

The shoreline inlet(s) will include red weatherproof flip up cover(s).

There will be a release solenoid wired to the vehicle's starter to eject the AC connector when the engine is starting.

The shoreline(s) will be connected to the battery charger.

There will be a mating connector body supplied with the loose equipment.

There will be a label installed near the inlet(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
0026800 Shoreline Location The shoreline receptacle will be located on the driver side rear bulkhead of body. 0764491 Alternator, 420 amp, Leece-Neville
BLP4003

ALTERNATOR
There will be a Leece-Neville, Model BLP4003, alternator provided. It will have a rated output current of 420 amp as measured by SAE method J56. The alternator will feature an integral, self diagnostic regulator and rectifier. The alternator will be connected to the power and ground distribution system with heavy-duty cables sized to carry the full rated alternator output.

Bid #: 988 34
0092582 Load Manager/Sequencer, MUX

ELECTRONIC LOAD MANAGER
An electronic load management (ELM) system will be provided that monitors the vehicles 12-volt electrical system, automatically reducing the electrical load in the event of a low voltage condition, and automatically restoring the shed electrical loads when a low voltage condition expires. This ensures the integrity of the electrical system.

For improved reliability and ease of use, the load manager system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load management tasks. Load management systems which require additional components will not be allowed.

The system will include the following features:

System voltage monitoring.

A shed load will remain inactive for a minimum of five minutes to prevent the load from cycling on and off.

Sixteen available electronic load shedding levels.

Priority levels can be set for individual outputs.

High Idle to not be controlled by the load manager.

If enabled:
"Load Man Hi-Idle On" will display on the information center.

Hi-Idle will not activate until 30 seconds after engine start up.

Individual switch "on" indicator to flash when the particular load has been shed.

The information center indicates system voltage.

The information center, where applicable, includes a "Load Manager" screen indicating the following:

Load managed items list, with priority levels and item condition.

Individual load managed item condition:

ON = not shed
SHED = shed

SEQUENCER
A sequencer will be provided that automatically activates and deactivates vehicle loads in a preset sequence thereby protecting the alternator from power surges. This sequencer operation will allow a gradual increase or decrease in alternator output, rather than loading or dumping the entire 12 volt load to prolong the life of the alternator.

For improved reliability and ease of use, the load sequencing system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load sequencing tasks. Load sequencing systems which require additional components will not be allowed.

Emergency light sequencing will operate in conjunction with the emergency master light switch.

When the emergency master switch is activated, the emergency lights will be activated one by one at half-second intervals. Sequenced emergency light switch indicators will flash while waiting for activation.

When the emergency master switch is deactivated, the sequencer will deactivate the warning light loads in the reverse order.

Sequencing of the following items will also occur, in conjunction with the ignition switch, at halfsecond intervals:

Cab Heater and Air Conditioning
Crew Cab Heater (if applicable)
Crew Cab Air Conditioning (if applicable)
Exhaust Fans (if applicable)
Third Evaporator (if applicable)
0783153 Headlights, Rect LED, JW Spkr Evo
2, AXT/DCF/Enf/Imp/Sab/Vel

HEADLIGHTS
There will be four (4) JW Speaker®, Model 8800, 4" x 6" rectangular LED lights mounted in the front quad style, chrome housing on each side of the cab grille:
the outside light on each side will contain a part number 055***1 low beam module the inside light on each side will contain a part number 055***1 high beam module the headlights to include chrome bezels
The low beam lights will be activated when the headlight switch is on.

The high beam and low beam lights will be activated when the headlight switch and the high beam switch is activated.
0625953 Light, Directional, Wln 600 Cmb, Cab
Crn, Wrp Bzl Out HD Lts, Enf/Sab

DIRECTIONAL LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen 600 series, LED combination directional/marker lights provided. The lights will be located on the outside cab corners, next to the headlights.

The color of the lenses will be the same color as the LED's. 0620054 Light, Directional/Marker,
Intermediate, Weldon 9186-8580-29
LED 2lts

INTERMEDIATE LIGHT
There will be two (2) Weldon, Model 9186-8580-29, amber LED turn signal marker lights furnished, one (1) each side, in the rear fender panel. The light will double as a turn signal and marker light.
0734710 Lights, Clearance/Marker, Side,
Truck-Lite 35200Y 2 Lts, Others With
Visor Lt

CAB CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Truck-Lite Model 35200Y, 1.00" high x 4.00" wide x 1.25" deep lights with amber LEDs and amber lenses provided to indicate the presence and overall length of the vehicle in the following locations:

Two (2) lights installed as front side clearance lights will be installed, one (1) on each side above the cab doors.

The lights will be installed with aluminum guards.

All other forward facing clearance lights will be included with the visor scene light.

Bid #: 988 35
0647929 Lights, Directional/Marker, Cab Front
Side, Truck-Lite
19036YLED,AXT/EnfMUX/DCF

FRONT CAB SIDE DIRECTIONAL/MARKER LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Truck-Lite®, Model 19036Y, amber LED lights installed to the outside of the chrome wrap around bezel, one (1) on each side of the cab.

The lights will activate as marker lights with the headlight switch and directional lights with the corresponding directional circuit.
0627282 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Rear,
FRP LED Bar & P25 LED 4Lts

REAR CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTING
There will be a three (3) LED light bar used as identification lights located at the rear of the apparatus per the following:

As close as practical to the vertical centerline
Centers spaced not less than 6.00" or more than 12.00" apart Red in color
All at the same height
There will be two (2) LED lights installed at the rear of the apparatus used as clearance lights located at the rear of the apparatus per the following:

To indicate the overall width of the vehicle
One (1) each side of the vertical centerline
As near the top as practical
Red in color
To be visible from the rear
All at the same height
There will be two (2) LED lights installed on the side of the apparatus used as marker lights as close to the rear as practical per the following:

To indicate the overall length of the vehicle
One (1) each side of the vertical centerline
As near the top as practical
Red in color
To be visible from the side
All at the same height
There will be two (2) red reflectors located on the rear of the truck facing to the rear. One (1) each side, as far to the outside as practical, at a minimum of 15.00", but no more than 60.00", above the ground.

There will be two (2) red reflectors located on the side of the truck facing to the side. One (1) each side, as far to the rear as practical, at a minimum of 15.00", but no more than 60.00", above the ground.

Per FMVSS 108 and CMVSS 108 requirements.
0804514 Lights, Tail, Wln M62BTT* Red
Stop/Tail & M62T* Amber Dir Arw For
Hsg

REAR FMVSS LIGHTING
The rear stop/tail and directional lighting included in the rear tail light housing will include the following:

Two (2) Whelen®, Model M62BTT, 4.30" high x 6.70" wide x 1.40" deep brake/tail lights with red LEDs
Two (2) Whelen, Model M62T, 4.30" high x 6.70" wide x 1.40" deep directional lights with amber LEDs. The directional lights will be set to Steady On (Arrow) flash pattern.

The lens color(s) to be the same as the LEDs.
0806466 Lights, Backup, Wln M62BU, LED,
For Tail Lt Housing
There will be two (2) Whelen Model M62BU, LED backup lights provided in the tail light housing. 0889577 Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25
LED, Stainless Brkt

LICENSE PLATE BRACKET
One (1) license plate bracket constructed of stainless steel will be provided at the rear of the apparatus.

One (1) white LED light with chrome housing will be provided to illuminate the license plate. A stainless steel light shield will be provided over the light that will direct illumination downward, preventing white light to the rear.
0556842 Bezels, Wln, (2) M6 Chrome Pierce,
For mtg (4) Wln M6 lights

LIGHTING BEZEL
There will be two (2) Whelen, Model M6FCV4P, four (4) place chromed ABS housings with Pierce logos provided for the rear M6 series stop/tail, directional, back up, scene lights or warning lights. 0589905 Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO
1040

BACK-UP ALARM
A PRECO, Model 1040, solid-state electronic audible back-up alarm that actuates when the truck is shifted into reverse will be provided. The device will sound at 60 pulses per minute and automatically adjust its volume to maintain a minimum ten (10) dBA above surrounding environmental noise levels.
0763690 Indicator, Back-up Warning,
Ultrasonic 4-zone

BACK-UP OBSTACLE SENSING SYSTEM
A SenseStat ultrasonic backing sensor system with 4 individual zones and an LED distance display will be provided. The sensors will be mounted under the rear tailboard.

The system will detect objects that are up to eight (8) feet from the rear of the vehicle reading each of four (4) separate sensors, and displaying the distance to the one that is closest to an object.

A 3.5"W x 2.9"L x 1.6"H, four (4) column color LED display located as per AD print will show the direction and location of the obstacle. The display will show the distance from the sensor to the obstacle in meters or in feet & fractions of a foot to the sensor that is closest to an object. There will be an audible alarm with volume control integrated into the display.

Bid #: 988 36
0578264 Flash Pattern, California Title13, LED
Warning Lights

WARNING LIGHT FLASH PATTERN
The flash pattern of all the exterior warning lights will be set to meet the certified California, Title XIII flash pattern by either the light manufacturer's default flash pattern or by a conversion change to the certified flash pattern.
0769420 Lights, Perimeter Cab, Amdor AY-LB12HW020 LED 4Dr CAB PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS There will be four (4) Amdor, Model AY-LB-12HW020, 350 lumens each, 20.00" white LED strip lights provided, one (1) for each cab door.

These lights will be activated automatically when the battery switch is on and the exit doors are opened or by the same means as the body perimeter scene lights. 0769572 Lights, Perimeter Pump House,
Amdor AY-LB-12HW020 LED 2lts

PUMP HOUSE PERIMETER LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Amdor, Model AY-LB-12HW020, 350 lumens each, 20.00" LED weatherproof strip lights with brackets provided under the pump panel running boards, one (1) each side.

If the combination of options in the vehicle does not permit clearance for a 20.00" light, a 12.00" version of the Amdor light will be installed.

The lights will be controlled by the same means as the body perimeter lights. 0770056 Lights, Perimeter Body, Amdor AYLB-12HW020 LED 2lts, Rear StepBODY PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS There will be two (2) Amdor, Model AY-LB-12HW020, 350 lumens, 20.00" long, white LED's, 12 volt DC lights provided at the rear step area of the body, one (1) each side shining to the rear.

The perimeter scene lights will be activated when a switch within reach of the driver is activated, a switch at the driver's side pump panel is activated and a switch at the passenger's side pump panel is activated.
0896454 Enhanced Software for Perimeter Lts

ENHANCED SOFTWARE FOR PERIMETER LIGHTS
All perimeter lights will be deactivated when the parking brake is released unless alternate control is selected.

The cab and crew cab perimeter lights will remain on for ten (10) seconds for improved visibility after the doors closed.
0556360 Lights, Step, P25 LED 4lts, Pump Pnl
Sw

STEP LIGHTS
Four (4) white LED step lights will be provided. One (1) step light will be provided on each side, on the front compartment face and two (2) step lights at the rear to illuminate the tailboard.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15.00" x 15.00" square placed 10.00" below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30.00" x 30.00" square at the same 10.00" distance below the light.

These step lights will be actuated with the pump panel light switch.

All other steps on the apparatus will be illuminated per the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.
0696870 Lights, Side Scene, TecNiq, E960
LED, Stainless 1st Pr

SCENE LIGHTS
There will be one (1) pair of TecNiq, Model E960, LED scene light(s) with stainless steel housing, installed on the side of the apparatus, over or behind the rear axle wheel well, as space allows, one (1) each side.

A control for the light(s) selected above will be the following:
a switch at the driver's side switch panel
no additional switch location
no additional switch location
no additional switch location
These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0892635 Light, P25 LED Hooded Light, PP Lt
Sw

LED HOODED WORK LIGHT
Additional Model P25 white LED work lights with chrome housing will be provided.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15" x 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of

1.5 fc covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light.

The lights will be activated by the pump operator's panel light switch. The hooded work lights will be installed above the passenger's side pump panel. The quantity of additional hooded work lights is two (2).
0743527 Light, Roof Mt, HiViz, FT-B-72-ML-*,
Cnt Feature MUX
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be a HiViz®, Model FT-B-72-ML-*, 2.56" high x 72.69" long x 2.45" deep 28,512 raw lumens 12 volt DC light provided on the front cab roof as far forward as practical.

The light will include the following:
54 white scene LEDs configured in spot and flood optics three (3) amber LED identification lights
two (2) amber LED clearance lights
The painted parts of the light housing and brackets to be white.

The light will be activated by a switch at the driver's side switch panel.

The scene LEDs may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.

Bid #: 988 37
0774308 Lights, Wln, P*H2* Pioneer, 12 VDC,
2nd
12 VOLT DC SCENE LIGHTS
There will be one (1) Whelen® Model P*H2*, 17,750 lumens 12 volt DC powered lights with white LEDs and a combination of flood and spot optics installed on the apparatus located, PS back of cab. Light head shall be just above cab roof and oriented so the light head faces outboard..

The light(s) to be installed on push up side mount outside pole length to be 20.00" long with a handle holder and sensor connecting the pole to the Do Not Move Truck Indicator circuit.

The painted parts of this light assembly to be white.

The lights will be activated by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the left side pump panel.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0774309 Lights, Wln, P*H2* Pioneer, 12 VDC,
1st
12 VOLT DC SCENE LIGHTS
There will be one (1) Whelen® Model P*H2*, 17,750 lumens 12 volt DC powered lights with white LEDs and a combination of flood and spot optics installed on the apparatus located, DS back of cab. Light head shall be just above cab roof and oriented so the light head faces outboard..

The light(s) to be installed on pull up side mount outside pole length to be 20.00" long with handle holder and sensor connecting the pole to the Do Not Move Truck Indicator circuit.

The painted parts of this light assembly to be white.

The lights will be activated by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the left side pump panel.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0672327 Lights, Deck, Wln (2) MPBW Micro
Pioneer LED Rear Flood Lights

DECK LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model MPBW, white 12 volt DC LED floodlights with stud bail mount provided at the rear of the hose bed, one (1) each side.

The lights will be activated by a control from the driver side switch panel. 0645667 Lights, Front of Hose Bed, Wln
60C0ELZR LED

HOSE BED LIGHT
There will be one (1) Whelen, Model 60COELZR, LED light(s) with a Whelen, Model 6EFLANGE, chrome flange installed at the forward hose bed bulkhead located Front of hose bed . The light(s) will be mounted with an aluminum tread plate bracket and with no guard.

The light(s) will be activated when the parking brake is applied. 0768541 Light, Hose Bed, Amdor AY-LB12HW040, 40" LED

HOSE BED LIGHT
There will be one (1) Amdor Model AY-LB-12HW040, 700 lumens, 40.00" LED light located under the cover, closer to the hinge.

The light(s) will be activated when the battery switch is on, and when the hosebed cover is raised. 0645681 Lights, Not Required, Rear Work,
Deck Lights At Rear
0709438 Lights, Walk Surf, FRP Flood, LED

WALKING SURFACE LIGHT
There will be Model FRP, 4" round black 12 volt DC LED floodlight(s) with bolt mount provided to illuminate the entire designated walking surface on top of the body.

The light(s) will be activated when the body step lights are on. 0677882 Switch, Door, Accessory
Compartment (Door Open/Do Not
Move Lt)

SWITCH, COMPARTMENT
A door switch will be added to on both doors for the backboard compt. above the pump module compartment door(s). The switch will be connected to the "Door Open Circuit" and the "Do Not Move Apparatus" light in the cab. A quantity of two (2) switches will be provided. 0759202 SP Switch, Selection, Electric Horn, Horn
Ring

SWITCH, SPARE
There will be an electric horn selector switch installed on the switch panel. When this switch is activated the electric horns will be activated through the steering wheel horn ring. 0589572 SP Switching, Special, Rear Warning
Lights, Upper & Lower Activate
Together

SPECIAL REAR WARNING LIGHT SWITCHING
The upper rear warning lights and the lower rear warning lights shall be controlled by a single switch on the instrument panel.
0060100 Pumper, Short, Galvanneal, 2nd Gen

0554271 Body Skirt Height, 20"

Bid #: 988 38
0028294 Tank, Water, 500 Gallon, Poly, Short WATER TANK Booster tank will have a capacity of 500 gallons and be constructed of polypropylene plastic by United Plastic Fabricating, Incorporated.

Tank joints and seams will be nitrogen welded inside and out.

Tank will be baffled in accordance with the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

Baffles will have vent openings at both the top and bottom to permit movement of air and water between compartments.

Longitudinal partitions will be constructed of .38" polypropylene plastic and will extend from the bottom of the tank through the top cover to allow for positive welding.

Transverse partitions will extend from 4.00" off the bottom of the tank to the underside of the top cover.

All partitions will interlock and will be welded to the tank bottom and sides.

Tank top will be constructed of .50" polypropylene. It will be recessed .38" and will be welded to the tank sides and the longitudinal partitions.

Tank top will be sufficiently supported to keep it rigid during fast filling conditions.

Construction will include 2.00" polypropylene dowels spaced no more than 30.00" apart and welded to the transverse partitions. Two (2) of the dowels will be drilled and tapped (.50" diameter, 13.00" deep) to accommodate lifting eyes.

A sump that will be sized dependent on the tank to pump plumbing will be provided at the bottom of the water tank.

Sump will include a drain plug and the tank outlet.

Tank will be installed in a fabricated cradle assembly constructed of structural steel.

Sufficient crossmembers will be provided to properly support bottom of tank. Crossmembers will be constructed of steel bar channel or rectangular tubing.

Tank will "float" in cradle to avoid torsional stress caused by chassis frame flexing. Rubber cushions, .50" thick x 3.00" wide, will be placed on all horizontal surfaces that the tank rests on.

Stops or other provision will be provided to prevent an empty tank from bouncing excessively while moving vehicle.

Mounting system will be approved by the tank manufacturer. 0003405 Overflow, 4.00" Water Tank, Poly

Fill tower will be constructed of 0.50" polypropylene and will be a minimum of 8.00" wide x 14.00" long.

Fill tower will be furnished with a 0.25" thick polypropylene screen and a hinged cover.

An overflow pipe, constructed of 4.00" schedule 40 polypropylene, will be installed approximately halfway down the fill tower and extend through the water tank and exit to the rear of the rear axle. 0028104 Foam Cell Required
0635329 Modified Poly Tank & Cradle, Ext'd To
Rear, Pumper
0633066 Sleeve, Through Tank

SLEEVE, PLUMBING, THROUGH TANK
Two (2) sleeves will be provided in the water tank for a 3.00" pipe to the rear. 0553729 Not Required, Restraint, Water Tank,
Heavy Duty
0003429 Not Required, Direct Tank Fill

0003424 Not Required, Dump Valve

0048710 Not Required, Jet Assist

0030007 Not Required, Dump Valve Chute

0514778 Not Required, Switch, Tank Dump
Master
0633331 SP Body Modification, Mount Cross
Divider with 5/16" Hex Head Bolts

BODY MODIFICATIONS
The cross divider to the rear of the water and foam tank fill domes will be mounted with 5/16" hex head bolts. Customer has replaced the bolts for this divider on all of there previous units.

Bid #: 988 39
0126632 Hose Bed, Galv, Pumper

HOSE BED
The hose bed will be fabricated of 12-gauge galvanneal steel.

The sides will not form any portion of the fender compartments.

Upper and rear edges of side panels will have a double break for rigidity, a split tube finish will not be acceptable.

The upper area at the rear of the hose bed will be covered with brushed stainless steel to prevent damage to painted surface when hose is removed.

Flooring of the hose bed will be removable aluminum grating with the top surface corrugated to aid in hose aeration. The grating slats will be a minimum of 0.50" x 4.50" with spacing between slats for hose ventilation.
0723549 Painted Hose Bed The hose bed interior walls will be painted to match the lower body color. 0003481 Hose Bed Capacity, Special

Hose bed will accommodate shelf area, 800' x 5.00"DJ SYN Angus, 500' x 2.50"DJ, 500' x

2.50",DJ 200' x 1.75" Hi combat. The dimensions that customer is asking dividers to be set to are:
from DS wall to centerline of divider (16.00"), 25.00", 11.00", 11.00", 5.00". 0083488 Divider, Hose Bed, .25" Unpainted

HOSE BED DIVIDER
Four (4) hosebed dividers will be furnished for separating hose.

Each divider will be constructed of a 0.25" brushed aluminum sheet. Flat surfaces will be sanded for uniform appearance or constructed of brushed aluminum.

Divider will be fully adjustable by sliding in tracks, located at the front and rear of the hose bed.

Divider will be held in place by tightening bolts, at each end.

Acorn nuts will be installed on all bolts in the hose bed which have exposed threads. 0821959 SP Deflector, Hose Bed, 36" Long, Alum
Treadplate

HOSE BED DEFLECTOR
A hose bed wind deflector will be provided at the front of the hose bed.

The cover will be 36.00" long x full width of the hose bed.

The cover will be constructed of .19" bright aluminum treadplate, hinged to the hose bed cross divider with a full length stainless steel piano hinge and resting on the hose bed dividers and side sheets. The cover will have a 1.00" upward "Lazy Bend" at the rear with additional bracing underneath for stiffening.

A chrome grab handle will be provided in the rear center of the cover to assist in opening and closing.

Pneumatic cylinders will be provided to hold the deflector in the open position.

The cover will be labeled "NO STEP" using 3.00" lettering.

Swell latches will be provided at the outboard rearward corners.

A single pair of black nylon Velcro® straps will be provided towards the rear at the top of the hose bed to retain hose within the hose bed.
0821647 SP Hose Restraint, Hose Bed, Web,
Rear, Separate From Top, Seat Belt
Mount Forward
A heavy duty 2" black nylon webbing will be installed at the rear of the hose bed with seat belt buckles at the top, mounted 24.00" forward of the rear of the hose bed. The seat belt buckles will be provided with no tether release. At the bottom of the webbing, fixed style seat belt buckle will be provided. If a strap is provided, the color of the strap will be black. 0010133 Cross-Divider, Hose Bed

A cross-divider will be provided just behind the fill tower.  The divider will be bolted to the side sheet.
0595196 SP Scuffplate, Hose Deflectors, Side of
Hose Bed, Over Flat Bar

SCUFFPLATE/ DEFLECTOR
A 16 ga stainless steel formed deflector will be installed over each flat bar reinforcement located on the inboard wall of the hosebed. The deflector will run the length of the bar covering the entire bar flanging off each edge to prevent hard edges where hose or couplings can get caught especially at the rear of the hosebed. The cover will be flanged to attach to the hosebed wall on each side of the flat bar with flathead screws. The center of the cover will be fastened to the flat bar using the same screw as is used to attach the flat bar to the hosebed wall. 0519885 SP Shelf, Hinged, In Hose Bed, between
side sheet

SHELF, HINGED IN HOSE BED
There will be one (1) hinged shelves, constructed of aluminum grating, provided for hose or equipment storage inside the hose bed located on the left side The dimensions of the shelf shall be 14.25" wide with a 11.50" clear opening to the grating. . The shelf will be attached to the hose bed side sheet.
0013512 Running Boards, 12.75" Deep

RUNNING BOARDS
Running boards will be fabricated of 0.125" bright aluminum treadplate.

Each running board will be supported by a welded 2.00" square tubing and channel assembly, which will be bolted to the pump compartment substructure.

Running boards will be 12.75" deep and spaced 0.50" away from the pump panel.

A splash guard will be provided above the running board treadplate.

Bid #: 988 40
0688203 Tailboard, 26" & 10" Deep, T-Shaped TAILBOARD
The tailboard will also be constructed of .125" bright aluminum treadplate and spaced .50" from the body, as well as supported by a structural steel assembly.

The tailboard area will be 26.00" deep in the center area and 10.00" deep to the rear of the side compartments.  The tailboard will be T-shaped.

The exterior side will be flanged down and in for increased rigidity of tailboard structure. 0690037 Wall, Rear, Smooth Aluminum/Body
Material

REAR WALL, SMOOTH ALUMINUM/BODY MATERIAL
The rear facing surfaces of the center rear wall will be smooth aluminum.

The bulkheads, the surface to the rear of the side body compartments, will be smooth and the same material as the body.

Any inboard facing surfaces below the height of the hosebed will be aluminum diamondplate. 0887592 SP Tow Eyes, w/Tow Bar, Spaced
Forward, 2G Pumper

REAR TOW EYES
Two (2) tow eyes, which are an integral part of the body mounting substructure, will be installed below the rear of the truck.

The tow eyes will be of adequate strength to allow the truck to be pulled from the eyes.

REAR TOW BAR
One (1) tow bar will be installed under the tailboard, 4.00"-6.00" forward from the rear of the tailboard. With air ride suspension and a 65 gallon fuel tank, the tow bar will be located .50" further rearward than normal when there is this combination of options.

The tow bar assembly will be designed and positioned to allow up to a 20,000 lb straight horizontal pull in line with the centerline of the vehicle.

The tow bar design will have been tested and evaluated using finite element analysis techniques. 0590926 Hose Restraint, Running Board,
Velcro Straps

RUNNING BOARD HOSE RESTRAINT
A pair of 2.00" wide black nylon straps with Velcro fasteners will be provided for each hose tray to secure the hose during travel. Two (2) hose trays will be located one (1) in each side running board.
0667004 SP Tray, Hose, Running Board, 9" x 9" x
33"

HOSE TRAY
Two (2) hose trays shall be recessed one (1) in each side running board.

33.00"L x 9.00"W x 9.00"D. Tray is to start at the very rear of the pump module and extend forward and stop short of the crosslays so the customer has ample stepping surface below the crosslays. The opening on the top of the running board is to be 9w x 30L, tray shall be notched around the rear runningboard support.

Rubber matting shall be installed on the floor of the tray to provide proper ventilation. Drain holes will be provided.

Bid #: 988 41
0895816 Construction, Compt, Galv, 2G
Pumper

COMPARTMENTATION
Body and compartments will be fabricated of galvanneal steel.

Side compartments will be an integral assembly with the rear fenders.

Circular fender liners will be provided for prevention of rust pockets and ease of maintenance.

Side compartment flooring will be 12-gauge and of the sweep out design, with the floor higher than the compartment door lip.

The side compartment door opening will be framed by flanging the edges in 1.75" and bending out again 0.75" to form an angle.

Drip protection will be provided above the doors by means of bright aluminum extrusion, formed bright aluminum treadplate, or polished stainless steel.

The top of the compartment will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate rolled over the edges on the front, rear, and outward side. These covers will have the corners TIG welded.

Side compartment covers will be separate from the compartment tops.

Front facing compartment walls will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate.

All screws and bolts which protrude into a compartment will have acorn nuts on the ends to prevent injury.

UNDERBODY SUPPORT SYSTEM
Due to the severe loading requirements of this pumper, a method of body and compartment support suitable for the intended load will be provided.

The backbone of the support system will be the chassis frame rails, which is the strongest component of the chassis and designed for sustaining maximum loads.

The support system will include 0.375" thick steel vertical angle supports bolted to the chassis frame rails with 0.625" diameter bolts.

Attached to the bottom of the steel vertical angles will be horizontal angles, with gussets welded to the vertical members, which extend to the outside edge of the body.

A steel frame will be mounted on the top of these supports to create a floating substructure, which results in a 500 lb equipment support rating per lower compartment.

The steel frames as well as the steel vertical angles will be treated with an epoxy E-coat or equivalent to provide resistance to corrosion and chemicals as standard.

The floating substructure will be separated from the horizontal members with neoprene elastomer isolators. These isolators will reduce the natural flex stress of the chassis from being transmitted to the body.

The isolators will have a broad load range, proven viability in vehicular applications, be of a fail safe design and allow for all necessary movement in three (3) transitional and rotational modes.

The neoprene isolators will be installed in a modified V three (3)-point mounting pattern to reduce the natural flex of the chassis being transmitted to the body.

A design with body compartments hanging on the chassis, unsupported, will not be acceptable.

AGGRESSIVE WALKING SURFACE
All exterior surfaces designated as stepping, standing, and walking areas will comply with the required average slip resistance of the current NFPA standards.

LOUVERS
Louvers will be stamped into compartment walls to provide the proper airflow inside the body compartments and to prevent water from dripping into the compartment. Where these louvers are provided, they will be formed into the metal and not added to the compartment as a separate plate.

TESTING OF BODY DESIGN
Body structural analysis will be fully tested. Proven engineering and test techniques such as finite element analysis, strain gauging, and model analysis will be performed with special attention given to fatigue, life and structural integrity of the cab, body and substructure.

The body will be tested while loaded to its greatest in-service weight.

The criteria used during the testing procedure will include:

Raising opposite corners of the vehicle tires 9.00", simulating the twisting a truck may experience when driving over a curb.

Making a 90 degree turn while at 20 mph, simulating aggressive driving conditions.

Driving the vehicle at 35 mph on a washboard road.

Driving the vehicle at 55 mph on a smooth road.

Accelerating the vehicle fully, until reaching the approximate speed of 45 mph, on rough pavement.

Evidence of actual testing techniques will be made available upon request. 0590517 LS 145" Short, Rollup, Full Height
Front & Rear, FDLER

LEFT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION
The left side compartmentation will consist of three rollup door compartments.

A full height, rollup door compartment ahead of the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 27.50" wide x 66.63" high x 25.88" deep in the lower

25.00" of the compartment and 12.00" deep in the remaining upper portion. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 21.75" wide x 56.88" high.

A rollup door compartment over the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 66.50" wide x 32.88" high x 12.00" deep. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 58.25" wide x 23.13" high.

A full height, rollup door compartment behind the rear wheels will be provided.The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 47.75" wide x 67.63" high x 25.88" deep in the lower 26.00" of height and 12.00" deep in the remaining upper section of the compartment.

The clear door opening will be a minimum of 44.75" wide x 57.88" high.

The interior height of the compartments will be measured from the compartment floor to the ceiling. The spool of the rollup door at the top of the compartment takes up some usable space. The depth of the compartments will be measured from the back wall to the inside of the door frame.

Closing of the doors will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand.

Bid #: 988 42
0781245 RS 145" Short, Rollup, Low, FDLER RIGHT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION The right side compartmentation will consist of two rollup door compartments.

A rollup door compartment ahead of the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 27.50" wide x 32.63" high x 25.88" deep in the lower 25.00" of the compartment and 12.00" deep in the remaining upper portion. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 21.75" wide x 22.88" high.

A rollup door compartment behind the rear wheels will be provided.The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 47.75" wide x 33.63" high x 25.88" deep in the lower 26.00" of height and 12.00" deep in the remaining upper section of the compartment. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 44.75" wide x 23.88" high.

The interior height of the compartments will be measured from the compartment floor to the ceiling. The spool of the rollup door at the top of the compartment takes up some usable space. The depth of the compartments will be measured from the back wall to the inside of the door frame.

Closing of the doors will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand.
0692733 Doors, Rollup, Gortite, Side
Compartments

SIDE COMPARTMENT ROLLUP DOOR(S)
There will be five (5) compartment doors installed on the side compartments. The doors will be double faced aluminum construction, painted one (1) color to match the lower portion of the body and manufactured by Gortite®.

Lath sections will be an interlocking rib design and will be individually replaceable without complete disassembly of door.

Between each slat at the pivoting joint will be a PVC inner seal to prevent metal to metal contact and prevent dirt or moisture from entering the compartments. Seals will allow door to operate in extreme temperatures ranging from 180 to -40 degrees Fahrenheit. Side, top and bottom seals will be provided to resist ingress of dirt and weather and be made of Santoprene.

All hinges, barrel clips and end pieces will be nylon 66. All nylon components will withstand temperatures from 300 to -40 degrees Fahrenheit.

A polished stainless steel lift bar with locking key latches to be provided for each roll-up door. The keys to be Model 1250 for all compartment doors. Lift bar will be located at the bottom of door and have latches on the outer extrusion of the doors frame. A ledge will be supplied over lift bar for additional area to aid in closing the door.

Doors will be constructed from an aluminum box section. The exterior surface of each slat will be flat. The interior surfaces will be concave to provide strength and prevent loose equipment from jamming the door from inside.

To conserve space in the compartments, the spring roller assembly will not exceed 3.00" in diameter.

The header for the rollup door assembly will not exceed 4.00".

A heavy-duty magnetic switch will be used for control of open compartment door warning lights. 0013671 Compt, Rear, Rollup, 30.75" FF,

25.88" D

REAR COMPARTMENTATION
A roll-up door compartment above the rear tailboard will be provided.

The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 40.00" wide x 33.63" high x 25.88" deep. The spool of the rollup door at the top of the compartment takes up some usable space. The depth of the compartment will be calculated with the compartment door closed.

A louvered, removable access panel will be furnished on the back wall of the compartment.

The rear compartment will be open into the rear side compartments.

The clear door opening of this compartment will be a minimum of 33.25" wide x 23.88" high.

Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand.
0692746 Door, Gortite, Rollup, Rear
Compartment

ROLLUP REAR COMPARTMENT DOOR
There will be a rear rollup door. The door will be double faced aluminum construction, painted one (1) color to match the lower portion of the body and manufactured by Gortite®.

Lath sections will be an interlocking rib design and will be individually replaceable without complete disassembly of door.

Between each slat at the pivoting joint will be a PVC inner seal to prevent metal to metal contact and prevent dirt or moisture from entering the compartments. Seals will allow door to operate in extreme temperatures ranging from 180 to -40 degrees Fahrenheit. Side, top and bottom seals will be provided to resist ingress of dirt and weather and be made of Santoprene.

All hinges, barrel clips and end pieces will be nylon 66. All nylon components will withstand temperatures from 300 to -40 degrees Fahrenheit.

A polished stainless steel lift bar with locking key latches to be provided for each roll-up door. The keys to be Model 1250 for all compartment doors. Lift bar will be located at the bottom of door and have latches on the outer extrusion of the doors frame. A ledge will be supplied over lift bar for additional area to aid in closing the door.

Door will be constructed from an aluminum box section. The exterior surface of each slat will be flat. The interior surface will be concave to provide strength and prevent loose equipment from jamming the door from inside.

To conserve space in the compartments, the spring roller assembly will not exceed 3.00" in diameter.

The header for the rollup door assembly will not exceed 4.00".

A heavy-duty magnetic switch will be used for control of open compartment door warning lights. 0554995 No Body Modification Required

Bid #: 988 43
0667009 SP Scuffplate, S/S Outside of Beavertail

18.00" High Off the Catwalk

SCUFFPLATE
A stainless steel scuffplate will run from the top of the catwalk 18.00" tall to protect the side sheet from a "D" handle pike pole and pike pole hook.
0633499 SP Guard, Drip Pan, Rollup Door, w/
Drain Hose

DOOR GUARD DRAIN TUBE
There will be one (1) door guard(s) with 0.75" drain tube(s) provided and located LS3, provide a 90 degree elbow so the drain hoes does not extend into the compartment. See photos in stage 7 efolder.
0019845 Guard, Drip Pan, S/S, Rollup Door

DOOR GUARD
There will be five (5) compartment doors that will include a guard/drip pan designed to protect the roll-up door from damage when in the retracted position and contain any water spray.  The guard will be fabricated from stainless steel and installed LS1, LS2, RS1, RS2 and B1. 0732709 Pull Strap for Rollup Doors, Special
Length

ROLLUP DOOR PULL STRAPS
one (1) compartment door will be provided with pull straps. The pull straps will be 14.00" long and black in color.

The straps will be installed directly to the inside of the rollup door.

The rollup door compartments to have these straps will be LS2. 0654498 Trim, Rollup Door, Painted Job Color,
by Gortite

ROLL-UP DOOR TRIM
The exterior of the aluminum trim around the door opening will be painted job color.

There will be six (6) compartments with the trim painted. 0817576 SP Lights, Compt, Amdor AY-9250 Red
LED, Dual Lt Strips, Ea Side of Door,
Non-NFPA

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
There will be six (6) compartments with Amdor, Model AY-9250, red LED compartment light strips.

The strips will be centered vertically along each side of the door framing. The compartments with these strip lights will be located all body compartments. The lights will be mounted with mechanical fasteners.

Any remaining compartments will include 6.00" diameter Truck-Lite, Model: 79384, lights in each enclosed compartment. Each light will have a number 1076 single filament, dual wire bulb.

Opening the compartment door will automatically turn the compartment lighting on.

NFPA 1901 2016 Edition 13.10.5.3 Each enclosed tool and equipment compartment greater than 4 ft cubed (01 m cubed) in volume and having an opening greater than 144 sq in shall have sufficient compartment lighting to provide a minimum of 2 fc (20 lx) at any location on the floor of the compartment without any shelves, dividers, or equipment in the compartment.

The lights tested in this configuration didn't meet this requirement. Per the fire departments specification request the apparatus shall not be compliant to NFPA 1901 standards at time of contract execution.
0687146 Shelf Tracks, Painted

MOUNTING TRACKS
There will be five (5) sets of tracks for mounting shelf(s) in LS1, LS3, RS1, RS2 and B1. These tracks will be installed vertically to support the adjustable shelf(s). The tracks will be painted to match the compartment interior.
0600350 Shelves, Adj, 500 lb Capacity, Full
Width/Depth, Predefined Locations

ADJUSTABLE SHELVES
There will be five (5) shelves with a capacity of 500 lb provided.

The shelf construction will consist of .188" aluminum painted spatter gray with 2.00" sides.

Each shelf will be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track.

The shelves will be held in place by .12" thick stamped plated brackets and bolts.

The location(s) will be in RS1 centered between the floor and the ceiling, in RS2 centered between the floor and the ceiling, in B1 centered between the floor and ceiling, in LS3 in the lower third and in LS1 in the lower third to the left of the partition. 0627885 Tray, Floor Mounted, Slide-Out,
Low/Special Side Height, 2G

SLIDE-OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY
There will be one (1) floor mounted slide-out tray(s) provided in the lower 26" portion of LS1 forward of the vertical partition . A capacity rating will not be available on this tray due to a reduced side height being less than 2.00". The tray(s) will be constructed of a minimum .13" aluminum with welded corners. The finish will be painted to match compartment interior.

The side height of the tray(s) will be as follows:

Front: no lip
Rear: 2.00" high
Left and Right Sides: 2.00" high
There will be two undermount-roller bearing type slides rated at 250lb each provided. The pair of slides will have a safety factor rating of 2.

To ensure years of dependable service, the slides will be coated with a finish that is tested to withstand a minimum of 1,000 hours of salt spray per ASTM B117.

To ensure years of easy operation, the slides will require no more than a 50lb force for push-in or pull-out movement when fully loaded after having been subjected to a 40 hour vibration (shaker) test under full load. The vibration drive file will have been generated from accelerometer data collected from a heavy truck chassis driven over rough gravel roads in an unloaded condition.

Proof of compliance will be provided upon request.

Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand.

Bid #: 988 44
0540317 Toolboard, Swing-out, Alum, .188",
Peg Board

SWING OUT TOOLBOARD
A swing out aluminum toolboard will be provided.

It will be a minimum of 0.188" thick with .203" diameter holes in a pegboard pattern with 1.00" centers between holes.

A 1.00" x 1.00" aluminum tube frame will be welded to the edge of the pegboard.

The board will be mounted on a pivoting device at the back of the compartment on the top and bottom to allow easy movement in and out of the compartment. The maximum tool load will be 400 lb.

The board will have positive lock in the stowed and extended position.

The board will have a D-ring handle to secure it in the stowed position.

The board will be mounted stationary within the compartment.

One (1) toolboard(s) will be provided. The toolboard(s) will be spatter gray painted and installed LS2 full height and width.
0726441 Partition, Trans Rear Compt PARTITION, TRANSVERSE REAR COMPARTMENT Two (2) partitions will be bolted in place to separate the left and right side rear compartments from the rear tailboard compartment. The partition will be body material painted spatter gray. 0726457 Partition, Vertical Compt, Predefined
Locations

VERTICAL COMPARTMENT PARTITION
One (1) partition will be provided.

The partition construction will consist of body material painted spatter gray. Each partition will be the full vertical height of the compartment.

The location(s) will be in LS1, 32.00" from the forward door frame. 0659383 Matting, Turtle Tile w/Ramp,
Compartment Floors

MATTING, COMPARTMENT FLOOR
Turtle Tile compartment matting will be provided in four (4) compartments on the compartment floor. The locations are, LS3, B1, RS1 and RS2.

The Turtle Tile will be black and the leading edge of the matting will include the beveled edge.

The beveled edge will be black.
0028026 Matting, Turtle Tile, Compartment
Shelving Only

MATTING, COMPARTMENT SHELVING
Turtle Tile compartment matting will be provided in six (6) shelves. The locations are, all shelves / trays .

The color of the Turtle Tile will be black.
0661384 Plywood, Marine Grade .75", Back
Wall, Compartment, Painted

PLYWOOD LINING
Plywood will be installed on the back wall of one (1) compartments. The locations are LS2.

The plywood will be high quality .75" marine grade without any patches. Stainless steel retainers will be used to mount the plywood. The plywood will be sanded to a smooth finish and painted to match the compartment interior.
0773205 SP Strap, Nylon w/Velcro, 1" Wide

STRAP
There shall be one (1) black 1.00" wide nylon strap(s) provided on the rearward end of the hard suction trough. The strap(s) shall be fastened with Velcro in the center. 0013202 Strap, Nylon w/Velcro

STRAP
There will be one (1) black 2.00" wide nylon strap(s) provided on the hinged hose bed shelf on the DS from the bottom of the shelf to the top of the hose bed grating. The strap(s) will be fastened with Velcro in the center.
0004016 Rub Rail, Aluminum Extruded, Side of
Body

RUB RAIL
Bottom edge of the side compartments will be trimmed with a bright aluminum extruded rub rail.

Trim will be 2.12" high with 1.38" flanges turned outward for rigidity.

The rub rails will not be an integral part of the body construction, which allows replacement in the event of damage.
0784811 Fender Crowns, Rear, Stainless,
w/Removable Liner

BODY FENDER CROWNS
Polished stainless steel fender crowns will be provided around the rear wheel openings with a dielectric barrier will be provided between the fender crown and the fender sheet metal to prevent corrosion.

The fender crowns will be held in place with stainless steel screws that thread directly into a composite nut and not directly into the parent body sheet metal to eliminate dissimilar metals contact and greatly reduce the chance for corrosion. Rubber welting will be provided between the body and crown.

BODY FENDER LINER
A aluminum painted to match the lower body color fender liner will be provided. The liners will be removable to aid in the maintenance of rear suspension components.

Bid #: 988 45
0787503 SP Hose, Hard Suction, 5.0"/4.5", 10.0',
Clear Corrugated, Kochek

HARD SUCTION HOSE
One (1) length of 5.00" Kochek Fire Grade clear corrugated hard suction hose, reinforced with a black spiral helix, 10' in length, will be provided. The hose will be equipped with a 4.50" long handle female coupling on one (1) end and a 4.50" rocker lug male coupling on the other end.

Couplings will be black anodized hard coated aluminum.
0731885 SP Trough, HSH, (1), Side Sheet Mount,
w/Low Level Strainer

HOSE TROUGH
A quantity of one (1), hard suction hose trough(s) will be side sheet mounted on an adjustable bracket, located on the right side above the ladders.

Trough(s) will be constructed of aluminum painted job color.

The hose(s) will be held in place by hook and loop straps.

A low level strainer will be attached to the hard suction hose. The brand and model of the attached strainer will be Per order. A trough and strap will also be provided to secure the low level strainer.
0626229 Handrails, Side Pump Panels, Per
Print

HANDRAILS
The handrails will be 1.25" diameter knurled aluminum to provide a positive gripping surface.

Chrome plated end stanchions will support the handrail. Plastic gaskets will be used between end stanchions and any painted surfaces.

Drain holes will be provided in the bottom of all vertically mounted handrails.

Handrails will be provided to meet current edition of applicable NFPA standards. The handrails will be installed as noted on the sales drawing.
0004126 Handrails, Beavertail, Standard

HANDRAILS
One (1) vertical handrail will be located on each rear beavertail. 0004146 Handrail, Rear, Below Hose Bed, Full
Width

HANDRAIL
One (1) full width horizontal knurled aluminum handrail will be provided below the hose bed at the rear of the apparatus.
0004154 Handrail, Extra - 10" Long

ADDITIONAL HANDRAIL
One (1) handrail, 10.00" long, will be mounted Driver side front top of side sheet . The handrail will be constructed out of knurled aluminum.
0622393 Compt, Air Pack Fender Panel AIR PACK STORAGE
A total of three (3) air pack compartment(s) will be provided and located on the left side forward of the rear wheels, on the right side forward of the rear wheels and on the right side rearward of the rear wheels. The air pack compartment(s) will be tapered to match the profile of the space available in the fender. The compartment(s) will be approximately 15.50" wide at the top and

5.00" wide at the bottom for the wheel cutout. The compartment(s) will be 15.50" tall at the body side compartment and 6.00" tall at the wheel cutout. The compartment(s) will be 26.00" deep and have a drain hole.

Inside the compartment, black Dura-Surf friction reducing material will be provided.

A polished stainless steel hinged door with a chrome plated flush lift & turn latch will be provided to contain the air pack. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.
0654143 Compt, Air Bottle, Single,Tri Door
(DEF/Fuel), Fender Panel
AIR BOTTLE STORAGE (Single)
A quantity of one air bottle compartment, approximately 7.50" wide x 7.50" tall x 26.00" deep, will be provided on the driver side rearward of the rear wheels. The triangular door will cover the air bottle opening, the DEF tank access, and fuel fill. The compartment will be square with angled corners. A polished stainless steel door with a chrome plated flush lift & turn latch will be provided to contain the air bottle. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.

Inside the compartment, black rubber matting will be provided.

AIR BOTTLE COMPARTMENT STRAP
A strap will be provided in the air bottle compartment to help contain the air bottle when the vehicle is parked on an incline. The strap will wrap around the neck and attach to the wall of the compartment.
0024210 Storage Bin, Air Bottle, 7.50" Square AIR BOTTLE STORAGE BIN A storage bin will be provided for storage of three (3) air bottles.  This storage bin will be installed Floor mount in RS2 compartment.  Each separate air bottle storage compartment will be  7.50" square x 23.00" deep.  The storage bin will be formed out of aluminum and the flooring lined with Dura-surf.

Bid #: 988 46
0812563 SP Ladder, 24' Alaco 2300-24 2-Sec, 22"
Wide, Non-NFPA, Provided by Fire
Department

EXTENSION LADDER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
There will be one (1) 24', two (2) section, wood, Alaco Series 2300-24 provided and installed by the fire department.

If using an existing ladder, the following dimensions, including any bolts, pulleys, ropes, butt spurs, etc, are required:
stored overall length
overall width
banking thickness
The dimensions are TO BE CONFIRMED AT PRE-CONSTRUCTION.

If dimensions aren't provided, the mounting provided will accommodate ladders sized per Alaco standard dimensions.

This ladder is non compliant to NFPA 1931, Chapter 4.4.3.1, "Standard on Design of and Design Verification Tests for Fire Department Ground Ladders".

Per Fire Department specification request of this ladder, the apparatus will be non compliant to the current edition of applicable NFPA standards at time of contract execution. 0812565 SP Ladder, Alaco 2304-14, Roof, NonNFPA, Provided by Fire DepartmentROOF LADDER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT There will be one (1) 14' roof, Alaco Series 2304-14 ladder(s) will be provided by the fire department. The outside width of the ladder will be 14.00" wide.

If using an existing ladder, the following dimensions, including any bolts, pulleys, ropes, butt spurs, etc, are required:
stored overall length
overall width
banking thickness
The dimensions are TO BE CONFIRMED AT PRE-CONSTRUCTION.

If dimensions aren't provided, the mounting provided will accommodate ladders sized per Alaco standard dimensions.

This ladder is non compliant to NFPA 1931, Chapter 4.2.2, "Standard on Design of and Design Verification Tests for Fire Department Ground Ladders".

Per Fire Department specification request of this ladder, the apparatus will be non compliant to the current edition of applicable NFPA standards at time of contract execution. 0724178 SP Brackets, Adjustable, RS, Special
Hardware and Spacing 75.50"

LADDER BRACKETS
The ladders will be installed on the right side of the hose body in lined brackets and held in place by steel chrome plated, quarter-turn spring loaded clamps with stainless steel rods. The clamps will be such that when the roof ladder is removed, the clamps can be moved a half turn to hold the extension ladder in place. The ladder brackets will be adjustable up and down. The ladder brackets will be spaced at 75.50" on center, 20.00" from the front edge of the body side sheet and

17.75" off the catwalk, to hold Alaco wood ladders.
0820914 SP Ladder, 10' Alaco 2305-10, Provided
by Fire Department, Pumper

FOLDING LADDER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The folding ladder is not on the apparatus as manufactured. There will be one (1) 10' Alaco Model 2305-10 wood folding ladder provided by the fire department. The ladder will be installed in a stainless steel trough mounted above the ladders on the ladder brackets.

If using an existing ladder, the following dimensions, including any bolts, pulleys, ropes, butt spurs, etc, are required:
stored overall length
overall width
banking thickness
The dimensions are TO BE CONFIRMED AT PRE-CONSTRUCTION
If dimensions aren't provided, the mounting provided will accommodate ladders sized per Alaco standard dimensions.
0761348 Trough, Folding Ladder, Above
Ladders on Ladder Brackets

FOLDING LADDER STORAGE
One (1) folding ladder will be stored above the ladders on the ladder brackets in a stainless steel U-shaped trough.
0515803 SP Spacers, Non-Abrasive, Ladder
Supports

SPACERS, NON-ABRASIVE, LADDER SUPPORTS
Four (4) nonabrasive ladder support spacers will be provided on the catwalk below the ladders.

These spacers are to be evenly spaced and design to relieve stress from the ladder brackets and provide protection to the ladders from the aluminum treadplate on the catwalks. 0725371 Compt w/Door, Backboard, Over
Pump

BACKBOARD STORAGE
A transverse area over the pump and rearward of the crosslays will hold one (1) storage trough.

A blister will be supplied at each side to enclose the backboards due to their length.

The backboards will be accessible from either side of the vehicle through the aluminum treadplate door(s) with a pair of lift and turn latches. The door(s) will be hinged along the rearward edge.

The size of the backboard(s) to be stored will be 72.00" long x 16.00" wide x 3.00" high. 0789530 Pike Pole, 10' DUO Safety,
Fiberglass
10' PIKE POLE
One (1) pike pole 10' long Duo Safety with a fiberglass handle, will be provided. 0564126 Pike Pole, 6' DUO Safety, Fiberglass,
w/D Handle
6' PIKE POLE
One (1) pike pole, 6' long DUO Safety with a fiberglass "D" handle will be provided.

Bid #: 988 47
0058193 Tubes, Alum, Pike Pole Storage, Spcl
Notch, NY PP Head

PIKE POLE STORAGE
Aluminum tubing will be used for the storage of one (1) pike pole and will be located Behind ladders on side sheet above the other tubes. . If the head of a pike pole can come in contact with a painted surface, a stainless steel scuffplate will be provided. The pike pole tube will be notched to allow a New York style pike pole to fit into the tube. 0004361 Tubes, Alum, Pike Pole Storage

PIKE POLE STORAGE
Aluminum tubing will be used for the storage of one (1) pike pole and will be located mounted behind the ladders on the side sheet, passenger's side. If the head of a pike pole can come in contact with a painted surface, a stainless steel scuffplate will be provided. 0018265 SP Tubes, Alum, PP Storage, w/DHandle Slot, (Alameda)PIKE POLE STORAGE Aluminum tubing will be used for the storage of one (1) pike pole and will be located inside of the ladder brackets. See photo's . If the head of a pike pole can come in contact with a painted surface, a stainless steel scuffplate will be provided. A slot will be provided in the tube to store "D" handle pike pole.
0768976 Bell, 12" Chrome w/Eagle, Mounted
on Cab Corner, Large Brkt

BELL
A chrome plated, 12.00" bronze cast bell, complete with an eagle, will be mounted on the passenger side radiused corner of cab face. The cab will be properly reinforced to support the weight of the bell, the reinforcement bracket allow the bell to mount toward the upper corner of the windshield. A rope pull, for the bell, will be installed inside the cab. 0611189 Label, Indicator Lamp Symbols, Sun
Visor

INDICATOR LAMP LABEL
There will be a label provided on the back side of the sun visor located driver side. The label will provide brief descriptive text for each indicator lamp that may become visible in the driver side gauge cluster.
0785102 Steps, Folding, Front of Body, Cargo
Bed Access, w/LED, Trident

FOLDING STEPS FRONT OF BODY
Folding steps will be provided full height on the left side body compartments to provide access to the cargo bed. Steps will be spaced evenly on the sales drawing. Actual quantity may vary due to pump panel interferences but will meet the NFPA required maximum stepping height.

The Trident steps will be bright finished, non-skid with a luminescent tread coating, that is rechargeable from any light source and can hold a charge for up to 24 hours, on the stepping surface.

The step will incorporate an LED light to illuminate the stepping surface.

The steps can be used as a hand hold with two openings wide enough for a gloved hand. 0592994 Steps, Folding, Rear of Body, w/LED,
Trident

REAR FOLDING STEPS
Bright finished, non-skid folding steps with a luminescent tread coating, that is rechargeable from any light source and can hold a charge for up to 24 hours, on the stepping surface will be provided at the rear. Each step will incorporate an LED light to illuminate the stepping surface.

The steps can be used as a hand hold with two openings wide enough for a gloved hand. 0724153 Step, Folding - Extra, Body Only,
w/LED, Trident
One (1) additional folding step will be located one (1) PS rear body.. The step(s) will be bright finished, non-skid with a luminescent tread coating, that is rechargeable from any light source and can hold a charge for up to 24 hours, on the stepping surface. Each step will incorporate an LED light to illuminate the stepping surface. The step(s) can be used as a hand hold with two openings wide enough for a gloved hand.
0586899 Step, Cargo Area, Ea.

There will be one (1) bright aluminum treadplate cover/step/s provided and installed driver side rearward cargo area within the cargo area over the pump. The step will be reinforced for walking.

Bid #: 988 48
0058059 Pump House, Side Control, 50",
Control Zone

PUMP COMPARTMENT
The pump compartment will be separate from the hose body and compartments so that each may flex independently of the other. It will be a fabricated assembly of steel tubing, angles and channels which supports both the fire pump and the side running boards.

The pump compartment will be mounted on the chassis frame rails with rubber biscuits in a four point pattern to allow for chassis frame twist.

Pump compartment, pump, plumbing and gauge panels will be removable from the chassis in a single assembly.

PUMP MOUNTING
Pump will be mounted to a substructure which will be mounted to the chassis frame rail using rubber isolators. The mounting will allow chassis frame rails to flex independently without damage to the fire pump.

PUMP CONTROL PANELS (Left Side Control)
All pump controls and gauges will be located at the left side of the apparatus and properly identified.

Layout of the pump control panel will be ergonomically efficient and systematically organized.

The pump operator's control panel will be removable in two (2) main sections for ease of maintenance:

The upper section will contain sub panels for the mounting of the pump pressure control device, engine monitoring gauges, electrical switches, and foam controls (if applicable). Sub panels will be removable from the face of the pump panel for ease of maintenance. Below the sub panels will be located all valve controls and line pressure gauges.

The lower section of the panel will contain all inlets, outlets, and drains.

All push/pull valve controls will have 1/4 turn locking control rods with polished chrome plated zinc tee handles. Guides for the push/pull control rods will be chrome plated zinc castings securely mounted to the pump panel. Push/pull valve controls will be capable of locking in any position.

The control rods will pull straight out of the panel and will be equipped with universal joints to eliminate binding.

IDENTIFICATION TAGS
The identification tag for each valve control will be recessed in the face of the tee handle.

All discharge outlets will have color coded identification tags, with each discharge having its own unique color. Color coding will include the labeling of the outlet and the drain for each corresponding discharge.

All line pressure gauges will be mounted directly above the corresponding discharge control tee handles and recessed within the same chrome plated casting as the rod guide for quick identification. The gauge and rod guide casting will be removable from the face of the pump panel for ease of maintenance. The casting will be color coded to correspond with the discharge identification tag.

All remaining identification tags will be mounted on the pump panel in chrome plated bezels.

The pump panel on the right side will be removable with lift and turn type fasteners.

Trim rings will be installed around all inlets and outlets. 0035501 Pump House Structure, Std Height
0018700 Floor, Split for Access, Aluminum
Treadplate

CARGO FLOOR, SPLIT
The bright aluminum treadplate flooring in the cargo compartment will be split into two (2) or more pieces for easier access to the pump and plumbing without removing any other items and will support the weight of a fire fighter.
0087825 SP Guard, Aluminum Treadplate, Around
Electric Deck Gun Control, (Alameda)
GUARD
An aluminum treadplate guard shall be provided around the electric deck gun control. The guard shall be open at the top to operate the switch.
0004425 Pump, Waterous, CSU, 1500 GPM,
Single Stage
PUMP
Pump will be a Waterous CSU, 1500 gpm single (1) stage midship mounted centrifugal type.

Pump will be the class "A" type.

Pump will deliver the percentage of rated discharge at pressures indicated below:
100 percent of rated capacity at 150 psi net pump pressure. 70 percent of rated capacity at 200 psi net pump pressure. 50 percent of rated capacity at 250 psi net pump pressure.

Pump body will be close-grained gray iron, bronze fitted, and horizontally split in two (2) sections for easy removal of the entire impeller shaft assembly (including wear rings).

Pump will be designed for complete servicing from the bottom of the truck, without disturbing the pump setting or apparatus piping.

Pump case halves will be bolted together on a single horizontal face to minimize chance of leakage and facilitate ease of reassembly. No end flanges will be used.

Discharge manifold of the pump will be cast as an integral part of the pump body assembly and will provide a minimum of three (3) 3.50" openings for flexibility in providing various discharge outlets for maximum efficiency.

The three (3) 3.50" openings will be located as follows: one (1) outlet to the right of the pump, one (1) outlet to the left of the pump, and one (1) outlet directly on top of the discharge manifold.

Impeller shaft will be stainless steel, accurately ground to size. It will be supported at each end by sealed, anti-friction ball bearings for rigid precise support. Impeller will have flame plated hubs assuring maximum pump life and efficiency despite any presence of abrasive matter in the water supply.

Bearings will be protected from water and sediment by suitable stuffing boxes, flinger rings, and oil seals. No special or sleeve type bearings will be used.

Bid #: 988 49
0004482 Seal, Mechanical, Waterous

Pump will be equipped with a self-adjusting, maintenance-free, mechanical shaft seal.

The mechanical seal will consist of a flat, highly polished, spring fed carbon ring that rotates with the impeller shaft. The carbon ring will press against a highly polished stainless steel stationary ring that is sealed within the pump body.

In addition, a throttling ring will be pressed into the steel chamber cover, providing a very small clearance around the rotating shaft in the event of a mechanical seal failure. The pump performance will not deteriorate, nor will the pump lose prime, while drafting if the seal fails during pump operation.

Wear rings will be bronze and easily replaceable to restore original pump efficiency and eliminate the need to replace the entire pump casing due to wear. 0816447 Trans, Pump, Waterous C22 Series PUMP TRANSMISSION The pump transmission will be made of a three (3) piece, aluminum, horizontally split casing.

Power transfer to pump will be through a high strength Morse HY-VO silent drive chain. By the use of a chain rather than gears, 50% of the sprocket will be accepting or transmitting torque, compared to two (2) or three (3) teeth doing all the work.

Drive shafts will be 2.35" diameter hardened and ground alloy steel and supported by ball bearings. The case will be designed to eliminate the need for water cooling. 0635600 Pumping Mode, Stationary Only

PUMPING MODE
An interlock system will be provided to ensure that the pump drive system components are properly engaged so that the apparatus can be safely operated. The interlock system will be designed to allow stationary pumping only.
0605126 Pump Shift, Air Mnl Override, Split
Shaft, Interlocked, Waterous

AIR PUMP SHIFT
Pump shift engagement will be made by a two (2) position sliding collar, actuated pneumatically (by air pressure), with a three (3) position air control switch located in the cab. A manual back-up shift control will also be located on the left side pump panel.

Two (2) indicator lights will be provided adjacent to the pump shift inside the cab. One (1) green light will indicate the pump shift has been completed and be labeled "pump engaged". The second green light will indicate when the pump has been engaged, and that the chassis transmission is in pump gear. This indicator light will be labeled "OK to pump".

The pump shift will be interlocked to prevent the pump from being shifted out of gear when the chassis transmission is in gear to meet NFPA requirements.

The pump shift control in the cab will be illuminated to meet NFPA requirements. 0003148 Transmission Lock-up, EVS TRANSMISSION LOCK-UP
The direct gear transmission lock-up for the fire pump operation will engage automatically when the pump shift control in the cab is activated.
0004547 Auxiliary Cooling System

AUXILIARY COOLING SYSTEM
A supplementary heat exchange cooling system will be provided to allow the use of water from the discharge side of the pump for cooling the engine water. The heat exchanger will be a separate unit. It will be installed in the pump or engine compartment with the control located on the pump operator's control panel. The exchanger will be plumbed to the master drain valve. 0014486 Not Required, Transfer Valve, Single
Stage Pump
0777650 Valve, Relief Intake, Akron PUMP INTAKE RELIEF VALVE An Akron Style 53 relief valve will be installed on the suction side of the pump preset at 125 psig.

The relief valve will have a working range of 50 psi to 250 psi.

The outlet will terminate below the frame rails with a 2.50" National Standard hose thread adapter and will have a "do not cap" warning tag.

The relief valve pressure control will be located behind the right side pump panel with a stainless steel access door.

Bid #: 988 50
0721609 Controller, Pressure, Pierce LCD,
Custom Chassis

PIERCE PRESSURE CONTROLLER
A Pierce electronic pressure controller will be provided.

A pressure transducer will be installed in the discharge side of the water pump. The transducer continuously monitors pump pressure sending a signal to the electronic pressure controller.

The pressure controller can be used in two (2) modes of operation, RPM mode and pressure modes. The controller will be programmed to turn on/default to No Mode/Default Press Setting mode.

In the RPM mode, the controller can be activated after vehicle parking brake has been set. When in this mode, the controller will maintain the set engine speed, regardless of engine load (within engine operation capabilities).

In the pressure mode, the controller can be activated after vehicle parking brake has been set.

When in this mode, the controller will automatically maintain the discharge pressure set by the operator (within the discharge capabilities of the pump and water supply) regardless of flow.

A 2.00" diameter throttle control knob with no mechanical stops, a serrated grip, and a red idle push button in the center will be a integrated/part of the pressure controller. The throttle control knob will be programmed for Clockwise rotation to increase engine speed.

Individual LED indicators for ok to pump, throttle ready, pressure mode and rpm mode will be located on the pressure controller for easy viewing.

A pump cavitation protection feature will also be provided which will return the engine to idle should the pump cavitate. Cavitation is sensed by the combination of pump pressure below 30 psi and engine speed above 2000 rpm for more than five (5) seconds.

Other safety features include recognition of low water and no water conditions with an automatic programmed response and a push button to return the engine to idle.

The pressure controller LCD screen will be 4.20" in size with a minimum brightness of 750 nits.

The LCD screen and LED intensity will be automatically adjust for day and nighttime operation.

The LCD screen intensity can also be manually adjusted if needed.

The following information will be provided/displayed on the LCD screen - Engine RPM
Check engine and stop engine warning indicators
Engine oil pressure
Engine coolant temperature
Water pump transmission temperature
Fuel Level
Water tank level
Battery voltage
Operating mode (RPM or pressure)
Pressure or RPM setting
On screen messaging show diagnostic and warning messages as they occur. It will show apparatus information, stored data, and program options when selected by the operator. It will monitor inputs outputs and support audible and visual warning alarms for the following conditions -
High battery voltage
Low battery voltage/engine off
Low battery voltage/engine running
High water pump temperature
Low fuel
Low engine oil pressure
High engine coolant temperature
Water tank out of water (visual alarm only)
No engine response (visual alarm only)
The pressure controller will store the accumulated operating hours for the pump and engine.

These items are to be displayed within the pressure controller menu.

The pressure controller will include a USB port on the back of the controller for easy software upgrades if needed.
0072153 Primer, Trident, Air Prime, Air
Operated

PRIMING PUMP
The priming pump will be a Trident Emergency Products compressed air powered, high efficiency, multistage venturi based AirPrime System, conforming to standards outlined in the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

All wetted metallic parts of the priming system are to be of brass and stainless steel construction.

One (1) priming control will open the priming valve and start the pump primer. 0044552 Line, 0.50" Recirculating w/Check
Valve

RECIRCULATING LINE WITH CHECK VALVE
A 0.50" diameter recirculating line, from the pump to the water tank, will be furnished with a control installed at the pump operator's control panel. A check valve will be provided in this line to prevent the back flow of water from the tank to the pump if the valve is left in the open position. 0780364 Manuals, Pump, (2) Total, Electronic
Copies

PUMP MANUALS
There will be a total of two (2) pump manuals provided by the pump manufacturer and furnished with the apparatus. The manuals will be provided by the pump manufacturer in the form of two (2) electronic copies. Each manual will cover pump operation, maintenance, and parts.

Bid #: 988 51
0602512 Plumbing, Stainless Steel and Hose,
Single Stage Pump, Control Zone

PLUMBING, STAINLESS STEEL AND HOSE
All inlet and outlet lines will be plumbed with either stainless steel pipe, flexible polypropylene tubing or synthetic rubber hose reinforced with hi-tensile polyester braid. All hose's will be equipped with brass or stainless steel couplings. All stainless steel hard plumbing will be a minimum of a schedule 10 wall thickness.

Where vibration or chassis flexing may damage or loosen piping or where a coupling is required for servicing, the piping will be equipped with victaulic or rubber couplings.

Plumbing manifold bodies will be ductile cast iron or stainless steel.

All piping lines are to be drained through a master drain valve or will be equipped with individual drain valves. All drain lines will be extended with a hose to drain below the chassis frame.

All water carrying gauge lines will be of flexible polypropylene tubing.

All piping, hose and fittings will have a minimum of a 500 PSI hydrodynamic pressure rating. 0795135 Plumbing, Stainless Steel, w/Foam
System

FOAM SYSTEM PLUMBING
All piping that is in contact with the foam concentrate or foam/water solution will be stainless steel. The fittings will be stainless steel or brass. Cast iron pump manifolds will be allowed. 0004645 Inlets, 6.00" - 1250 GPM or Larger
Pump

MAIN PUMP INLETS
A 6.00" pump manifold inlet will be provided on each side of the vehicle. The suction inlets will include removable die cast zinc screens that are designed to provide cathodic protection for the pump, thus reducing corrosion in the pump.
0014650 Pump Suction Tube(s), Short, All

SHORT SUCTION TUBE(S)
The suction tube(s) on the water pump will have short suction tube(s) installed to allow for installation of adapters, elbows or intake valves without excessive overhang. 0820184 Cap, Main Pump Inlet, Provided by
Fire Department, NFPA/ULC 2024

MAIN PUMP INLET CAP PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, section 13.6.8 and CAN/ULC S515:2024 edition, section 5.2, requires all intakes to be provided with caps or closures capable of withstanding a hydrostatic gauge pressure of 500 psi (3400 kPa).

The caps are not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide both caps for the main pump inlets.
0743394 Valves, Full Flow Waterous,
Akron/Elkhart Aux Inlet Valves

VALVES
There will be Eleven (11) Waterous 2.50" full flow valves. The valves will be used No. 1 left side discharge, No. 2 left side discharge, No. 1 right side discharge, No. 2 right side discharge, No. 3 right side discharge, No. 1 crosslay, No. 2 crosslay, No.1 rear discharge, No. 1 rear pre-connect discharge, hose reel and tank fill .

The Waterous full flow valve will have a 2.50" chromium plated bronze ball forming a hard, durable surface. There will be a hydraulically balanced floating seal assembly that will be self adjusting for wear.

If Waterous valves are desired for outlets 3.00" and larger, that valve will be picked within the specific outlet category.

All remaining discharge valves and auxiliary inlets will be Akron Unibody valves with a stainlesssteel ball and a simple two-seat design. No lubrication or regular maintenance is required on the valve.

If an outlet location chosen from above uses a valve smaller than 2.50", that valve will be substituted with a Waterous 2.50" full flow valve. This option will supersede any specific outlet category option that requires a valve smaller than 2.50". 0016158 Valve, Inlet(s) Recessed, Side Cntrl,
"Control Zone"
The location of the valve for the two (2) inlets will be recessed behind the pump panel. 0004700 Control, Inlet, at Valve

INLET CONTROL
The side auxiliary inlet(s) will incorporate a quarter-turn ball valve with the control located at the inlet valve. The valve operating mechanism will indicate the position of the valve. 0004660 Inlet (1), Left Side, 2.50"

LEFT SIDE INLET
There will be one (1) auxiliary inlet with a 2.50" valve at the left side pump panel, terminating with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread adapter.

The auxiliary inlet will be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug. 0004680 Inlet, Right Side, 2.50"

RIGHT SIDE INLET
There will be one (1) auxiliary inlet with a 2.50" valve at the right side pump panel, terminating with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread adapter.

The auxiliary inlet will be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug. 0092569 No Rear Inlet (Large Dia) Requested

0064116 No Rear Inlet Actuation Required

Bid #: 988 52
0092696 Not Required, Cap, Rear Inlet

0009648 No Rear Intake Relief Valve Required
on Rear Inlet
0092568 No Rear Auxiliary Inlet Requested

0723049 Valve, .75" Bleeder, Aux. Side Inlet,
"T" Swing Handle

INLET BLEEDER VALVE
A 0.75" bleeder valve will be provided for each side gated inlet.

The valves will be located behind the panel with a "T" swing style handle control extended to the outside of the panel.

The handles will be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position. The swing handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage.

The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails. 0014751 Tank to Pump, (1) 3.00" Valve, 3.00"
Plumbing, Reverse Linkage

TANK TO PUMP
The booster tank will be connected to the intake side of the pump with heavy duty piping and a quarter turn 3.00" full flow line valve with the control remotely located at the operator's panel. The tank to pump line will run straight (no elbows) from the pump into the front face of the water tank and down into the tank sump. A rubber coupling will be included in this line to prevent damage from vibration or chassis flexing.

The control on the pump panel will be "in" when the valve is open and "out" when the valve is closed.

A check valve will be provided in the tank to pump supply line to prevent the possibility of "back filling" the water tank.
0004905 Outlet, Tank Fill, 1.50"

TANK REFILL
A 1.50" combination tank refill and pump re-circulation line will be provided, using a quarter-turn full flow ball valve controlled from the pump operator's panel. 0062133 Control, Outlets, Manual, Pierce HW
if applicable

DISCHARGE OUTLET CONTROLS
The discharge outlets will incorporate a quarter-turn ball valve with the control located at the pump operator's panel. The valve operating mechanism will indicate the position of the valve.

If a handwheel control valve is used, the control will be a minimum of a 3.9" diameter stainless steel handwheel with a dial position indicator built in to the center of the handwheel.

Any 3.00 inch or larger discharge valve will be a slow-operating valve in accordance with NFPA

16.7.5.3. 0004940 Outlet, Left Side, 2.50"

LEFT SIDE DISCHARGE OUTLETS
There will be Two (2) discharge outlets with a 2.50" valve on the left side of the apparatus, terminating with a 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread adapter. 0005091 Elbow, Left Side Outlets, 45 Degree,

2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST, VLH

LEFT SIDE OUTLET ELBOWS
The 2.50" discharge outlets located on the left side pump panel will be furnished with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow.

The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0092570 Not Required, Outlets, Left Side
Additional
0035094 Not Required, Elbow, Left Side
Outlets, Additional
0004945 Outlet, Right Side, 2.50"

RIGHT SIDE DISCHARGE OUTLETS
There will be Two (2) discharge outlets with a 2.50" valve on the right side of the apparatus, terminating with a 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread adapter. 0025091 Elbow, Right Side Outlets, 45
Degree, 2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST,
VLH

RIGHT SIDE OUTLET ELBOWS
The 2.50" discharge outlets located on the right side pump panel will be furnished with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow.

The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.

Bid #: 988 53
0820348 Outlet, Right Side, 3" w/3" Plumbing
(added)
There will be One (1) discharge outlet with a 3.00" valve on the right side of the apparatus, terminating with a 3.00" (M) National Standard hose thread adapter.

Any 3.00 inch or larger discharge valve will be a slow-operating valve in accordance with NFPA

13.7.5.3. 0820229 Elbow and Cap, Right Side Outlets,

3.0", Provided by Fire Dept, Addtl,
NFPA 2024

ADDITIONAL RIGHT SIDE OUTLET ELBOWS PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, section 13.7.7 requires any 2.00" or larger discharge outlet that is located more than 42.00" off the ground and to which hose is to be connected and that is not in a hose storage area will be supplied with a sweep elbow of at least 30 degrees downward.

NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, section 13.7.4 requires all discharge outlet connections, except connections to which a hose will be pre-connected, will be equipped with caps or closures capable of withstanding a hydrostatic gauge pressure of 100 psi over the maximum pump closeoff pressure or 500 psi, whichever is greater.

The elbow(s) and cap are not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide the elbow(s) and cap.
0029137 Not Required, Outlet, Large Diameter

0007308 Not Required, Elbow, Large Diameter
Outlet
0649939 Outlet, Front, 1.50" w/2" Plumbing FRONT DISCHARGE OUTLET There will be one (1) 1.50" discharge outlet piped to the front of the apparatus and located on the top of the right side of the front bumper.

Plumbing will consist of 2.00" piping and flexible hose with a 2.00" ball valve with control at the pump operator's panel. A fabricated weldment made of stainless steel pipe will be used in the plumbing where appropriate. The piping will terminate with a 1.50" NST with 90 degree stainless steel swivel.

There will be Elkhart push pull drains provided at all low points of the piping. 0004995 Outlet, Rear, 2.50"

REAR DISCHARGE OUTLET
There will be Two (2) discharge outlets piped to the rear of the hose bed, one (1) each side, installed so proper clearance is provided for spanner wrenches or adapters. Plumbing will consist of 2.50" piping along with a 2.50" full flow ball valve with the control from the pump operator's panel.
0045091 Elbow, Rear Outlets, 45 Degree,

2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST, VLH

REAR OUTLET ELBOWS
The 2.50" discharge outlets located at the rear of the apparatus will be furnished with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow.

The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0092574 Not Required, Outlet, Rear, Additional

0085695 Not Required, Elbow, Rear Outlets,
Large, Additional
0004990 Outlet, Front HB, 2.50" w/2.50"
Plumbing

FRONT OF HOSE BED DISCHARGE OUTLET
There will be One (1) discharge outlet discharge(s) piped to the front of the hose bed and located passemnger's side . Plumbing will consist of 2.50" piping with a 2.50" full-flow ball valve controlled at the pump operator's panel. The discharge(s) will terminate with a 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread adapter.
0752097 Caps/Plugs for 1.00" to 3.00"
Discharges/Inlets, Chain

DISCHARGE CAPS/ INLET PLUGS
Chrome plated, rocker lug, caps with chain will be furnished for all discharge outlets 1.00" thru

3.00" in size, besides the pre-connected hose outlets.

Chrome plated, rocker lug, plugs with chain will be furnished for all auxiliary inlets 1.00" thru 3.00" in size.

The caps and plugs will incorporate a thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.

Bid #: 988 54
0723042 Valve, 0.75" Bleeder, Discharges, "T"
Swing Handle

OUTLET BLEEDER VALVE
A 0.75" bleeder valve will be provided for each outlet 1.50" or larger. Automatic drain valves are acceptable with some outlets if deemed appropriate with the application.

The valves will be located behind the panel with a T swing style handle control extended to the outside of the side pump panel.

The handles will be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position.

The T swing handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage.

Bleeders will be located at the bottom of the pump panel. They will be properly labeled identifying the discharge they are plumbed in to.

The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails. 0767002 Outlet, 3.00" Deluge, Elec, Dual
Akron 9333 Controllers, w/TFT XG18

DELUGE RISER
A 3.00" deluge riser will be installed above the pump in such a manner that a monitor can be mounted and used effectively. Piping will be installed securely so no movement develops when the line is charged. This outlet will be located in the cargo area.

The riser will be gated with an electrically actuated 3.00" valve. The valve will be controlled by two (2) Akron 9333 electric valve controllers. One (1) will be provided on the pump operators panel and one (1) will be located near the deluge riser in the cargo area. The electric controls must be of a true position feedback design, requiring no clutches in the motor or current limiting. The units must be completely sealed with momentary open, close as well and an optional one touch full open feature to operate the valve actuator. The controllers will provide position indication on a full color, backlit LCD display. They will have manual adjustment of the brightness as well as an auto dimming option.

TELESCOPIC PIPING
The deluge riser piping will include a manual Task Force Tips XG18 extend-a-gun extension. This extension will be telescopic to allow the deluge gun to be raised 18.00" increasing the range of operation.

A position sensor will be provided on the telescopic piping that will activate the "do not move vehicle" light inside the cab when the monitor is in the raised position. 0618918 SP Deluge Riser, Controller Unit, Special
Location
The deluge riser controller unit will be located locate as high as possible in the cargo area (not on the support tubing). See photos or final inspection document of previous job #28474. 0770359 No Monitor Requested,
Customer/Dealer Furnished and
Installed

MONITOR
A customer/dealer supplied and installed make and model Akron Apollo model 3416 with a TFT Extend-A-Gun mount monitor will be properly installed on the deluge riser. 0029304 No Nozzle Req'd

0005072 Deluge Mount, 3" ANSI 4 Bolt Flange

The deluge riser will have a 3.00" four (4)-bolt flange for mounting the monitor. 0723726 Speedlay Module Not Required

0722432 Hose Restraint Not Required, No
Speedlay Module
0723395 Speedlays, Not Required

0723394 Speedlays, Not Required

0029210 Crosslays Sngl Sheet, (2+) 1.50",
Spl. Cap/Arrangement
CROSSLAY HOSE BEDS, 1.50"
Two (2) crosslays with 1.50" outlets will be provided.  Each bed to be capable of carrying  7.00" clear openings for each crosslay. The chicksan swivel connection for the forward most crosslay must be located on the PS. The chicksan swivel connection for the rearward most crosslay must be located on the DS and will be plumbed with 2.00" i.d. pipe and gated with a 2.00" quarter turn ball valve.

Outlets to be equipped with a 1.50" National Standard hose thread 90 degree swivel located in the hose bed so that hose may be removed from either side of apparatus.

The crosslay controls will be at the pump operator's panel.

The center crosslay dividers will be fabricated of .25" aluminum and will provide adjustment from side to side.  The divider will be unpainted with a brushed finish.

Vertical scuffplates, constructed of stainless steel, will be provided at the front and rear ends of the bed on each side of vehicle.

Crosslay bed flooring will consist of removable perforated brushed aluminum. 0029196 Not Required, 2.50" Crosslay

Bid #: 988 55
0594910 SP Hose Restraint, Crosslay, 1" Heavy
Nylon Web w/Cam Buckle, Velcro
Straps,Pair

CROSSLAY HOSE RESTRAINT
A black 1.00" nylon webbing design restraint will be provided across the ends of two (2) crosslay (s) to secure the hose during travel. The webbing assembly is to be attached at the back side of the hosebed opening with footman loops and straps to loop through the footman loops and latch with cam lock buckles. The webbing will be permanently attached at the front of the hosebed opening between the cab and pump house.

A pair of nylon 2.00" black straps will be secured to the top of the crosslay opening, front to back.

Footman loops will be provided at the front and back side of the opening with Velcro fasteners at the center of the straps. Straps will be positioned so that the they can be opened while standing on the running boards on each side of the apparatus.
0029260 Not Required, Speedlays

0750536 Hose Restr, Spdly, Not Required, No
Spdly
0064983 Crosslay, Location, Rear of
Telescopic Lights

CROSSLAY LOCATION
The crosslays will be located to the rear of the telescopic light. 0683542 SP Reel, Booster, Aluminum - Over
Pump, Right Side, NPSH Fittings

BOOSTER HOSE REEL
A Hannay electric rewind booster hose reel will be installed over the pump in a recessed open compartment on the right side of the apparatus. The reel will be fabricated of aluminum and have highly polished end discs.

A polished stainless steel roller and guide assembly will be mounted on the reel side of the apparatus.

Discharge control will be provided at the pump operator's panel. Plumbing to the reel will consist of 1.50" Aeroquip hose and a 1.50" valve.

The reel will include NPSH threaded couplings.
0675452 SP Switches, Reel Rewind - (3) Controls,
(2) in Cargo Area & (1) on PS Pump
Panel
Reel motor will be protected from overload with a sized automatic reset circuit breaker.

Three (3) electric rewind control switches will be provided. One (1) will be installed on the officer's side pump panel and two (2) will be installed at the top inside rear corners of the cargo area, one (1) on each side.
0015300 No booster Hose Required (1) Reel

0017858 Capacity, Hose Reel 150' of 1"

Capacity of the hose reel will be 150 feet of 1.00" booster hose. 0007428 Nozzle for Booster Reel Not Req'd

0079866 SP Check Valve, (1) Reel, w/Drain A check valves will be installed in the hose reel plumbing. A .75" drain will be provided to release the pressure.
0057878 SP Chrome Plated Sprocket & Polished
Disc, 1 Reel

HOSE REEL SPROCKET AND DISC
The sprocket on the hose reel will be cadium plated and the discs of the reel will be polished stainless steel.
0021954 Cutout for Reel Access, One, w/ S/S
Trim

HOSEREEL ACCESS
A cutout will be provided in the side sheet next to the booster hose reel. This cutout will allow access to the hose and provide a window to view the reel. Stainless steel trim will be mounted horizontally and vertically around the cutout.
0622237 Roller Assembly, Additional There will be one (1) additional polished stainless steel roller and guide assembly mounted opposite of the reel.
0510213 SP Switch, Push Button, Loc, Fwd
Facing, LS, RS by Cargo Compt
(Alameda)

PUSH BUTTON SWITCH, REEL
Two (2) push button switches will be installed on the side wall of the cargo compartment on the outward facing left side and right side. The push button will be spaced 1.00" down from the top of the side sheet flange.

Bid #: 988 56
0624939 Foam Sys, Husky 3, Single Agent,
Multi Select Feature
HUSKY 3 FOAM PROPORTIONER
A Pierce Husky® 3 foam proportioning system will be provided. The Husky 3 is an on demand, automatic proportioning, single point, direct injection system suitable for all types of Class A and B foam concentrates, including the high viscosity (6000 cps), alcohol resistant Class B foams.

Operation will be based on direct measurement of water flow, and remain consistent within the specified flows and pressures. The system will automatically proportion foam solution at rates from .1 percent to 3 percent regardless of variations in water pressure and flow, up to the maximum rated capacity of the foam concentrate pump.

The design of the system will allow operation from draft, hydrant, or relay operation.

System Capacity
The system will have the ability to deliver the following minimum foam solution flow rates at accuracies that meet or exceed NFPA requirements at a pump rating of 150 psi. 100 gpm @ 3 percent
300 gpm @ 1 percent
600 gpm @ 0.5 percent
Class A foam setting in 0.1 percent increments from 0.1 percent to 1 percent. Typical settings of 1 percent, 0.5 percent and 0.3 percent (maximum capacity will be limited to the plumbing and water pump capacity).

Control System
The system will be equipped with a digital electronic control display located on the pump operator's panel. Push button controls will be integrated into the panel to turn the system on/off, control the foam percentage, and to set the operation modes.

The percent of injection will have a preset. This preset can be changed at the fire department as desired. The percent of injection will be able to be easily changed at the scene to adjust to changing demands.

Three (3) .50 tall LEDs will display the foam percentage in numeric characters. Three (3) indicator LEDs will also be included, one (1) green, one (1) red, and one (1) yellow. The LEDs will indicate various system operation or error states.

The indications will be:

Solid Green - System On
Solid Red - Valve Position Error
Solid Yellow - Priming System
Flashing Green - Injecting Foam
Flashing Red - Low Tank Level
Flashing Yellow - Refilling Tank
The control display will house a microprocessor, which receives input from the systems water flow meter while also monitoring the position of the foam concentrate pump. The microprocessor will compare the values of the water flow versus the position/rate of the foam pump, to ensure the proportion rate is accurate. One (1) check valve will be installed in the plumbing to prevent foam from contaminating the water pump.

Hydraulic Drive System
The foam concentrate pump will be powered by an electric over hydraulic drive system. The hydraulic system and motor will be integrated into one (1) unit.

Foam Concentrate Pump
The foam concentrate pump will be of positive displacement, self-priming; linear actuated design, driven by the hydraulic system. The pump will be constructed of brass body; chrome plated stainless steel shaft, with a stainless steel piston. In order to increase longevity of the pump, no aluminum will be present in its construction.

A relief system will be provided which is designed to protect the drive system components and prevent over pressuring the foam concentrate pump.

The foam concentrate pump will have minimum capacity for 3 gpm with all types of foam concentrates with a viscosity at or below 6000 cps including protein, fluoroprotein, AFFF, FFFP, or AR-AFFF. The system will deliver only the amount of foam concentrate flow required, without recirculating foam back to the storage tank. Recirculating foam concentrate back to the storage tank can cause agitation and premature foaming of the concentrate, which can result in system failure. The foam concentrate pump will be self-priming and have the ability to draw foam concentrate from external supplies such as drums or pails.

External Foam Concentrate Connection
An external foam pick-up will be provided to enable use of a foam agent that is not stored on the vehicle. The external foam pick-up will be designed to allow continued operation after the onboard foam tank is empty, or the use of foam different than the foam in the foam tank.

Panel Mounted External Pick-Up Connection / Valve
A bronze three (3)-way valve will be provided. The unit will be mounted to the pump panel. The valve unit will function as the foam system tank to pump valve and external suction valve. The external foam pick-up will be one (1) 0.75" male connection GHT (garden hose thread) with a cap.

Pick-Up Hose
A 0.75" flexible hose with an end for insertion into foam containers will be provided. The hose will be supplied with a 0.75" female swivel GHT (garden hose thread) swivel connector. The hose will be shipped loose.

Discharges
The foam system will be plumbed to the front of hose bed right side, hose reel in right side of dunnage area, front crosslay, rear crosslay, left side outlet and right side outlet.

System Electrical Load
The maximum current draw of the electric motor and system will be no more than 55 amperes at 12 VDC.
0012126 Not Required, CAF Compressor

Bid #: 988 57
0592527 Refill, Foam Tank, Integral, Husky 3

SINGLE FOAM TANK REFILL
The foam system's proportioning pump will be used to fill the foam tank. This will allow use of the auxiliary foam pick-up to pump the foam from pails or a drum on the ground into the foam tank. A foam shut-off switch will be installed in the fill dome of the tank to shut the system down when the tank is full. The fill operation will be controlled by a mode in the foam system controller. While the proportioner pump is filling the tank, the controller will display a flashing yellow LED to indicate that the tank is filling. When the tank is full, as determined by the float switch in the tank dome, the pump will stop and the controller will shut the yellow LED off. If it attempted to use tank fill and the refill valve and suction valve are in the wrong position(s), then a red LED will illuminate to indicate the improper valve position(s). When the valves are positioned properly, then filling will commence.
0747970 SP Relocate Hydraulic Reservoir for
Husky 3 Foam System

RELOCATE HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR
The Husky 3 foam system hydraulic reservoir is typically located in the cargo area over the pump.

The new location will be forward hosebed PS.
0031896 Demonstration, Foam System, Dealer
Provided
0005446 Foam Cell, 20 Gallon, Not Reduce
Water

FOAM TANK
The foam tank will be an integral portion of the polypropylene water tank. The cell will have a capacity of 20 gallons of foam with the intended use of Class A foam. The foam cell will not reduce the capacity of the water tank. The foam cell will have a screen in the fill dome and a breather in the lid.
0697589 Drain, 1.00", Foam Tank #1, Husky 3
Foam System, Quarter Turn

FOAM TANK DRAIN
The foam tank drain will be a 1.00" quarter turn drain valve located inside the pump/plumbing compartment.
0091079 Not Required, Foam Tank #2

0091112 Not Required, Foam Tank #2 Drain

Bid #: 988 58
0738111 Approval Dwg, All Pump Panel(s),
Includes Color And Label Tags,
FLEET
The following drawing(s) will be provided for approval by the customer. The drawing(s) will be made to match 34048 similar Pierce job number.

PUMP OPERATOR'S PANEL DRAWING
A detailed drawing to scale of the pump operator's panel will be provided for the customer to review. The drawing will include all of the gauges, controls, switching, etc.., located on the pump operator's panel. The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or mark-ups to this approval drawing. The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line.

The finalized and signed customer approved pump operator's panel drawing will become part of the contract documents.

Due to the way drain(s), bleeder(s), operational/maintenance tag(s) and NFPA required warning tag(s) are placed on pump panel(s), these items will NOT be shown on any pump panel approval drawing(s). These item(s) will be placed on pump panel(s) at the fire apparatus manufacturer discretion.

REMAINING PUMP PANEL(S)
Detailed drawing(s) to scale of the remaining pump panel(s) will be provided for the customer to review. The drawing(s) will include all of the gauges, controls, switching, etc.., located on the pump panel(s). The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or mark-ups to these approval drawing(s). The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing(s) per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line.

The finalized and signed customer approved pump panel drawing(s) will become part of the contract documents.

Due to the way drain(s), bleeder(s), operational/maintenance tag(s) and NFPA required warning tag(s) are placed on pump panel(s), these items will NOT be shown on any pump panel approval drawing(s). These item(s) will be placed on pump panel(s) at the fire apparatus manufacturer discretion.

COLOR CODED TAGS
A detailed drawing/chart of the colors used on all of the inlet(s) and outlet(s) will be provided for the customer to review. The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or mark-ups to this approval drawing/chart. The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line.

The finalized and signed customer approved drawing/chart of the colors will become part of the contract documents.

SPECIAL TEXT/VERBIAGE TAGS
A detailed drawing/chart of the text/verbiage used on all of the inlet(s) and outlet(s) will be provided for the customer to review. The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or markups to this approval drawing/chart. The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line.

The finalized and signed customer approved drawing/chart of the text/verbiage will become part of the contract documents.
0032479 Pump Panel Configuration, Control
Zone

PUMP PANEL CONFIGURATION
The pump panel configuration will be arranged and installed in an organized manner that will provide user-friendly operation.
0629252 Material, Pump Panels, Side Control
Black Vinyl

PUMP AND GAUGE PANEL
The pump and gauge panels will be constructed of aluminum with a black vinyl finish. A polished aluminum trim molding will be provided around each panel. 0721772 Panel, Pump Access - Right Side,
Side Control

PUMP ACCESS
Right Side Panel
The right side pump panel will be removable.

Panel Fastener
The right side removable panel will be secured using a chrome flush lift and turn latch .

The left side pump panels will be attached with screws.

The right side lower panel (drain bank) will be secured using screws. 0005945 Light, Pump Compt

PUMP COMPARTMENT LIGHT
A pump compartment light will be provided inside the right side pump enclosure and accessible through a door on the pump panel.

A 0.125" weep hole will be provided in each light lens, preventing moisture retention. 0536401 Gauges, Engine, Included With
Pierce Pressure Controller

Engine monitoring graduated LED indicators will be incorporated with the pressure controller. 0005601 Throttle, Engine, Incl'd w/Press
Controller
0739224 Indicator Light @ Pump Panel,
Throttle Ready, Incl w/Pressure
Gov/Throttle,Green

THROTTLE READY GREEN INDICATOR LIGHT
There will be a green indicator light integrated with the pressure governor and/or engine throttle installed on the pump operators panel that is activated when the pump is in throttle ready mode.

Bid #: 988 59
0549333 Indicators, Engine, Included with
Pressure Controller
0745568 Indicator Light, Pump Panel, Ok To
Pump, Green

OK TO PUMP INDICATOR LIGHT
There will be a green indicator light installed on the pump operators panel that is activated when the pump is in Ok To Pump mode.
0049174 Compartment, Cab Lift Control, Pump
Panel, S/S Door

COMPARTMENT, CAB LIFT CONTROL PANEL
A compartment will be provided at the pump panel, right side. This compartment will be large enough to house the control panel for the cab lift. A stainless steel door will be provided. 0540942 SP Panel, Pump, Special Instructions,
Fill in Blank Feature

PUMP PANEL INFORMATION
The cab lift door must be hinged toward the rear of the truck so that it does not hit the push up light pole. Ref. photo's for changes at PU to the PS panel. Mount Electric control valve as high as possible in the cargo area #7 on 31366.
0556650 Switch Panel, Pump Panel, Layout
Info
switch order from top to bottom: PANEL LIGHTS, OK TO PUMP, DS FLOODLIGHT, PS FLOODLIGHT, PERIMETER LIGHTS.
0673431 Switch w/Ind, Pump Panel for
Warning Light, 12 VDC

There will be a switch at the pump operators panel that can deactivate the warning light in that vicinity.

This switch will only be active when the parking brake is applied and the pump is shifted into gear. 0005690 Gauges, 6.00" Master, Class 1, 30"-0
-600psi

VACUUM AND PRESSURE GAUGES
The pump vacuum and pressure gauges will be liquid filled and manufactured by Class 1 Incorporated ©.

The gauges will be a minimum of 6.00" in diameter and will have white faces with black lettering, with a pressure range of 30.00"-0-600#.

The pump pressure and vacuum gauges will be installed adjacent to each other at the pump operator's control panel.

Test port connections will be provided at the pump operator's panel. One will be connected to the intake side of the pump, and the other to the discharge manifold of the pump. They will have 0.25 in. standard pipe thread connections and polished stainless steel plugs. They will be marked with a label.
0005715 Gauge, 3.50" Pressure, Class 1, 30"-
0-600psi

PRESSURE GAUGES
The individual "line" pressure gauges for the discharges will be interlube filled and manufactured by Class 1©.

The gauges will be a minimum of 3.50" in diameter and will have white faces with black lettering.

Gauges will be compound type with a vacuum/pressure range of 30.00"-0-600#.

The individual pressure gauge will be installed as close to the outlet control as practical. 0536428 Gauge, Water Level, Pierce, In
pressure Controller

WATER LEVEL GAUGE
An electric water level gauge will be incorporated in the pressure controller that registers water level by means of 9 LEDs. They will be at 1/8 level increments with a tank empty LED. The LEDs will be a bright type that is readable in sunlight, and have a full 180-degree of clear viewing.

To further alert the pump operator, the gauge will have a warning flash when the tank volume is less than 25%, and will have "Down Chasing LEDs when the tank is almost empty.

The level measurement will be ascertained by sensing the head pressure of the fluid in the tank or cell.

Bid #: 988 60
0737826 SP Gauge, Foam Level, FRC, Tank
Vision Pro, WLA 360-A00, Class "A"
w/(1) Mini,Loc F
CLASS "A" FOAM LEVEL GAUGE
A Fire Research TankVision Pro model WLA360-A00 cell/tank level indicator kit will be installed behind pump panel in DS front corner on a bracket so gauge can be serviced and calibrated . The kit will include an electronic indicator module, a pressure sensor, a 10' sensor cable and a tank vent. The indicator will show the volume of Class "A" foam concentrate in the cell/tank on nine (9) easy to see super bright RGB LEDs. A wide view lens over the LEDs will provide for a viewing angle of 180 degrees. The indicator case will be waterproof, manufactured of Polycarbonate/Nylon material and have a distinctive green label.

The program features will be accessed from the front of the indicator module. The program will support self-diagnostics capabilities, self-calibration, six (6) programmable colored light patterns to display cell/tank volume, adjustable brightness control levels and a data link to connect remote indicators. Low foam level warnings will include flashing LEDs at 1/4 cell/tank and down chasing LEDs when the cell/tank is almost empty.

The indicator will receive an input signal from an electronic pressure sensor. The sensor will be mounted from the outside of the foam cell/tank near the bottom. No probe will be placed on the interior of the cell/tank. Wiring will be weather resistant and have automotive type plug-in connectors.

CLASS "A" MINI SLAVE UNIT
Fire Research TankVision model WLA265-A00 miniature cell/tank indicator will be installed on DS pump panel to the left of the pressure governor. top of gauge to be in line with discharges . The indicator will show the volume of Class "A" foam concentrate in the cell/tank on five (5) easy to see super bright LEDs. A wide view lens over the LEDs will provide for a viewing angle of 180 degrees. The indicator case will be manufactured of Polycarbonate material with an integrated lens and have a distinctive green label.
0593161 Light Shield, S/S LED

LIGHT SHIELD
There will be a polished, 16 gauge stainless steel light shield installed over the pump operator's panel.

There will be 12 volt DC white LED lights installed under the stainless steel light shield to illuminate the controls, switches, essential instructions, gauges, and instruments necessary for the operation of the apparatus. These lights will be activated by the pump panel light switch.

Additional lights will be included every 18.00" depending on the size of the pump house.

One (1) pump panel light will come on when the pump is in ok to pump mode.

There will be a light activated above the pump panel light switch when the parking brake is set.

This is to afford the operator some illumination when first approaching the control panel. 0606694 Air Horns, (2) Hadley, 6" Round,
eTone, In Bumper

AIR HORN SYSTEM
Two (2) Hadley®, eTone, chrome air horns will be recessed in the front bumper. The air horn system will be piped to the air brake system wet tank utilizing 0.38" tubing. A pressure protection valve will be installed to prevent the loss of air in the brake system. 0606832 Location, Air Horns, Bumper, Left
Side, Outside Frame, Same Side
(Pos #6 & #7)
Air Horn Location
The air horns will be located on the left side of the bumper, outside of the frame rail. 0757092 Control, Air Horn, Multi Select

Air Horn Control
The air horn(s) will be activated by the following:
0757081 Control, Air Horn, Ft Sw, LS

Left side foot switch
0757084 Control, Air Horn, Horn Ring

Steering wheel horn ring with electric/air horn selector switch 0723391 Control, Air Horn, Chrome Push
Button Sw, RS
Right side chrome push button switch
0039704 Air Horn Switch As Primary/Electric
Horn As Secondary

AIR HORN SWITCHING
The air horns will be the default from the horn ring when the battery switch is turned on.  The electric chassis horns will be secondary.
0550598 Siren, Wln 295HFS2 Remote, Single
Amp

ELECTRONIC SIREN
A Whelen, Model 295HFS2, electronic remote siren with noise canceling microphone will be provided.

This siren to be active when the battery switch is on and that emergency master switch is on. 0510206 Location, Elect Siren, Recessed
Overhead In Console

Electronic siren head will be recessed in the passenger side center switch panel.

Bid #: 988 61
0076157 Control, Elec Siren, Horn Ring SIREN CONTROL
The electronic siren will be controllable on the siren head and horn ring only. No foot switches will be required.

The driver will have the option to control the siren or the chassis horns from the horn button by means of a selector switch located on the instrument panel. 0601306 Speaker, (1) Wln, SA315P, w/Pierce
Polished Stainless Steel Grille, 100
watt

SPEAKER
There will be one (1) Whelen®, Model SA315P, black nylon composite, 100-watt, speaker with through bumper mounting brackets and polished stainless steel grille provided. The speaker will be connected to the siren amplifier.
0601560 Location, Speaker, Frt Bumper,
Recessed, Right Side, Inside Frame
(Pos 3)
The speaker will be recessed in the right side of the front bumper, inside of the frame rail. 0895281 Siren, Federal Q2B, Littelfuse 24213
Sol

AUXILIARY MECHANICAL SIREN
There will be a Federal Signal Model Q2B mechanical siren furnished and installed in the front of the apparatus.

The Q2B siren will be chrome finish.

The siren will have a 2-gauge cable connected to a Littelfuse part number 24213 power solenoid that is connected by a 2-gauge cable ran battery direct to the primary chassis batteries and will be labeled Q2B+ at the battery. The power solenoid will only be enabled when the emergency master switch is on.

The siren will have a 2-gauge ground wire connected to the chassis battery stud. The cable will be labeled Q2B- at the battery.
0006097 Location of Siren, Recessed in
Bumper
The mechanical siren will be recessed in the front bumper on the right side. The siren will be properly supported using the bumper framework.
0748305 Control, Mech Siren, Multi Select

MECHANICAL SIREN CONTROL
The mechanical siren will be activated by the following:
0748279 Control Mech Siren, Push Button Sw,
RS
Right side push button switch.
0748282 Control, Mech Siren, Ft Sw LS Left side foot switch. 0740391 Sw, Siren Brake, Momentary Chrome
Push Button, RS
A momentary chrome push button switch will be included in the right side dash panel to activate the siren brake.
0740834 Sw, Siren Brake, Momentary Red, LS
Overhead Sw Pnl
A momentary red switch will be included in the left side overhead switch panel to activate the siren brake.
0746353 Not Required, Warning Lights
Intensity
Bid #: 988 62
0789486 SP Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV-Q, 81",
RRRRWRR_Opt_RRWRRRR

FRONT ZONE UPPER WARNING LIGHTS
There will be one (1) 81.00" Whelen® Freedom™ IV LED lightbar mounted on the cab roof.

The lightbar will include the following:

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side end position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side front corner position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side first front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side second front position.

One (1) white flashing LED module in the driver's side third front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side fourth front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side fifth front position.

Open in the driver's side sixth front position.

One (1) 795 LED traffic light controller set to national standard high priority in the center positions.

Open in the passenger's side sixth front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side fifth front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side fourth front position.

One (1) white flashing LED module in the passenger's side third front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side second front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side first front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side front corner position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side end position.

There will be clear lenses included on the lightbar.

The following switches may be a installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the lightbar:
a switch to control the flashing LED modules.
the traffic light controller by a cab switch with emergency master control. no momentary switch to activate the traffic light controller.

The white flashing LED modules and the traffic light controller will be disabled when the parking brake is applied.

The eight (8) red flashing LED modules in the front positions may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.
0016380 No Additional Lights Req'd, Side
Zone Upper
0899300 Lights, Front Zone, Wln M6** M6RS
M6RS M6**, Inside Steady Burn, 4lts
Q Bez

FRONT ZONE LOWER LIGHTS
There will be four (4) Whelen®, 4.31" high x 6.75" wide x 1.37" deep lights installed on the cab face above the headlights, in a common bezel matching the one for the headlamps per the following.

One (1) Model M6** flashing light installed in the left side outside position. The left side outside warning light to include red LEDs.

One (1) Model M6RS steady burning light installed in the left side inside position. The light will include red LEDs.

One (1) Model M6RS steady burning light installed in the right side inside position. The light will include red LEDs.

One (1) Model M6** flashing light installed in the right side outside position. The right side outside warning light to include red LEDs.

The lens color(s) to be the same as the LEDs.

The housing to be polished and the trim shall be chrome.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0558676 Daytime Running Lights, Headlights,
Qtm, Vel/Imp, Enf/AXT-MUX, DCF
(Low Beam)

DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS (HEADLIGHTS)
The low-beam headlights used as daytime running lights will be activated with the following measures:

Ignition switch is turned on
Parking brake is released
These lights will be deactivated with any one of the following measures:

Headlight switch is turned on
High-beam flash is turned on
Parking brake is set
0653937 Flasher, Headlight Alternating HEADLIGHT FLASHER The high beam headlights will flash alternately between the left and right side.

There will be a switch installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the high beam flash. This switch will be live when the battery switch and the emergency master switches are on.

The flashing will automatically cancel when the headlight (high or low beam) switch is activated or when the parking brake is set.
0895940 Lights, Side Zone Lower, Wln,
Separated into Front, Middle, Rear

Bid #: 988 63
0894096 Lights, Side Zone Lower Front, Wln
M6#

SIDE ZONE LOWER FRONT WARNING
There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model M6#, 4.31" high x 6.75" long x 1.37" deep flashing split color LED warning lights with chrome trim installed per the following:

There will be one (1) each side on the front custom cab corner in a polished stainless steel bracket.

The left side front light to include red LEDs to the front with white LEDs to the rear.

The right side front light to include red LEDs to the front with white LEDs to the rear.

The lens color will be clear.

The lights will be activated with a switch in the cab on the switch panel. 0895781 Lights, Side Zone Lower Middle, Wln
M6*

SIDE ZONE LOWER MIDDLE WARNING
There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model M6**, 4.31" high x 6.75" long x 1.37" deep flashing LED warning lights with chrome trim installed per the following:

There will be one (1) each side of cab rearward of crew cab doors.

The left side, side middle light to include red warning LEDs.

The right side, side middle light to include red warning LEDs.

The warning light lens colors to be the same as the LEDs.

The lights will be activated with a switch in the cab on the switch panel. 0895777 Lights, Side Zone Lower Rear, Wln
M6**

SIDE ZONE LOWER REAR WARNING
There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model M6**, 4.31" high x 6.75" long x 1.37" deep flashing LED warning lights with chrome trim installed per the following:

There will be one (1) each side on the rear fender panel.

The left side, side rear light to include red warning LEDs.

The right side, side rear light to include red warning LEDs.

The warning light lens colors to be the same as the LEDs .

The lights will be activated with a switch in the cab on the switch panel. 0564654 Lights, Rear Zn Lwr, Wln M6*,
Colored Lens, For Tail Light Housing

REAR ZONE LOWER LIGHTING
There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model M6*, LED flashing warning lights will be located at the rear of the apparatus.

The driver's side rear light to be red
The passenger's side rear light to be red
Both lights will include a lens that is the same color as the LED's.

There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0088745 Light, Rear Zone Up, Wln L31HRFN
LED Beacon, Red LED

REAR/SIDE ZONE UPPER WARNING LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model L31H*FN, LED warning beacons provided at the rear of the truck, located one (1) each side. There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the beacons.

The color of the lights will be red LEDs with both domes red. 0006551 Not Required, Lights, Rear Upper
Zone Blocking
0056610 Mounting, Rear Warn Lights, Low
Mount, S/S Brackets
The rear warning lights will be mounted on polished stainless steel brackets with all wiring totally enclosed. These brackets will also support clearance/marker lights. The rear deck lights will be mounted on the beavertail flange to keep the overall height as low as possible. 0791493 Light, Traffic Directing, Wln TAM65
36" Long LED

TRAFFIC DIRECTING LIGHT
There will be one (1) Whelen® Model TAM65, 36.00" long x 2.87" high x 2.25" deep, amber LED traffic directing light installed at the rear of the apparatus.

The Whelen Model TACTL5 control head will be included with this installation.

The control head will be energized when the battery switch is on.

The auxiliary flash to be activated when the emergency master switch is on. 0551728 Location, TDL, Recessed with S/S
Trim
This traffic directing light will be recessed with a stainless steel trim plate at the rear of the apparatus as high as practical.
0530280 Location, Traf Dir Lt Controller,
Overhead Switch Panel DS Center